Home

2015 B-Class Electric Drive User Manual - Mercedes-Benz B

1. Instrument cluster Selecting the display unit You can determine whether the multifunction display shows some messages in miles or kilometers gt Press the lt or button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the W or A button to select the Instrument Cluster submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A button to select the Display Unit Speed Odometer func tion You will see the selected setting km or miles gt Press the OK The selected unit of measurement for dis tance applies to button to save the setting e the digital speedometer in the Trip menu e the odometer and the trip odometer e the trip computer e the current consumption and the range e navigation instructions in the Navi menu e cruise control e ASSYST PLUS service interval display Selecting the permanent display function You can determine whether the multifunction display permanently shows your speed or the outside temperature gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the W or A button to select the Instrument Cluster submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A button to select the Permanent Display function You will see the selected setting Outside Temperature or Speedometer k
2. 278 Increased vehicle weight due to optional equipment definition 297 Kilopascal kPa definition 297 Labeling overview sesse 293 Load bearing index definition 299 OAC INE OX sesss ca shesesevsncsaesecessoeestens 295 Load index definition 297 MES TES es c2icsh5ceks cadet cavedaveosdetesabogs 280 Maximum loaded vehicle weight definition s sXecivsieseeeeanein 297 Maximum load on a tire defini TOM e545 e045 doses sav ccak eceastesehevsescavecaaie 298 Maximum permissible tire pres Sure definition 0 eee eeeeeeeseeeees 298 Maximum tire load seere 291 Maximum tire load definition 298 Optional equipment weight defi MIHOM coiere e E E 298 PSI pounds per square inch def IMITON cscecsescocssassenscecsercestcossensseouns Replacing 5 scctssstetsestcsesetaeteaes acess Service life eee eeeeceseeeesereeeteeeeees Sidewall definition Speed rating definition SLOMING sssscnadeceisetssaaves Structure and characteristics definitionerne SUMMER LIFES es scsssscvscesecssncecececnseses 280 Temperature lt scccssscaccssesesssoseceesdeves 292 TIN Tire Identification Number definition eesin 298 Tire bead definition sissies 298 Tire pressure definition 298 Tire pressures recommended 297 Tire Size data oo eee eeeeeeeeseeeees 303 Tire size designation load bearing Capacity speed rating eee
3. License plate lamp C 5 W Changing the front bulbs Removing and installing the cover in the front wheel housing You must remove the cover from the front wheel housing before you can change the front bulbs gt To remove switch off the lights gt Turn the front wheels inwards gt Slide cover Q upwards Cover Q is released gt Unclip cover gt To install clip in cover gt Push cover 4 down Cover Q is locked Low beam headlamps halogen head lamps Pat ipi gt Remove the cover in the front wheel hous ing gt page 104 gt Turn housing cover Q counter clockwise and remove it gt Turn bulb holder 2 counter clockwise and pull out gt Take the bulb out of bulb holder 2 gt Insert the new bulb into bulb holder gt Insert bulb holder and turn it clockwise Replacing bulbs eee gt Press on housing cover andturnittothe Switch off the lights right gt Open the hood gt Replace the cover in the front wheel hous Turn housing cover counter clockwise ing gt page 104 and remove it gt Pull out bulb holder High beam headlamps daytime run gt Take the bulb out of bulb holder ning lamps halogen headlamps gt Insert the new bulb into bulb holder 2 gt Insert bulb holder gt Press on housing cover Q and turn it to the right Turn signals halogen headlamps gt Switch off the lights gt Open the hood g
4. The drive system is switched off The charging cable is connected and the high voltage bat tery is being charged The arrows for the energy flow are shown in green Normal driving The drive system powers the vehicle The arrows for the energy flow are shown in white Boost driving mode The boost mode takes effect if you depress the accelerator pedal quickly The arrows for the energy flow are shown in red Energy recuperation mode The kinetic energy of the vehicle is converted into electrical energy The high voltage bat tery is being charged The arrows for the energy flow are shown in green Navigation system menu Displaying navigation instructions gt Switch on the audio system or COMAND see the separate operating instructions gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Navi menu In the Navi menu the multifunction display shows navigation instructions You can find further information in the separate operating instructions Route guidance not active Route guidance not active Direction of travel Current road Route guidance active No change of direction announced No change of direction announced Distance to the destination Distance to the next change of direction Current road Follow the road s course symbol a Menus and submenus On board computer and displays Change of direction announ
5. Backrest angle gt To raise pull the head restraint up to the You can store the seat settings using the desired position memory function gt page 95 gt To lower press release catch Q in the direction of the arrow and push the head restraint down to the desired position Adjusting the head restraints A WARNING Adjusting the fore aft position of the head restraint You could lose control of your vehicle if you do the following while driving Seats steering wheel and mirrors 1 e adjust the driver s seat head restraint steering wheel or mirrors e fasten the seat belt There is a risk of an accident Adjust the driver s seat head restraint steer ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt before starting the engine Z WARNING If head restraints are not installed and adjus ted correctly they cannot provide protection as intended There is an increased risk of injury in the head and neck area e g in the event of an accident or when braking Always drive with the head restraints instal led Before driving off make sure for every vehicle occupant that the center of the head 2 This function is only available on vehicles with electrically adjustable head restraints Seats steering wheel and mirrors o With this function you can adjust the distance between the head restraint and the back of the seat occupant s head gt To adjust forwards pull the head restraint forwards in th
6. Vehicle operation outside Canada When you are abroad with your vehicle observe the following points e service facilities or replacement parts may not be readily available Some Mercedes Benz models are available for delivery in Europe through our European Delivery Program For details consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or write to one of the following addresses In the USA Mercedes Benz USA LLC European Delivery Department One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Mercedes Benz Canada Inc European Delivery Department 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Operating safety Important safety notes A WARNING If you do not have the prescribed service maintenance work or any required repairs b gt carried out this can result in malfunctions or system failures There is a risk of an accident Always have the prescribed service mainte nance work as well as any required repairs carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING If you switch off the ignition while driving safety relevant functions are only available with limitations or not at all This could affect for example the power steering and the brake boosting effect You will require considerably more effort to steer and brake There is a risk of an accident Do not switch off the ignition while driving Z WARNING Modifications to electronic components their software as well as wiring ca
7. gt Press the cargo compartment floor down until it engages Setting the height of the cargo compart ment floor The stowage well under the cargo compart ment floor can be increased or decreased in size as necessary To do this you can lock the floor at two different heights The upper catch gives a flat load surface when the rear bench seat is folded forward gt To raise using handle Q lift up cargo compartment floor 2 in the direction of arrow 3 and pull it upwards gt Lower cargo compartment floor 2 again To do this push the trunk floor away so that it engages in the guide on the upper level Cargo compartment floor 2 engages in the upper position Carry out this step using both hands gt To lower raise cargo compartment floor slightly using handle and pull it towards you gt Lower cargo compartment floor 2 again slowly Whilst doing so press the trunk floor into the lower level Cargo compartment floor 2 engages in the lower position Important safety notes Z WARNING The cup holder cannot hold a container secure whilst traveling If you use a cup holder whilst traveling the container may be flung around and liquid may be spilled The vehicle occu pants may come into contact with the liquid and if itis hot they may be scalded You may be distracted from the traffic conditions and you could lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident and injury Only use
8. The restraint system has malfunctioned at the front on the left or right The warning lamp also lights up in the instrument clus ter Z WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig gered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The restraint system has malfunctioned at the rear on the left or right The warning lamp also lights up in the instrument clus ter Z WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig gered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The restraint system has malfunctioned at the rear center The 2 warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster Z WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig gered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop There is a malfunction in the left hand or right hand window cur tain airbag The amp warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster Z WARNING The left or right window curtain air bag may either be triggered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be tr
9. gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock If you unlock the vehicle using the mechanical key the charge socket flap will not be unlocked automatically If you use the mechanical key to unlock and open the driver s door the anti theft alarm system will be triggered gt page 69 There are several ways to turn off the alarm g gt Press the o or button on the SmartKey 3 or oo c oO Q O gt To unlock the charge socket flap insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock Removing the mechanical key PRE M Jii Jii gt Push release catch Q in the direction of the arrow and at the same time remove mechanical key 2 from the SmartKey For further information about e unlocking the driver s door gt page 79 e unlocking the cargo compartment gt page 80 e locking the vehicle gt page 79 If the SmartKey battery is checked within the signal reception range of the vehicle pressing the or g button Z WARNING e locks or Batteries contain toxic and corrosive substan e unlocks the vehicle ces If batteries are swallowed it can result in severe health problems There is a risk of fatal injury Keep batteries out of the reach of children If a battery is swallowed seek medical attention SS M immediately You will need a CR 2025 3 V cell battery gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 73 Important safety notes You ca
10. or which you have programmed to operate the garage door Garage door system with a fixed code indi cator lamp C lights up green Garage door system with a rolling code indicator lamp Q flashes green The transmitter will transmit a signal as long as the button is pressed The trans mission is halted after a maximum of 10 seconds and indicator lamp Q lights up yellow Press button 2 or again if necessary Clearing the memory Integrated garage door opener in the rear view mir ror Make sure that you clear the memory of the integrated garage door opener before selling the vehicle gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 127 gt Press and hold buttons and The indicator lamp initially lights up yellow and then green gt Release buttons 2 and The memory of the integrated garage door opener in the rear view mirror is cleared Calling up the compass The compass displays in which compass direction the vehicle is currently traveling N NE E SE S SW W or NW To receive a correct display in rear view mir ror 4 the compass must be calibrated and the magnetic field zone set Setting the compass gt Determine your position using the following zone maps South America zone map Features Ea gt Push a round pen into opening gt page 248 for approximately 3 seconds The zone currently selected appears in compass display 2 gt
11. 0 00 0 eee 277 Technical data 0 0 307 12 V socket see Sockets ABS Anti lock Braking System Display message ecce 191 Function NoteS sesrsiesceereririrsrsen 63 Important safety notes s 63 Warning laMpecc cssssesetstsazisesedepessazes 218 Accident Automatic measures after an acci OME E ATE AET 56 Activating deactivating cooling with air dehumidification 116 Active Parking Assist Canceling os eerren ERS 163 Detecting parking spaces 160 Display message seeen 210 Exiting a parking Space eee 162 FUNCHION NOLES s0000scevesosereres 159 Important safety notes oo 159 Parking weacsccserscscecmececus 161 ADAPTIVE BRAKE neee 68 Adaptive Brake Assist Display message ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 200 FUNCTION NOLES 5 sciccceceeceedesvseestevseece 65 Additional speedometer 187 Air bags DeployMemtinsscsssssscsissesssearshsassisteaces 54 Display message ssec 203 Front air bag driver front passenger decere 47 Important safety notes oe 46 IMEFODUCTION pessecesscesesestesbancesesectevsates 46 Knee Dae as vscsee Beg ecseccecsse eas ccezseocees ss 48 PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator JANIS 255825 50 4 debs een 41 Side impact air bag csnsscirerisssss 48 Window curtain air bag 00 eee 48 Air conditioning system see Climate control Air vents Important safety notes 0 0 123 Setting cccssrcossseceseiedateeeeescsesssyiecaes 123 Setting the ce
12. There you can also find infor mation on the correct seat position Seat belts Introduction Seat belts are the most effective means of restricting the movement of vehicle occu pants in the event of an accident or the vehi cle rolling over This reduces the risk of vehi cle occupants coming into contact with parts of the vehicle interior or being ejected from the vehicle Furthermore the seat belt helps to keep the vehicle occupant in the best posi tion in relation to the air bag The seat belt system comprises e Seat belts e Emergency Tensioning Devices for the front seat belts and the outer seat belts in the rear e Seat belt force limiters for the front seat belts and the outer seat belts in the rear If the seat belt is pulled out of the belt outlet quickly or with a jerky movement the belt retractor locks The belt strap cannot be extracted any further The Emergency Tensioning Device tightens the seat belt in an accident pulling the belt close against the body However it does not pull the vehicle occupant back in the direction of the backrest The Emergency Tensioning Device does not correct an incorrect seat position or the rout ing of an incorrectly fastened seat belt When triggered seat belt force limiters help to reduce the force exerted by the seat belt on the vehicle occupant The seat belt force limiters for the front seats are synchronized with the front air bags which absorb part of the decele
13. 34 Center console Center console Center console upper section Ol OVOle OIOI Function Audio system COMAND see the separate operating instructions La OFF Py a Seat heating PARKTRONIC RANGE PLUS A EA ES E Hazard warning lamps PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp Drive program Immediate pre entry climate control Page al 155 136 100 49 134 122 OROKO Function Ashtray Cigarette lighter Socket Stowage compartment Stowage compartment Cup holder Stowage compartment Audio COMAND controller see the separate operating instructions Center console Page 236 236 237 228 228 234 228 35 At a glance E co Function Switches the rear compartment interior light ing on off m Switches the right hand reading lamp on off L Switches the front interior lighting automatic interior lighting control off Q il MB Info call button mbrace system Rear view mirror Page 102 101 102 240 93 Function Buttons for the garage door opener S0s SOS button mbrace system Q Roadside Assistance call button mbrace sys tem x Switches the front interior lighting on fh Switches the left hand reading lamp on off Page 248 238 240 102 101 Door control panel Function Opens the door e 8 Unlocks locks
14. Automatic climate control dual ZONE eeen ER R EAE 115 Auxiliary climate control on board computer iscissi 186 Controlling automatically 117 Convenience opening closing air recirculation mode eee 120 Cooling with air dehumidification 116 Defrosting the windows Defrosting the windshield Immediate pre entry climate con anO DE EE EE AET 122 Important safety notes 0 0 114 Indicator LAMP succss lt c s se0eeecvececeoseesss 117 Maximum cooling oseese 119 Notes on using dual zone auto matic climate control 0 0 eee 115 Overview of Systems ssec 114 Pre entry climate control at CE PartUre LIME nieren 122 Pre entry climate control at time of departure on board computer 186 Pre entry climate control via key 121 Pre entry climate control via key on board computer sesse 186 Problems with cooling with air dehumidification sses 117 Problem with the rear window GETO STET cdesscasccsdaciistsccznecgasezcssbeaesis 120 Refrigerant soiirci 311 Refrigerant filling capacity 311 Setting the air distribution 117 Setting the ainlow c s csssscesestesss 118 Setting the air vents n e 123 Setting the temperature 117 Switching air recirculation mode ON OFF E A ET 120 Switching On Off seirsisesssssiississstssa 116 Switching the rear window defroster on off ccceceeesseeeeeeees 119 Switching the ZONE function on OME save
15. ESP Electric parking brake red Electric parking brake yellow A Distance warning 4 Turn signals x Restraint system Page 99 99 100 221 223 223 225 100 224 0000 00 Function A o o E 0 M SVE E BRAKE Seat belt RBS Recuperative Brake System Rear fog lamp Drive system Tire pressure monitor CW High voltage bat tery reserve ESP OFF ABS Brakes Page 216 218 99 207 226 208 221 218 218 Multifunction steering wheel Function Multifunction display Audio COMAND display see the separate operating instructions Ma Switches on the Voice Con trol System see the sepa rate operating instructions Rejects or ends a call Exits phone book redial memory Cf Makes or accepts a call Switches to the redial mem ory Adjusts the volume X Mute 181 Function 4a gt Selects a menu A Y Selects a submenu or scrolls through lists OK Confirms your selection Hides display messages i Back Switches off the Voice Con trol System see the sepa rate operating instructions Multifunction steering wheel 174 174 190 174 33 At a glance j g
16. If you close a side window again immediately after it has been blocked or reset the side window closes with increased or maximum force The reversing feature is then not active Parts of the body could be trapped in the closing area in the process This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Make sure that no parts of the body are in the closing area To stop the closing process release the switch or push the switch again to reopen the side window Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A side window cannot gt Remove the objects be closed because itis Close the side window blocked by objects e g leaves in the window guide A side window cannot If a side window is obstructed during closing and reopens again be closed and you can slightly not see the cause gt Immediately after the window blocks pull the corresponding switch again until the side window has closed The side window is closed with increased force If a side window is obstructed again during closing and reopens again slightly gt Immediately after the window blocks pull the corresponding switch again until the side window has closed The side window is closed without the anti entrapment feature 86 Useful information c cc0006 Correct driver s seat position N Seats 6 5 See ee ss N Steering wheel 2 o oa Mirrors 2 es wo oa Memory functio
17. Manual or Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Oper ator s Manual display messages must not appear in the mul tifunction display gt Wait for a period of at least 60 seconds until the necessary sys tem checks have been completed gt Make sure that the display messages do not appear in the mul tifunction display If these conditions are fulfilled the front passenger seat can be occupied again Whether the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit or goes out depends on how OCS classifies the occupant If the conditions are not fulfilled the system is not operating cor rectly gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately Display messages che Display messages Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions For further information about the Occupant Classification System see gt page 49 The front passenger air bag is enabled during the journey even though e a child a small adult or an object weighing less than the sys tem s weight threshold is located on the front passenger seat or e the front passenger seat is unoccupied The system may detect objects or forces applying additional weight on the seat Z WARNING The air bag may deploy unintentionally There is an increased risk of injury gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle ag
18. Mercedes Benz Center or on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com You can recognize service products approved by Mercedes Benz by the following inscrip tion on the containers e MB Freigabe e g MB Freigabe 229 51 e MB Approval e g MB Approval 229 5 1 Other designations or recommendations indi cate a level of quality or a specification in accordance with an MB Sheet number e g Service products and filling capacities ee MB 229 5 They have not necessarily been approved by Mercedes Benz Z WARNING The brake fluid constantly absorbs moisture from the air This lowers the boiling point of the brake fluid If the boiling point of the brake fluid is too low vapor pockets may form in the brake system when the brakes are applied hard This would impair braking efficiency There is a risk of an accident You should have the brake fluid renewed at the specified intervals When handling brake fluid observe the important safety notes on service products gt page 309 The brake fluid change intervals can be found in the Maintenance Booklet Only use brake fluid approved by Mercedes Benz according to MB Approval 331 0 Information about approved brake fluid can be obtained at any qualified specialist work shop or on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com Have the brake fluid regularly replaced at a qualified specialist workshop and the replacement confirmed in the Maintenance Booklet
19. Pets in the vehicle eee 62 Plastic trim cleaning instruc TIONS ise he RRR RRS 260 Power display ccscesesseeseeeeees 173 Power washers cccccccccccceeeeeeees 257 Power windows see Side windows Program selector button 131 Pulling away e 128 Qualified specialist workshop Radar sensor system Activating deactivating 188 Display message eneee 209 Radio Selecting a station cece 180 see separate operating instructions Radio wave reception transmis sion in the vehicle Declaration of conformity 24 Range Calling up on board computer luxury multifunction steering WEE aiana 178 RANGE PLUS uo eeeeeeeeeeeteeeneeees 136 RANGE PLUS Ranges 2 32 e ER S 136 RBS see Recuperative braking system RBS sscvaesseadssrrecstecenescicseteenes 68 Reading lamp e 101 READY indicator cccceeeeee 172 Rear fog lamp Changing DuIDS icsccccsescssecsesstesctess 106 Display message ereere 206 Switching On Off siessen 99 Rear lamps Changing bulbs ssec 106 see Lights Rear seat Folding the backrest forwards back vehicles without the EASY VARIO PLUS system oseese 231 Rear view camera Cleaning instructions 0 0 cee 260 FUNCtION NOTES sssri 163 Switching On Off ee eeeeeeeeee eres 164 Rear view mirror Anti glare manual nesese Dipping automatic n se Rear window defroster
20. Solutions At least one door is open A warning tone also sounds gt Close all doors and lock the vehicle again The SmartKey is in the ignition lock gt Remove the SmartKey Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem 4 After starting the drive system the red warn ing lamp lights up for 6 seconds 4 After starting the drive system the red seat belt warning lamp lights up In addition a warn ing tone sounds for up to 6 seconds 4 After you have started the drive system the red seat belt warning lamp comes on as soon as the driver s door or the front passenger door is closed Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The seat belt warning lamp reminds the driver and front passenger to fasten their seat belts gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 42 The driver s seat belt is not fastened gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 42 The warning tone ceases The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 42 The warning lamp goes out There are objects on the front passenger seat gt Remove the objects from the front passenger seat and stow them in a secure place The warning lamp goes out Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem 4 The red seat belt warn ing lamp flashes and an intermittent audible warning sounds Possible causes consequences and gt
21. Swing back rear seat backrest until it engages The red lock verification indicator is no lon ger visible gt Install the LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint system with Top Tether Always comply with the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions when doing so gt Tension Top Tether belt Always comply with the child restraint system manufactur er s installation instructions when doing so gt Move head restraint Q back down again slightly if necessary gt page 90 Make sure that you do not interfere with the cor rect routing of Top Tether belt Child restraint system on the front passenger seat General notes Accident statistics show that children secured in the rear seats are safer than chil dren secured in the front passenger seat For this reason Mercedes Benz strongly advises that you install a child restraint system on a rear seat If it is absolutely necessary to install a child restraint system to the front passenger seat be sure to observe the instructions and safety notes on the Occupant classification system OCS gt page 49 You can thus avoid the risks that could arise as a result of e an incorrectly categorized person in the front passenger seat e the unintentional deactivation of the front passenger front air bag e the unsuitable positioning of the child restraint system e g too close to the dash board Rearward facing child restraint syst
22. The tire pressure monitor has detected a loss of pressure in at least one of the tires Z WARNING With tire pressures which are too low there is a risk of the fol lowing hazards e they may burst especially as the load and vehicle speed increase e they may wear excessively and or unevenly which may greatly impair tire traction e the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking may be greatly impaired There is a risk of an accident gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 300 gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Check the tires and if necessary follow the instructions for a flat tire gt page 264 gt Check the tire pressure gt page 284 gt If necessary correct the tire pressure The tire pressure monitor is faulty A WARNING The system is possibly unable to recognize or register low tire pressure There is a risk of an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop ee EA Useful information 0 eee 228 Loading guidelines c008 228 Stowage areas ceeceececeeeteeeeeee 228 Features 3 3 3 3 eens 234 D Stowage and features 26 Stowage areas Stowage and features
23. The white lane should be as close to parallel with the parking space marking as possi ble Pih bl LD BL Back Pi od BLE gi Driving to the final position White lane at current steering wheel angle Parking space marking gt Turn the steering wheel to the center posi tion while the vehicle is stationary Back Ph al eh a Red guide line at a distance of approx imately 10 in 0 25 m from the rear of the vehicle White lane with steering wheel straight End of parking space gt Back up carefully until you have reached the final position Red guide line is then at end of parking space 3 The vehicle is almost parallel in the parking space ATTENTION ASSIST General notes ATTENTION ASSIST helps you during long monotonous journeys such as on highways It is active in the range between 50 mph 80 km h and 112 mph 180 km h If ATTENTION ASSIST detects typical indica tors of fatigue or increasing lapses in con centration on the part of the driver it sug gests you take a break Important safety notes ATTENTION ASSIST is only an aid to the driver It might not always recognize fatigue or increasing inattentiveness in time or fail to recognize them at all The system is not a substitute for a well rested and attentive driver ATTENTION ASSIST assesses your level of fatigue or lapses in concentration by taking the following criteria into account e your personal driving style e
24. This is normal Do not reduce the tire blow out There is a risk of an accident pressure to the value specified for cold tires e Check the tire for foreign objects The tire pressure would otherwise be too low e Check whether the wheel is losing airorthe Observe the recommended tire pressures for valve is leaking cold tires If you are unable to rectify the damage con e onthe Tire and Loading Information placard tact a qualified specialist workshop on the B pillar on the driver s side e inthe tire pressure table on the inside of the A WARNING fuel filler flap If you fit unsuitable accessories onto tire valves the tire valves may be overloaded and malfunction which can cause tire pressure _Underinflated or overinflated tires loss Due to their design retrofitted tire pres sure monitors keep the tire valve open This can also result in tire pressure loss There is a A WARNING risk of an accident Only screw the standard valve cap or other valve caps approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle onto the tire valve Underinflated tires Tires with pressure that is too low can over heat and burst as a consequence In addition they also suffer from excessive and or irreg ular wear which can severely impair the brak ing properties and the driving characteristics Use a suitable pressure gauge to check the ie Ree eer tire pressure The outer appearance of a tire ee i does not permit any reliable conclusion about Avoid tire pres
25. ac The indicator lamp in the a c up gt To deactivate press the ae button The indicator lamp in the ave button goes out The Cooling with air dehumidification function has a delayed switch off feature Operating the climate control systems Problems with the Cooling with air dehumidification function Problem The indicator lamp in the ac button flashes three times or remains off The Cook ing with air dehumidifi cation function cannot be switched on malfunction Setting climate control to automatic _ Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Cooling with air dehumidification has been deactivated due to a gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop gt To switch to manual mode press the General notes In automatic mode the set temperature is maintained automatically at a constant level The system automatically regulates the tem perature of the dispensed air the airflow and the air distribution The automatic mode functions optimally when the Cooling with air dehumidification function is activated If necessary cooling with air dehumidification can be deactivated If you deactivate the Cooling with air dehu midification function the air inside the vehi cle will not be cooled The air inside the vehi cle will also not be dehumidified The win dows can fog up more quickly Only switch the cooling with air dehumi
26. changes in direction braking or in the event of an accident There is an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Always store objects so that they cannot be flung around Secure objects luggage or loads against slipping or tipping over e g by using tie downs even if you are using the cargo compartment cover H When loading the vehicle make sure that you do not stack the load in the cargo com partment higher than the lower edge of the side windows Do not place heavy objects on top of the cargo compartment cover H When removing and installing the cargo compartment cover ensure that its end caps do not scrape the light colored parts of the vehicle The cargo compartment cover is located behind the rear bench seat backrest Extending retracting the cargo com partment cover gt To extend pull the cargo compartment cover back by grab handle Q and clip it into retainers on the left and right gt To retract unhook the cargo compartment cover from retainers 2 on the left and right and guide it forwards by grab handle until it is fully retracted Installing removing the cargo compart ment cover gt To remove make sure that the cargo com partment cover is rolled up gt Push in the end cap of cargo compartment cover Q in the direction of the arrow on the right or left side using grip gt Push cargo compartment cover Q into opposite anchorage 2 gt Remove cargo compartment
27. charge current setting This corresponds to the minimum available charge current from the power supply The value of the maximum setting and the adjustment values may vary depending on the country Before charging the high voltage battery have the maximum permissible charge cur rent for the relevant power socket checked by an electrician gt To adjust the setting press button repeatedly until the desired setting is selec ted in display e Two LEDs are flashing minimum setting e All LEDs are flashing maximum setting Information about the charging time gt page 311 If after the charging process the charging cable is e left connected to the power socket the currently selected values will be used for the next charging process e removed from the power socket the values will be reset to the minimum setting for the next charging process You may then need to reset the values of the maximum charge current If more time than usual is required when charging the high voltage battery check the maximum charge current setting using the controls on the charging cable or in the on board computer s menu Connecting the charging cable M Driving and parking To open the charge socket flap Tire pressure table Vehicle charge socket cover Fastener Vehicle socket Warning sticker gt Shift the DIRECT SELECT lever to position P gt Switch the ignition off gt Press the char
28. e Rear window defroster Immediate pre entry climate control is auto matically switched off when operational read iness mode is requested Setting the departure time You can set a departure time for the pre entry climate control at departure time Your vehicle will then be cooled or heated until the desired temperature is reached in time for the set departure time Pre entry climate control at departure time will be activated a maxi mum of 50 minutes before departure If the departure is delayed the vehicle will be heated or cooled for a further 5 minutes You can set the desired departure time in the E CELL submenu on the on board computer gt page 185 Activating immediate pre entry climate control You can activate immediate pre entry cli mate control even if the vehicle interior is already at the desired temperature This means that the vehicle interior continues to be cooled or heated e g if the journey is interrupted for up to 50 minutes and the inte rior temperature is kept constant You can only set the desired temperature using the climate control unit If you do not pre select a temperature the last temperature set will be automatically adopted The colors of the indicator lamps in the button have the following meanings Red Heating activated Blue Cooling activated Yellow Pre entry climate control at depar ture is preselected gt Toactivate deactivate immediate pre entry climate contr
29. each individual destination must be confirmed separately Destination addresses are loaded in the same order as the order in which they were sent If you own multiple Mercedes Benz vehi cles with mbrace and activated mbrace accounts If multiple vehicles are registered under the same e mail address the destination will be sent to all the vehicles Vehicle remote opening You can use vehicle remote unlocking if you have unintentionally locked your vehicle and a replacement key is not available The vehicle can be opened by the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center The vehicle can be immediately remotely unlocked within 4 days of the ignition being turned off After this time the remote unlock ing may be delayed by 15 to 60 minutes After 30 days the vehicle can no longer be opened remotely gt Contact the following telephone assistance service Customer Service at 1 888 923 8367 You will be asked for your password gt Return to your vehicle at the time agreed upon with the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center To do this you will need your identification number and password Vehicle remote unlocking is only possible if the relevant mobile phone network is accessible Vehicle remote closing The remote closing feature can be used when you have forgotten to lock the vehicle and you are no longer nearby The vehicle can then be locked by the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center The vehicle
30. exterior mirror to the correct position You gt Anti glare mode flick anti glare lever O should have a good overview of traffic con forwards or back ditions The convex exterior mirrors provide a larger mime wee The exterior mirrors are automatically heated Adjusting the exterior mirrors after starting the vehicle if the rear window defroster is switched on and the outside tem A WARNING perature is low Heating takes a maximum of The exterior mirror on the front passenger 10 minutes side reduces the size of the image Visible objects are actually closer than they appear This means that you could misjudge the dis tance from road users traveling behind e g when changing lane There is a risk of an acci dent You can also heat up the exterior mirrors manually by switching on the rear window defroster Seats steering wheel and mirrors I Exterior mirror pushed out of position For this reason always make sure of the If an exterior mirror has been pushed out of actual distance from the road users traveling position proceed as follows behind by glancing over your shoulder gt Move the exterior mirror into the correct position manually The mirror housing is engaged again and you can adjust the exterior mirrors as usual gt page 93 The rear view mirror and the exterior mirror on the driver s side automatically go into anti glare mode if e the ignition is switched on and e incident light from
31. leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of reach of children Vehicles with an electric motor generate much less driving noise than vehicles with internal combustion engines As a result your vehicle may not be heard by other road users in certain situations This can happen for example when you are parking and your vehi cle is not seen by other road users This requires you to adopt a particularly anticipa tory driving style as it is necessary to allow for the possibility that other road users may behave erratically The vehicle is equipped with a sound gener ator The sound generator is activated so that other road users can hear your vehicle better The sound generator is activated at speeds of under 20 mph 30 km h and switches off automatically at higher speeds Starting procedure Do not switch the ignition on and off at intervals of less than 3 seconds more than 15 times in succession If it is switched on Driving and parking Ea Transmission E Driving and parking and off more than 16 times the ignition must remain off for at least 20 seconds You could otherwise damage the vehicle gt Turn the SmartKey to position 3 gt page 127 in the ignition lock and release it The drive system is started The system check display appears in the multifunction display Once the system check is complete the Ready display appears in the lower multi function disp
32. on the vehicle Opening and closing Py SmartKey Opening and closing Problem You cannot lock or unlock the vehicle using the SmartKey You have lost a Smart Key You have lost the mechanical key Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged gt Try again to lock unlock the vehicle using the remote control function of the SmartKey Point the tip of the SmartKey at the driver s door handle from close range and press the a or button If this does not work gt Check the SmartKey battery and replace it if necessary gt page 74 gt Unlock gt page 79 or lock gt page 79 the vehicle using the mechanical key There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves gt Try again to lock unlock the vehicle using the remote control function of the SmartKey Point the tip of the Key at the driver s door handle from close range and press the gw button The SmartKey is faulty gt Unlock gt page 79 or lock gt page 79 the vehicle using the mechanical key gt Have the SmartKey checked at a qualified specialist workshop gt Have the SmartKey deactivated at a qualified specialist work shop gt Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers gt If necessary have the locks changed as well gt Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers gt If neces
33. page 188 If the interior lighting control is switched off the ambient lighting is also switched off Automatic interior lighting control gt To switch on move the switch to center position gt To switch off move the switch to the a position The interior lighting automatically switches on if you e unlock the vehicle e open a door e remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock The interior light is activated for a short while when the SmartKey is removed from the igni tion lock You can activate this delayed switch off using the on board computer gt page 188 Manual interior lighting control gt To switch the front interior lighting on set the switch to the position gt To switch off the interior lighting set the switch to the aa position or if the door is closed to the center position gt To switch the on off press the ton gt To switch the reading lamps on off press the 4 button but sy The interior lighting is activated automatically if the vehicle is involved in an accident gt To switch off the crash responsive emergency lighting press the hazard warning lamp button or gt Lock and then unlock the vehicle using the SmartKey Replacing bulbs Xenon bulbs DANGER Xenon bulbs carry a high voltage You can get an electric shock if you remove the cover of the Xenon bulb and touch the elect
34. restraint ror on the driver s side e driver s side position of the exterior mir rors on the driver s and front passenger sides Memory functions Z WARNING If you use the memory function on the driver s side while driving you could lose control of the vehicle as a result of the adjustments being made There is a risk of an accident Only use the memory function on the driver s side when the vehicle is stationary gt Adjust the seat gt page 89 Z WARNING When the memory function adjusts the seat gt Adjust the exterior mirror on the driver s side gt page 93 you and other vehicle occupants particularly i children could become trapped There isa Briefly press the M memory button and risk of injury then press storage position button 1 2 or 3 within three seconds The settings are stored in the selected pre set position and a confirmation tone sounds Seats steering wheel and mirrors 1 While the memory function is making adjust ments make sure that no one has any body parts in the sweep of the seat If somebody becomes trapped immediately release the memory function position button The adjust meee Calling up s stored setting 7 A WARNING gt Press and hold the relevant storage posi Children could become trapped if they acti tion button 1 2 or 3 until the seat and vate the memory function particularly when exterior mirrors are in the stored position unattended There is a
35. 18 Rim diameter rim diameter is the diam eter of the bead seat not the diameter of the rim flange The rim diameter is specified in inches in Load bearing index load bearing index is a numerical code that specifies the maxi mum load bearing capacity of a tire Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit The maximum permissi ble load can be found on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side gt page 288 Example Load bearing index 91 indicates a maximum load of 1 356 Ib 615 kg that the tires can bear For further information on the maximum tire load in kilograms and pounds see gt page 291 For further information on the load bearing index see Load index gt page 295 Speed rating speed rating specifies the approved maximum speed of the tire Z WARNING Exceeding the stated tire load bearing capa city and the approved maximum speed could lead to tire damage or the tire bursting There is a risk of accident Ea Tire labeling Therefore only use tire types and sizes approved for your vehicle model Observe the tire load rating and speed rating required for your vehicle Regardless of the speed rating always observe the speed limits Drive carefully and adapt your driving style to the traffic condi tions Summer tires Index Speed rating Q up to 100 mph 160 km h R up to 106 mph 170 km h S up to 112 mph 180 k
36. 271 Transporting oo eeeeeeeeeeseeeseeseeeeees 274 Unlocking in an emergency 79 Unlocking SmartKey n se 72 Vehicle data 2 secs ccssesesaschseassesveeaetie 311 Vehicle data 0 ceecceeeeeteeeeeeees 311 Vehicle dimensions 005 311 Vehicle emergency locking 79 Vehicle Homepage Data protection sssini 143 FUNCTIONS siinseist 144 General information ss ssssesseseeee 143 Internet connection eeeeeeeee 144 Vehicle identification number see VIN Vehicle identification plate 308 Vehicle maintenance see ASSYST PLUS Vehicle tool Kit 0 0 0 0 eects 264 Video DVD iii 6 44 4 dcehsssctsscincecctees 181 MIN ess che teest ees easeieteceteheniectectescies 308 Warning and indicator lamps 7a e SEEE E O E ES 218 Brakes e RE 218 Distance Warning eeeeseseeeeee 225 EOP acest 221 EOE nederees 222 OVEIVIEW onc ccc cc etdns 32 PASSENGER AIR BAG eeeeeeeeseeees 41 RBS Recuperative Brake Sys TOI EE E 218 Restraint system seenen 224 Seat Delt srpen istreiiir iestr st 216 Tire pressure MOnItOr nsee 226 Warranty cniinn eas 20 Washer fluid Display message n e 214 Wheel bolt tightening torque 303 Wheel Chock aeee 300 Wheels Changing a wheel CHECKING ricessi CIGAMIMS ieii seereis Important safety notes Interchanging changing Mounting a new wheel sses Mounting a wheel Removing a wheel SONNE eoira rispe aanere i ss Tight
37. 293 Tiretread Renee ener pera peer ere reer es 279 Tire tread definition cee 298 Total load limit definition 299 WMACtION cerere aina 292 Traction definition 0 eee 299 Tred WOM sscsscssess savas cvsssssdesssceesss 292 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards ensiler inssin tecie 291 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards definition 0 0 0 297 Wear indicator definition 299 Wheel rim definition 0 0 0 eee 297 see Flat tire Top Tether s2 c02cc200s cescevsectiessectiectakes 59 Towing away Important safety guidelines 271 Installing the towing eye s es 272 Removing the towing eye sess 273 With both axles on the ground 273 With the rear axle raised 273 Tow starting Installing the towing eye 272 Removing the towing eye sses 273 Trailer hitch iiec 23 Trailer tow hitch 0 0 ee ee eeeeeeeeees 23 Transmission DIRECT SELECT lever cesses 129 Display message seene 212 D iv pr gram sscosscccacsssecessccesstcscess 134 Driving tips 131 Engaging the drive position 130 Engaging the park position 129 Holding the vehicle stationary on uphill gradients cee eeeeeeeeeeeeees 131 KICKA OW iaesexcssiite teristics eneeeess 131 OVETVICW ererat 128 Program selector button 0 131 Shifting to neutral sssri 130 Transmission position display 129 Transmission position display DIRECT SE
38. 30 km h warning lamp on the corresponding side lights up red This warning occurs when a vehicle enters the blind spot monitoring range from behind or from the side When you overtake a vehicle the warning only occurs as long as the differ ence in speed is less than 7 mph 12 km h The yellow indicator lamp goes out if reverse gear is engaged In this event Blind Spot Assist is no longer active The brightness of the warning indicator lamps is adjusted automatically according to the ambient light Collision warning If a vehicle is detected in the monitoring range of Blind Spot Assist and you switch on the corresponding turn signal a double warning tone sounds Red warning lamp a flashes If Driving systems rea the turn signal remains on vehicles detected are indicated by the flashing of red warning lamp There are no further warning tones Switching on Blind Spot Assist gt Make sure that Blind Spot Assist is activa ted in the on board computer gt page 184 gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock Warning lamps in the exterior mirrors light up red for approximately 1 5 seconds and then turn yellow bo z Driving and park Useful information Important safety notes 172 Displays and operation 172 Menus and submenus 176 Display messages cecceeee 190 Warning and indicator lam
39. 60 miles 100 km The tires only reach their full performance after this dis tance e Do not drive with tires which have too little tread depth as this significantly reduces the traction on wet roads hydroplaning e Replace the tires after six years at the lat est regardless of wear Winter operation Have your vehicle winterproofed at a qualified specialist workshop at the onset of winter Observe the notes in the Changing a wheel section gt page 299 At temperatures below 45 F 7 C summer tires lose elasticity and therefore traction and braking power Change the tires on your vehi cle to M S tires Using summer tires at very cold temperatures could cause cracks to form thereby damaging the tires perma nently Mercedes Benz cannot accept responsibility for this type of damage Ea Winter operation Z WARNING M S tires with a tire tread depth of less than Ye in 4 mm are not suitable for use in winter and do not provide sufficient traction There is a risk of an accident M S tires with a tread depth of less than Y in 4 mm must be replaced immediately At temperatures below 45 F 7 C use win ter tires or all season tires Both types of tire are identified by the M S marking Only winter tires bearing the 4 snowflake symbol in addition to the M S marking pro vide the best possible grip in wintry road con ditions Only these tires will allow driving safety systems such as ABS and ESP t
40. As a result you could lose a wheel while driving There is a risk of accident Never oil or grease wheel bolts In the event of damage to the threads contact a qualified specialist workshop immediately Have the damaged wheel bolts or hub threads replaced renewed Do not continue driving A WARNING If you tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nuts when the vehicle is raised the jack could tip over There is a risk of injury Only tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nuts when the vehicle is on the ground Always pay attention to the instructions and safety notes in the Changing a wheel sec tion gt page 299 Only use wheel bolts that have been designed for the wheel and the vehicle For safety rea sons Mercedes Benz recommends that you only use wheel bolts which have been approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles and the respective wheel H To prevent damage to the paintwork hold the wheel securely against the wheel hub while screwing in the first wheel bolt Wheel and tire combinations gt Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a cross wise pattern in the sequence indicated 4 to The specified tightening torque is 96 Ib ft 130 Nm gt Turn the jack back to its initial position gt Stow the jack and the rest of the vehicle tools in the vehicle again gt Check the tire pressure of the newly moun ted wheel and adjust it if necessary Observe the recommended tire pressure gt Clean the wheel and whee
41. BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit or goes out depends on how OCS classifies the occupant If the conditions are not fulfilled the system is not operating cor rectly gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately For further information about the Occupant Classification System see gt page 49 Lights Display messages about LEDs This display message will only appear if all LEDs have failed AN On board computer and displays Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions SOE The left or right hand cornering light is defective Ss gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself Check Left Corner gt page 102 ing Light or Check Right Cornering og Light gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop XW The left or right hand low beam headlamp is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself Check Left Low gt page 102 Beam or Check Right Low Beam o gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop TOF The rear left hand or rear right hand turn signal is defective Ss gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself Check Rear Left gt page 102 Turn Signal or Check Rear Right Or Turn Signal gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages iis Display messages W Check Front Left Turn Signal or Check Front Left Turn Signal vy NA Check Left Mirror Turn Signal or C
42. Cleaning the plastic trim A WARNING Care products and cleaning agents containing solvents cause surfaces in the cockpit to become porous As a result plastic parts may come loose in the event of air bag deploy ment There is a risk of injury Do not use any care products and cleaning agents to clean the cockpit H Do not affix the following to plastic surfa ces e stickers e films e scented oil bottles or similar items You can otherwise damage the plastic H Do not allow cosmetics insect repellent or sunscreen to come into contact with the plastic trim This maintains the high quality look of the surfaces gt Wipe the plastic trim with a damp lint free cloth e g a microfiber cloth gt Heavy soiling use care and cleaning prod ucts recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz The surface may change color temporarily Wait until the surface is dry again Cleaning the steering wheel and gear or selector lever gt Thoroughly wipe with a damp cloth or use leather care agents that have been recom mended and approved by Mercedes Benz Cleaning genuine wood and trim ele ments H Do not use solvent based cleaning agents such as tar remover wheel cleaners pol ishes or waxes There is otherwise a risk of damaging the surface H Do not use chrome polish on trim pieces The trim pieces have a chrome look but are mostly made of anodized aluminum and can lose their shine if chrome polish is used Use a damp lint
43. Drive The DIRECT SELECT lever always returns to its original position The current trans mission position P R N or D appears in the transmission position display gt page 176 in the multifunction display Transmission position display The current transmission position and drive program appear in the multifunction display Transmission position display Drive program display The arrows in the transmission position display show how and into which transmis sion positions you can shift using the DIRECT SELECT lever H If the transmission position display in the multifunction display is not working you should pull away carefully to check whether the desired transmission position is engaged it is advisable to select transmis sion position D Engaging park position P You can only engage park position P when the vehicle is stationary gt Push the DIRECT SELECT lever in the direc tion of arrow P Transmission position display P is shown in the multifunction display When you have engaged park position P make sure that the transmission position display shows P in the multifunction dis play The transmission shifts into park position P automatically if you open the driver s door when the vehicle is stationary or when driving at very low speed with the trans mission in position D or R In addition a warning tone sounds and a display message is shown Depress
44. Ensure that you do not depress the accel erator pedal unintentionally Otherwise the parking brake will be released and the vehi cle will start to move Emergency braking The vehicle can also be braked during an emergency by using the electric parking brake gt While driving push handle Q of the electric parking brake gt page 145 The vehicle is braked for as long as han dle Q of the electric parking brake is pressed The longer electric parking brake handle is depressed the greater the braking force During braking e a warning tone sounds e the Please Release Parking Brake message appears e the red park USA only or Canada only indicator lamp in the instrument clus ter flashes When the vehicle has been braked to a stand still the electric parking brake is applied If you leave the vehicle parked for longer than four weeks the battery may be damaged by exhaustive discharging If you leave the vehicle parked for longer than six weeks the vehicle may suffer damage as a result of lack of use gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop and seek advice You can obtain information about trickle chargers from a qualified specialist work shop Important safety notes A WARNING If you switch off the ignition while driving safety relevant functions are only available with limitations or not at all This could affect for example the power ste
45. Important safety notes The coolant is a mixture of water and anti freeze corrosion inhibitor It performs the following tasks e corrosion protection e antifreeze protection e raising the boiling point When the vehicle is first delivered it is fil led with a coolant mixture that ensures Py Technical data Lo Technical data adequate antifreeze and corrosion protec tion H Only add coolant that has been premixed with the desired antifreeze protection You could otherwise damage the engine Further information on coolants can be found in the Mercedes Benz Specifications for Service Products MB Specifications for Service Products 310 1 e g on the Inter net at http bevo mercedes benz com Or contact a qualified specialist workshop H Always use a suitable coolant mixture even in countries where high temperatures prevail Otherwise the engine cooling system is not sufficiently protected from corrosion and overheating If antifreeze corrosion inhibitor is present in the correct concentration the boiling point of the coolant will be around 266 F 130 C The antifreeze corrosion inhibitor concentra tion in the engine cooling system should e be at least 50 This will protect the engine cooling system against freezing down to approximately 35 F 37 C e not exceed 55 antifreeze protection down to 49 F 45 C Heat will otherwise not be dissipated as effectively If the vehicle h
46. It monitors the area around your vehicle using six sensors in the front bumper and four sensors in the rear bumper PARKTRONIC indicates visually and audibly the distance between your vehicle and an object PARKTRONIC is only an aid It is not a replace ment for your attention to your immediate surroundings You are always responsible for safe maneuvering parking and exiting a park ing space When maneuvering parking or pulling out of a parking space make sure that there are no persons animals or objects in the area in which you are maneuvering Driving and parking ga Driving systems Driving and parking H When parking pay particular attention to objects above or below the sensors such as flower pots or trailer drawbars PARK TRONIC does not detect such objects when they are in the immediate vicinity of the vehicle You could damage the vehicle or the objects The sensors may not detect snow and other objects that absorb ultrasonic waves Ultrasonic sources such as an automatic car wash the compressed air brakes on a truck or a pneumatic drill could cause PARKTRONIC to malfunction PARKTRONIC may not function correctly on uneven terrain PARKTRONIC is activated automatically when you e switch on the ignition e shift the transmission to position D Ror N e release the electric parking brake PARKTRONIC is deactivated at speeds above 11 mph 18 km h It is reactivated at lower speeds Range of the se
47. Problem malfunction 0 0 0 0 Switching On Off eee eeeeeseeeeee Rear window wiper Replacing the wiper blade Switching On Off eee eeeeeneeeeee Recuperative braking system rbs Refrigerant air conditioning sys tem Important safety notes Remote control Garage door Opener nsss Programming garage door OPERET irienner e cesses Replacing bulbs Important safety notes 0 0 Overview of bulb types s Removing replacing the cover front wheel arch issiro Reporting safety defects 0 Reserve High voltage battery s es Restraint system Display message ecce Introduction sssssesssessssssrrrrrsseessssssee Warning lamp esseen Warning lamp function sesse Reverse gear Engaging sissors Reversing feature Side WIMGOWS 2 245 cas doshesiscscotavssvacteces Roadside Assistance breakdown Roof lining and carpets cleaning guidelines oo eee ceseeereeeees Roof load maximum 06 Route navigation see Route guidance navigation Route guidance navigation Safety Children in the vehicle 005 56 Child restraint systems e eee 57 Occupant Classification System OCS sdeciosnnsiancdewaien 49 Safety notes 0 eeeesseeeeeneeees 21 Safety system see Driving safety systems Seat belts Adjusting the height cceeee 44 center rear compartment seat 45 CIG ANIM Six
48. Problems with the Occupant Classification System gt page 53 Z WARNING If you secure a child in a forward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat and you position the front passenger seat too close to the dashboard in the event of an accident the child could e come into contact with the vehicle s inte rior if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi cator lamp is lit for example e be struck by the air bag if the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON is lit up This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible Always make sure that the shoulder belt strap is correctly routed from the vehicle belt outlet to the shoulder belt guide on the child restraint system The shoulder belt strap must be routed forwards and downwards from the vehicle belt outlet If necessary adjust the vehicle belt outlet and the front passenger seat accordingly Always observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions If OCS determines that e the front passenger seat is unoccupied the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp lights up after the system self test and remains lit This indicates that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated the front passenger seat is occupied by a child of up to 12 months old in a standard child restraint system the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp lights up after the system self test and remains lit Th
49. SmartKey in position 1 in the ignition lock the parking lamps are switched on or off automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light e With the ignition on if you have switched on the daytime running lamps function in the on board computer the daytime running lamps or the parking lamps and low beam headlamps are switched on or off automat ically depending on the brightness of the ambient light AUTO gt To switch on automatic headlamp mode turn the light switch to AUTO The daytime running lamps improve the visi bility of your vehicle during the day The day time running lamps function is required by law in Canada When the drive system is switched on and the vehicle is stationary if you move the DIRECT SELECT lever to position P the daytime run ning lamps low beam headlamps go out after 3 minutes When the drive system is switched on the vehicle is stationary and in high ambient light brightness if you turn the light switch to z300 you turn on the daytime running lamps and parking lamps If the drive system is switched on and you turn the light switch to 2 the manual settings take precedence over the daytime running lamps Low beam headlamps When the ignition is switched on and the light switch is in position 2 the parking lamps and low beam headlamps are switched on This is the case even if the light sensor does n
50. Solutions The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt The vehicle is being driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h or has briefly been driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 42 The warning lamp goes out and the intermittent warning tone ceases There are objects on the front passenger seat The vehicle is being driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h or has briefly been driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h gt Remove the objects from the front passenger seat and stow them in a secure place The warning lamp goes out and the intermittent warning tone ceases N a D Q To me es oO gt Q E e ge fens e a i O ad Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster On board computer and displays Safety systems Problem prake USA only Canada only The red brake system warning lamp is lit while the drive system is run ning A warning tone also sounds RBs The yellow ABS and RBS warning lamps are on while the drive sys tem Is running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions There is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir A WARNING The braking effect may be impaired There is a risk of an accident gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving un
51. The SmartKey centrally locks unlocks e the doors e the tailgate e the charge socket flap The turn signals flash once when unlocking and three times when locking You can also set an audible signal to con firm that the vehicle has been locked The audible signal can be activated and deacti vated using the on board computer gt page 188 You can change the settings of the locking system Then only the driver s door is unlocked when you unlock the vehicle This is useful if you frequently travel on your own gt To change the setting simultaneously press the and buttons for approximately 6 seconds until the battery check lamp gt page 74 flashes twice If the setting of the locking system is changed within the Signal range of the vehi cle pressing the or a button e locks or e unlocks the vehicle The SmartKey now functions as follows gt To unlock the driver s door press the a button once gt To unlock centrally press the a but ton twice gt To lock centrally press the button gt To restore the factory settings simulta neously press the o and buttons for approximately 6 seconds until the bat tery check lamp flashes twice gt page 74 General notes If the vehicle can no longer be unlocked with the SmartKey use the mechanical key
52. The signal is not recognized during programming Comparable with Canadian law some U S garage door openers also fea ture a break Proceed as follows e if you live in Canada e if you have difficulties programming the garage door opener regardless of where you live when using the programming steps fim Integrated garage door opener in the rear view mir ror gt Press and hold button or of the integrated garage door opener After a short time indicator lamp Q lights up yellow gt Release the button Indicator lamp Q flashes yellow gt Press button of remote control for 2 seconds then release it for 2 seconds gt Press button again and hold for 2 seconds gt Repeat this sequence on button of remote control until indicator lamp lights up green If indicator lamp turns red repeat the process gt Continue with the other programing steps see above Problems when programming fr Integrated garage door opener in the rear view mir ror If you are experiencing problems programing the integrated garage door opener on the rear view mirror take note of the following instructions e Check the transmitter frequency of garage door drive remote control G This can usu ally be found on the back of the remote control The integrated garage door opener is com patible with devices that have units which operate in the frequency range of 280 to 433 MHz Re
53. Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not fea ture all functions described here This also applies to safety relevant systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 24 Loading guidelines Z WARNING If objects luggage or loads are not secured or not secured sufficiently they could slip tip over or be flung around and thereby hit vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury particu larly in the event of sudden braking or a sud den change in direction Always store objects so that they cannot be flung around Secure objects luggage or loads against slipping or tipping before the journey The handling characteristics of a laden vehi cle are dependent on the distribution of the load within the vehicle Observe the following notes when transporting a load e never exceed the maximum permissible gross vehicle mass or the gross axle weight rating for the vehicle including occupants The values are specified on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar of the driver s door e The cargo compartment is the preferred place to carry objects e Position heavy loads as far forwards as pos sible and as low down in the cargo com partment as possib
54. Wear eye and hand protection when opening the cap Open the cap slowly half a turn to allow pressure to escape Maintenance and care H The coolant may only be checked and cor rected when the engine is cool coolant temperature below 104 F 40 C Check ing the coolant when the coolant tempera ture is above 104 F 40 C may result in damage to the engine or to the engine cool ing system _ Maintenance and care Example gt Park the vehicle on a level surface Only check the coolant level when the vehi cle is on a level surface and the drive sys tem has cooled down gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 127 gt Check the coolant temperature display in the instrument cluster The coolant temperature must be below 104 F 40 C gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni tion lock gt page 127 gt Slowly turn cap half a turn counter clockwise and allow excess pressure to escape gt Turn cap A further counter clockwise and remove it If the coolant is at the level of marker bar in the filler neck when cold there is enough coolant in coolant expansion tank 2 gt If necessary add coolant that has been tes ted and approved by Mercedes Benz gt Replace cap Q and turn it clockwise as far as it will go For further information on coolant see gt page 309 Windshield washer system A WARNING Certain components on the engi
55. Windshield defrosting function briefly until the windshield is clear again gt Turn the SmartKey to position 3 in the igni tion lock gt page 127 The READY indicator is displayed gt To activate press the g button The indicator lamp in the q button lights up The climate control system switches to the following functions e high airflow e high temperature e air distribution to the windshield and front side windows e air recirculation mode off e windshield heating on The Windshield defrosting function automatically sets the blower output to the optimum defrosting effect As a result the airflow may increase or decrease automat ically after the button is pressed You can adjust the blower output man ually while the Windshield defrosting function is in operation gt Press the amp or button gt To deactivate press the q button The indicator lamp in the g button goes out The previously selected settings are restored Air recirculation mode remains deactivated or gt Press the button The indicator lamp in the 9 button goes out Airflow and air distribution are set to automatic mode AUTO or gt Turn temperature control Q or counter clockwise or clockwise gt page 115 The MAX COOL function is only available in vehicles for the USA The MAX COOL function only wor
56. a risk of an accident Always apply the brakes yourself when maneuvering and parking gt Stop the vehicle when the parking space symbol shows the desired parking space in the instrument cluster gt Shift the transmission to position R The Start Park Assist Yes OK No lt 3 message appears in the multifunction display gt To cancel the procedure press the button on the multifunction steering wheel or pull away gt To park using Active Parking Assist press the OK button on the multifunction steering wheel The Park Assist Active Accelerate and Brake Observe Surroundings mes sage appears in the multifunction display gt Let go of the multifunction steering wheel gt Back up the vehicle being ready to brake at all times Do not exceed a maximum speed of approximately 5 mph 10 km h when backing up Otherwise Active Parking Assist will be canceled Driving systems ar In tight parking spaces you will achieve the best parking results by backing up as far as possible When doing so also observe the PARKTRONIC messages gt Stop as soon as PARKTRONIC sounds the continuous warning tone if not before Maneuvering may be required in tight park ing spaces The Park Assist Active Select D Observe Surroundings message appears in the multifunction display gt Shift the transmission to position D while the vehicle is stationary Active Parking Assist immediate
57. a side air vent turn the adjuster in the side air vent to the right until it engages Climate control E Useful information 0 eee 126 Notes on breaking in a new vehicle E E E E E E O eines 126 Driving isa ee ee ces 126 Transmission ceeeeees nee 128 Charging the high voltage battery 134 Parking 22 522 E I 144 Driving tips ee eee 147 Driving systems ceeeeeerees 152 bo w a To 5 b0 S J a aa ving __ Driving and parking Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not fea ture all functions described here This also applies to safety relevant systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 24 Notes on breaking in a new vehicle New and replaced brake pads and discs only reach their optimum braking effect after sev eral hundred kilometers of driving Compen sate for this by applying greater force to the brake pedal Z WARNING Objects in the driver s footwellcan restrict the pedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal The operating and road safety of the vehicle is jeopardized There is a risk of an accident Make sure that all objects in the vehicle are stowed c
58. addi gt Turn the ratchet wrench until the vehicle is tion when driving with a load tire dimen once again standing firmly on the ground sion variations could cause the tires to gt Place the jack to one side come into contact with the bodywork and axle components This could result in dam age to the tires or the vehicle _ Wheels and tires Mercedes Benz accepts no liability for damage resulting from the use of tires wheels or accessories other than those tes ted and approved Information on tires wheels and approved combinations can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop H Retreaded tires are neither tested nor rec ommended by Mercedes Benz since pre vious damage cannot always be detected on retreaded tires As a result Mercedes Benz cannot guarantee vehicle safety if retreaded tires are mounted Do not mount used tires if you have no information about their previous usage Overview of abbreviations used in the follow ing tire tables e BA both axles e FA front axle e RA rear axle The recommended pressures for various operating conditions can be found e onthe Tire and Loading Information placard with the recommended tire pressures on the B pillar on the driver s side e inthe tire pressure table on the inside of the charge socket flap Observe the notes on recommended tire pressures under various operating conditions gt page 281 Check tire pressures regularly and only when
59. ambient lighting on board com PUTED sciscccastescsssdoigecsussesscsveebesticatsts 188 Standing lamps ue eeeeeeeeeeeeees 100 Switching the daytime running lamps on off on board com PUTET eset EE 187 Switching the daytime running lamps on off switch nesses 98 TUSINA S eenn 100 see Interior lighting see Lights see Replacing bulbs Light sensor display message 207 Loading guidelines eee 228 Locking see Central locking Locking doors AUTOMAT C 6 s cc cecieseeseecsae cae ceeneis 78 Emergency loCkiNg sipsirin 79 From inside central locking but TOM na E 78 Locking centrally see Central locking Locking verification signal on board computer 0 0 0 cee eeeeeeeeeee 188 Low beam headlamps Changing bulbs 0 0 eeeeeeeereeeeees 104 Display message ecer 204 Switching On Off secs ieiiiisseeccsti s 99 Lumbar support Adjusting the 4 way lumbar sup POM tcc E e E sentertesttaceies 91 C MES tires rennuna 280 Maintenance see ASSYST PLUS Malfunction message see Display messages Matte finish cleaning instruc TOMS eii arciere dstr riian 258 Maximum charge current Setting charging cable 138 mbrace Call Priority 2 0 cccsscnccessscessncee 241 Display message sescesirsrscrss 199 Downloading destinations COMAND isisisi aii 241 Downloading routes sses 244 Emergency call sssrensisezusses 238 General Notes svirrer 237 GeO TENCING aiirannnn ian 245 Locating a stol
60. amp To switch the left hand front reading matically if the vehicle reaches a speed of lamp on off above 6 mph 10 km h again after a full To switch the front interior lighting brake application on gt To switch the on off To switch the front interior lighting automatic interior lighting control off A To switch the right hand front read La The headlamps may fog up on the inside if To switch the automatic interior lighting there is high atmospheric humidity control on The hazard warning lamps still operate if the ignition is switched off Lights and windshield wipers Pi gt Switch on the lights and drive off The level of fogging diminishes depending on the length of the journey and the weather conditions humidity and temper ature If the level of fogging does not diminish gt Have the headlamps checked at a qualified specialist workshop Rear compartment overhead control panel grab handle in the rear compartment To switch the reading lamp on off s Replacing bulbs Lights and windshield wipers He Important notes The interior lighting functions are automati cally deactivated after some time except for when the SmartKey is in position 2 in the igni tion lock This prevents your vehicle s starter battery from discharging The brightness of the ambient lighting may be set using the on board computer gt
61. and an accident gt Reactivate ESP For exceptions see gt page 67 gt Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions If ESP cannot be activated gt Have ESP checked at a qualified specialist workshop ESP RBS BAS COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST the HOLD function and hill start assist are not available due to a malfunction ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING The braking performance of the electric motor using recuperative braking may be either reduced or not effective If you do not make an additional effort to apply the brake yourself the braking effect may not be sufficient If necessary counteract the reduced regen erative braking effect by applying the brake yourself The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thus increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster oe Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions amp Res ESP RBS BAS the HOLD function and hill start assist are tem The yellow RBS ESP porarily unavailable and ESP OFF warning CO
62. and traffic conditions In such cases visit a qualified specialist workshop Danger of electric shock All of the vehicle s high voltage electrical sys tem components are marked with yellow warning stickers which warn you about high voltages The cables of the vehicle s high voltage electrical system are orange Ph Oe N gi Z DANGER The vehicle s high voltage electrical system is under high voltage If you modify components in the vehicle s high voltage electrical system or touch damaged components you may be electrocuted The components in the vehi cle s high voltage electrical system may be damaged in an accident although the damage is not visible There is a risk of fatal injury Following an accident do not touch any high voltage components and never modify the vehicle s high voltage electrical system Have the vehicle towed away after an accident and the vehicle s high voltage electrical system checked by a qualified specialist workshop When towing a vehicle after an accident be sure to observe the following sections e Transporting the vehicle gt page 274 e Towing the vehicle with the front axle raised gt page 273 e Towing a vehicle with both axles on the ground gt page 273 Read the safety instructions on towing and tow starting gt page 271 The ignition must be switched off when car rying out general tasks such as changing bulbs or checking the coolant level Automatic switching o
63. bag Side marker lamp display mes sage Side windows Cleaning Convenience closing feature Convenience opening feature Important safety information Opening closing Problem malfunction Resetting SmartKey Changing the battery eeeeee Changing the programming Checking the battery Convenience closing feature Convenience opening feature Display message Door central locking unlocking Important safety notes Loss Mechanical key eeeseeeseseeeseeeees Positions ignition lock Problem malfunction SmartKey positions ignition lock Snow chains Sockets General notes Luggage compartment Rear compartment Specialist workshop Special seat belt retractor Speed controlling see Cruise control Speedometer Activating deactivating the addi tional speedometer seeeeeeee Digital scsssesstecstsseesoutserese satdesteeteeedes8 177 In the Instrument cluster 31 Selecting the unit of measure MEME 187 see Instrument cluster SRS Supplemental Restraint Sys tem see Restraint system Standing lamps Changing bulbs sssr Display message Switching on off Starting vehicle 0 eee STEER CONTROL oe Steering display message Steering wheel Adjusting manually ceeseeeee 92 Buttons on board computer 174 Cleaning sive naene beets 261 Important safety notes eee 92 Paddle Shifters erns 131 Steering wheel paddle shifte
64. brake lights up Ea Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster _ On board computer and displays Problem amp The red restraint sys tem warning lamp is lit while the drive system is running RBS The yellow RBS warning lamp is lit while the drive system is running Drive system Problem lt 2 The yellow bat tery charge warning lamp is on Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The restraint system is faulty WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig gered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury gt Drive on carefully gt Have the restraint system checked at a qualified specialist workshop immediately For further information about the restraint system see gt page 40 RBS Recuperative Brake System is unavailable due to a malfunc tion Z WARNING The braking performance of the electric motor using recuperative braking may be either reduced or not effective If you do not make an additional effort to apply the brake yourself the braking effect may not be sufficient If necessary counteract the reduced regen erative braking effect by applying the brake yourself The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example Braki
65. braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Ea Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions praxe USA only ABS and ESP are malfunctioning Therefore BAS RBS COLLI Canada only SION PREVENTION ASSIST EBD the HOLD function and hill start rss assist are also unavailable for example Cats The red brake warning ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated lamp the yellow ESP N WARNING and ESP OFF warning lamps the yellow ABS and RBS warning lamps are lit while the drive system is running The braking performance of the electric motor using recuperative braking may be either reduced or not effective If you do not make an additional effort to apply the brake yourself the braking effect may not be sufficient If necessary counteract the reduced regen erative braking effect by applying the brake yourself The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristi
66. child restraint system manufacturer s installation and operating instructions Child proof locks Important safety notes A WARNING If children are traveling in the vehicle they could e open doors thus endangering other people or road users e exit the vehicle and be caught by oncoming traffic e operate vehicle equipment and become trapped There is a risk of an accident and injury Always activate the child proof locks and override feature if children are traveling in the vehicle When leaving the vehicle always take the key with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Override feature for e Rear doors gt page 62 e Rear side windows gt page 62 Z WARNING If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle they could e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic e operate the vehicle s equipment Additionally children could set the vehicle in motion if for example they e release the parking brake e shift the transmission out of park position P e start the vehicle s drive system There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of reach of children Z WARNING If persons particularly children are subjected to prolonged exposure to extrem
67. dent heavy braking or sudden changes of direction As a result child restraint systems cannot perform their intended protective function Rear seat backrests that are not locked can also cause additional injuries e g in the event of an accident This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Always lock rear seat backrests after instal ling a Top Tether belt Observe the lock veri fication indicator Adjust the rear seat backr ests so that they are in an upright position If the rear backrest is not engaged and locked the red lock verification indicator will be visible gt page 230 Top Tether anchorages The Top Tether anchorages are located on the rear side of the rear seat backrests ee ue Ei Children in the vehicle Safety I gt Move head restraint upwards gt Release rear seat backrest and fold it forwards gt page 230 gt Route Top Tether belt under head restraint Q between the two head restraint bars gt Hook Top Tether hook of Top Tether belt into Top Tether anchorage Make sure that e Top Tether hook is hooked into Top Tether anchorage as shown e Top Tether belt is not twisted e Top Tether belt is routed between rear seat backrest 3 and cargo compart ment cover 2 if cargo compartment cover 2 is installed e Top Tether belt is routed between the rear seat backrest 3 and the cargo net if the cargo net is installed gt
68. diagnosis Vehicle Health Check the Customer Assistance Cen ter can provide improved support for prob lems with your vehicle During an existing call vehicle data is transferred to the Customer Assistance Center The customer service rep resentative can use the received data to decide what kind of assistance is required You are then for example guided to the near est authorized Mercedes Benz Center or a recovery vehicle is called Vehicle data transfer during an MB Info call or Roadside Assistance call is initiated by the Customer Assistance Center You will see the Roadside Assistance Connected mes sage in the COMAND display If the vehicle E Stowage and features Pa Features _ Stowage and features remote fault diagnosis can be started the Request for vehicle diagnosis received Start vehicle diagnosis message appears in the display gt Confirm the message with Yes gt When the Vehicle diagnosis Please start ignition message appears turn the key to position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 127 gt When the Please follow the instruc tions received by phone and move your vehicle to a safe position message appears follow the customer ser vice representative s instructions The message in the display disappears If you select Cancel the remote fault diag nosis is canceled completely The vehicle operating state check begins You will see the Vehicle diagnosis activated message When the diagno
69. e Observe the brake lamps of the towing vehicle while driving Always maintain a distance so that the tow rope does not sag e Do not use steel cables or chains to tow your vehicle You could otherwise dam age the vehicle H Do not use the towing eyes for recovery purposes as this could damage the vehicle If in doubt recover the vehicle with a crane E If the HOLD function is activated the vehi cle brakes automatically in certain situa tions To prevent damage to the vehicle deactivate the HOLD function in the follow ing or other similar situations e when towing the vehicle e in the car wash HB Make sure that the electric parking brake is released If the electric parking brake is faulty visit a qualified specialist workshop Mercedes Benz recommends that you use an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for this purpose H When towing pull away slowly and smoothly If the tractive power is too high the vehicles could be damaged D Breakdown Assistance Md Breakdown Assistance H The vehicle can be towed a maximum of 30 miles 50km The towing speed of 30 mph 50 km h must not be exceeded If the vehicle has to be towed more than 30 miles 50km the entire vehicle must be raised and transported H Do not tow with sling type equipment This could damage the vehicle Observe the legal requirements for the rele vant countries when towing If the vehicle can no longer be driven because of an accident
70. equipped with the electronic tire pressure monitor the tire pressure can be checked in the on board computer The recommended tire pressures for the tires mounted at the factory can be found on the labels described here 1 Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side of the vehi cle gt page 288 The Tire and Loading Information placard con tains the recommended tire pressures for cold tires The recommended tire pressures are valid for the maximum permissible load and up to the maximum permissible vehicle speed Tire pressure ee Pa Wheels and tires Wheels and tires Aid bP Gh Recommended tire pressures 2 Tire pressure table on the inside of the charge socket flap The tire pressure table contains the recom mended pressures for cold tires for various operating conditions i e differing load and speed conditions Specifications shown in the examples of tire pressure tables are for illustration pur poses only Tire pressure specifications are vehicle specific and may deviate from the data shown here Tire pressure specifica tions applicable to your vehicle are located in your vehicle s tire pressure table COLD TIRE PRESSUR Pig So HS Example tire pressure table for all tires permitted for this vehicle by the factory If a tire size precedes a tire pressure the tire pressure information following is only valid for that tire size The load conditions
71. event of a sudden loss of pressure bring the vehicle to a halt by braking carefully Avoid sudden steering movements The tire pressure monitor has a yellow warn ing lamp in the instrument cluster for indicat ing a pressure loss or malfunction Whether the warning lamp flashes or lights up indi cates whether a tire pressure is too low or the tire pressure monitor is malfunctioning e if the warning lamp is lit continuously the tire pressure on one or more tires is signif icantly too low The tire pressure monitor is not malfunctioning e if the warning lamp flashes for around a minute and then remains lit constantly the tire pressure monitor is malfunctioning In addition to the warning lamp a mes sage appears in the multifunction display Further information can be found on gt page 211 If the tire pressure monitor is malfunctioning it may take more than 10 minutes for the tire pressure warning lamp to inform you of the malfunction When the malfunction has been rectified the tire pressure warning lamp goes out after a few minutes of driving The tire pressure values indicated by the on board computer may differ from those meas ured at a gas station with a pressure gauge The tire pressures shown by the on board computer refer to those measured at sea level At high altitudes the tire pressure val ues indicated by a pressure gauge are higher than those shown by the on board computer In this case do not reduce
72. example Braking efficiency may be impaired gt Drive on taking extra care gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop a On board computer and displays ea Display messages On board computer and displays Display messages PARK usa only Canada only Please Release Parking Brake PARK USA only Canada only Parking Brake See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The red park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes and a warning tone sounds A condition for automatic release of the electric parking brake is not fulfilled gt page 145 You are driving with the electric parking brake applied gt Release the electric parking brake manually The red park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes and a warning tone sounds You are using the electric parking brake for emergency braking gt page 145 The yellow warning lamp lights up The electric parking brake is malfunctioning To apply gt Switch the ignition off gt Press the electric parking brake handle for at least 10 seconds gt Shift the DIRECT SELECT lever to P gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The yellow warning lamp and the red Park USA only Canada only indicator lamp light up The electric parking brake is malfunctioning To release gt
73. gt Quickly depress the brake pedal further until appears in the multifunction dis play The HOLD function is activated You can release the brake pedal f depressing the brake pedal the first time does not activate the HOLD function wait briefly and then try again Deactivating the HOLD function The HOLD function is deactivated automati cally if e you accelerate and the transmission is in position D or R e the transmission is in position P Driving systems ie e you depress the brake pedal again with a certain amount of pressure until Q disap pears from the multifunction display e you secure the vehicle using the electric parking brake After a time the electric parking brake secures the vehicle and relieves the service brake The electric parking brake automatically secures the vehicle if the HOLD function is activated and e the driver s door is open and the driver s seat belt is unfastened e the drive system is switched off e a system malfunction occurs e the power supply is not sufficient If a malfunction occurs then the transmission may be shifted into position P automatically If you do not deactivate the HOLD func tion before you switch off the drive system you can no longer start the drive system Deactivate the HOLD function before you switch off the drive system Important safety notes PARKTRONIC is an electronic parking aid with ultrasonic sensors
74. hazard warning lamps are activated e the emergency lighting is activated e the vehicle doors are unlocked e the front side windows are lowered e the drive system is deactivated e vehicles with mbrace automatic emer gency call Children in the vehicle Accident statistics show that children secured in the rear seats are safer than chil dren secured in the front passenger seat For this reason Mercedes Benz strongly advises that you install a child restraint system on a rear seat Children are generally better pro tected there If a child younger than 12 years and under 5 ft 1 50 m in height is traveling in the vehicle e always secure the child in a child restraint system suitable for Mercedes Benz vehi cles The child restraint system must be appropriate to the age weight and size of the child e be sure to observe the instructions and safety notes in this section in addition to the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions e be sure to observe the instructions and safety notes on the Occupant classifica tion system OCS gt page 49 Z WARNING If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle they could e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic e operate the vehicle s equipment Additionally children could set the vehicle in motion if for example they e release the parking brake e shift the transmission out of
75. headlamps strikes the sensor in the rear view mirror a Mirrors The mirrors do not go into anti glare mode if reverse gear is engaged or the interior lighting is switched on Seats steering wheel and mirrors _ General notes The Parking position for the exterior mirror on the front passenger side function is only available if the vehicle is equipped with the Memory package Setting and storing the parking position Using reverse gear You can position the front passenger side exterior mirror in such a way that you can see the rear wheel on that side as soon as you engage reverse gear You can store this posi tion gt Make sure that the vehicle is stationary gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 127 gt Press button for the exterior mirror on the front passenger side gt Engage reverse gear The exterior mirror on the front passenger side moves to the preset parking position gt Use adjustment button to adjust the exterior mirror You should see the rear wheel and the curb in the exterior mirror The parking position is stored If you shift the transmission to another position the exterior mirror on the front passenger side returns to the driving posi tion Using the memory button You can position the front passenger side exterior mirror in such a way that you can see the rear wheel on that side as soon as you engage reverse gear You can stor
76. information If the amp ESP warning lamp goes out before beginning the journey ESP is automatically active If ESP intervenes the ESP warning lamp flashes in the instrument cluster Driving safety systems If ESP intervenes gt Do not deactivate ESP under any circum stances gt Only depress the accelerator pedal as far as necessary when pulling away gt Adapt your driving style to suit the prevail ing road and weather conditions Safety 4 Deactivating activating ESP Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 63 You can select between the following states of ESP e ESP is activated e ESP is deactivated Z WARNING If you deactivate ESP ESP no longer sta bilizes the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident Only deactivate ESP in the situations descri bed in the following It may be best to deactivate ESP in the fol lowing situations e when using snow chains e in deep snow e on sand or gravel Activate ESP as soon as the situations described above no longer apply ESP will otherwise not be able to stabilize the vehi cle if the vehicle starts to skid or a wheel starts to spin E Avoid spinning the driven wheels for an extended period with ESP deactivated You could otherwise damage the drivetrain Deactivating activating ESP You can deactivate
77. lamp goes out If the driver s seat belt is not fastened after the drive system is started an additional warning tone will sound The warning tone switches off after six seconds or once the driver s seat belt is fastened If the vehicle s speed exceeds 15 mph 25 km h once and the driver s and front passenger seat belts are not fastened a zA Occupant safety Safety J warning tone sounds The warning tone sounds with increasing intensity for 60 seconds or until the driver or front passenger have fastened their seat belts If the driver or front passenger unfasten their seat belts during the journey the seat belt warning is activated again For more information on the amp seat belt warning lamp see Warning and indi cator lamps in the instrument cluster seat belts gt page 216 Introduction The installation point of an air bag can be rec ognized by the AIR BAG symbol An air bag complements the correctly fas tened seat belt It is no substitute for the seat belt The air bag provides additional protec tion in applicable accident situations Not all air bags are deployed in an accident The different air bag systems function inde pendently from one another gt page 54 However no system available today can com pletely eliminate injuries and fatalities It is also not possible to rule out a risk of injury caused by an air bag due to the
78. lamps or standing lamps are automatically switched off to enable the next engine start Always park your vehicle safely and sufficiently lit according to legal standards Avoid the continuous use of the 500 parking lamps for several hours If possible switch on the P lt right or the p left standing lamp Exterior lighting Ea Lights and windshield wipers 4 fal Exterior lighting Lights and windshield wipers acd gt To switch on turn the light switch to z00 The green 200 lt indicator lamp in the instru ment cluster lights up Standing lamps Switching on the standing lamps ensures the corresponding side of the vehicle is illumina ted gt To switch on the standing lamps the SmartKey should not be in the ignition lock or it should be in position 0 gt Turn the light switch to P left hand side of the vehicle or right hand side of the vehicle z Turn signal High beam headlamps Turn signal right High beam flasher Turn signal left gt To indicate briefly press the combination switch briefly to the pressure point in the direction of arrow or The corresponding turn signal flashes three times gt To indicate press the combination switch beyond the pressure point in the direction of arrow or High beam headlamps gt To switch on the high beam headlamps tur
79. luggage or loads gt page 228 Fastening and adjusting the seat belts Observe the safety notes on the seat belt gt page 42 and the notes on correct use of seat belts gt page 43 If the center rear seat belt is being used also observe the information about the seat belt for the center rear seat gt page 45 gt Adjust the seat gt page 86 The seat backrest must be in an almost vertical position gt Pull the seat belt smoothly from belt outlet gt Engage seat belt tongue 2 in belt buckle Q gt If necessary pull upwards on the shoulder section of the seat belt to tighten the belt across your body The shoulder section of the seat belt must always be routed across the center of the shoulder Adjust the belt outlet if necessary gt To raise slide the belt outlet upwards The belt outlet will engage in various posi tions gt To lower hold belt outlet release Q and slide the belt outlet downwards gt Let go of belt outlet release Q in the desired position and make sure that the belt outlet engages All seat belts except the driver s seat belt are equipped with a special seat belt retractor to securely fasten child restraint systems in the vehicle Further information can be found under Special seat belt retractor gt page 57 Seat belt for the center rear seat If the left hand rear seat backrest is folded down and back up again the rear center seat belt may lock
80. not intervene There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake Terminate the intervention in a non critical driving situation Safety i Z WARNING Adaptive Brake Assist does not react e to people or animals e to oncoming vehicles e to crossing traffic e to stationary obstacles e when cornering As a result the Adaptive Brake Assist may not intervene in all critical conditions There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake Due to the nature of the system particularly complicated but non critical driving condi tions may also cause Brake Assist to inter vene Adaptive Brake Assist provides braking assis tance in hazardous situations at speeds above 4 mph 7 km h It uses radar sensor technology to assess the traffic situation With the help of Adaptive Brake Assist the distance warning signal can detect obstacles that are in the path of your vehicle for an extended period of time As soon as a risk of a collision is detected Adaptive Brake Assist calculates the braking force necessary to avoid the collision If you apply the brakes forcefully Adaptive Brake Assist will automatically increase the braking force to a level suitable for the traffic condi tions gt Keep the brake pedal depressed until the emergency braking situation is over ABS prevents the wheels from locking za
81. notes on the HOLD function gt page 154 and parking gt page 144 gt Press the OK or button on the steering wheel to hide the display message The display message is cleared The multifunction display shows high priority display messages in red Some high priority dis play messages cannot be hidden The multifunction display shows these messages continuously until the causes for the mes sages have been remedied The on board computer saves certain display messages in the message memory You can call up the display messages gt Press the lt or P button on the steering wheel to select the Service menu If there are display messages the multifunction display shows 2 Messages for example gt Press the A or W button to select the entry e g 2 Messages gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the A or W button to scroll through the display messages Display messages fea Safety systems Display messages Currently Unavail able See Opera tor s Manual Inoperative See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ABS Anti lock Braking System ESP Electronic Stability Pro gram BAS Brake Assist RBS Recuperative Brake System the HOLD function and hill start assist are temporarily unavailable COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST may also have failed In addition the amp Res a
82. observe the traffic conditions care fully and maintain a safe lateral distance Blind Spot Assist is only an aid It may fail to detect some vehicles and is no substitute for attentive driving USA only This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The radar sensor is intended for use in an automotive radar system only Removing tampering with or altering the device will void any warranties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Monitoring range of the sensors In particular the detection of obstacles can be impaired if e there is dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e there is poor visibility e g due to fog heavy rain or snow e a narrow vehicle traveling in front e g a motorbike or bicycle e the road has very wide lanes e the road has narrow lanes e you are not driving in the middle of the lane e there are barriers or similar lane borders Vehicles in the monitoring range are then not indicated 118 in OG ey 1h GS Dey PT Blind Spot Assist monitors the area up to 10 ft 3 0 m behind your vehicle and directly next to your vehicle as shown in the diagram For this purpose Blind Spot Assist uses radar sensors in the rear bumper If the lanes are narrow vehicles driving in the lane beyo
83. of skidding e g on icy roads D Drive For driving forwards Holding the vehicle stationary on uphill gradients Do not hold the vehicle stationary on uphill gradients by depressing the accelerator pedal Instead only ever hold the vehicle sta tionary on uphill gradients by e depressing the brake pedal e engaging the electric parking brake Kickdown Use kickdown for maximum acceleration gt Depress the accelerator pedal beyond the pressure point The needle in the power display points to the boost area gt page 173 gt Ease off the accelerator pedal once the desired speed is reached Maximum acceleration is available for a limited time Rocking the vehicle free Shifting the transmission repeatedly between gears D and R may help to free the vehicle if it has become stuck in slush or snow The vehi cle s engine management system limits the speed to a maximum of 5 mph 9 km h when shifting back and forth To shift back and forth between transmission positions D and R move the DIRECT SELECT lever up and down past the point of resistance General notes The program selector button allows you to choose between drive programs with differ ent driving characteristics Program selector button E Economy Comfortable economical driving style S Sport Sporty driving style gt Press program selector button a The selected drive program appears in the multifunction display When t
84. of the battery Therefore only use RANGE PLUS if for example e long journeys are planned or e the availability of charging stations at the destination is limited Charging the high voltage battery If you activate RANGE PLUS the operating window of the battery will be extended at the next charging process An extended driving range will be available to you for the next journey The more often RANGE PLUS is used the more the extended range is reduced Therefore always check the range display before every journey gt To switch on press button Q The green Indicator lamp lights up gt To switch off press button 1 The indicator lamp goes out RANGE PLUS switches off automatically if e the charging cable is disconnected or e the charging process is complete Notes on battery care Avoid storing or transporting the vehicle in high temperatures over a long period e g container transport If you park the vehicle and leave it stationary for longer periods connect it to a power sup ply Temperatures below 13 F 25 C and over 104 F 40 C which affect the vehicle for a period of more than seven days can cause irreversible damage Conditions of use Observe the following notes e information on exceptions to the high volt age battery terms of use in the battery rental agreement e information on exceptions and limitations in warranty documentation and in the rela ted Maintenance Bookl
85. on the rear view mirror When doing so vary the distance between remote control 6 and the rear view mirror If the indicator lamp flashes green after successful programing the garage door system is using a rolling code After pro graming you must synchronize the garage door opener integrated in the rear view mir ror with the receiver of the garage door system Synchronizing the rolling code Pay attention to the Important safety notes gt page 245 fn Integrated garage door opener in the rear view mir ror Your vehicle must be within reach of the garage door or gate opener drive Make sure that neither your vehicle nor any persons objects are present within the sweep of the door or gate gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt Press the programing button of the door or gate drive see the door or gate drive oper ating instructions e g under Programing additional remote controls Usually you now have 30 seconds to ini tiate the next step gt Press previously programmed button 2 or of the integrated garage door opener until the door closes The rolling code synchronization is then complete Notes on programming the remote con trol Canadian radio frequency laws require a break or interruption of the transmission signals after broadcasting for a few seconds Therefore these signals may not last long enough for the integrated garage door opener
86. on the temperature the engine cooling system and battery cooling system may audibly switch on when the charging cable is connected or during the charging process Removing the charging cable When the charge level display reaches 100 the battery is fully charged gt page 174 H Make sure the charging cable has been disconnected from the vehicle socket before starting a journey The vehicle or charging cable may otherwise be damaged when you drive off A Charging the high voltage battery Problems with the charging process L Driving and parking Problem The charge socket flap cannot be opened The high voltage bat tery is not being charged The high voltage bat tery is not charged dur ing the charging proc ess when connected to a power socket The charging cable con nector cannot be removed from the vehi cle socket Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The charge socket flap is not unlocked gt Unlock the vehicle gt page 72 The SmartKey batteries are discharged gt Unlock the vehicle manually using the SmartKey gt page 73 The charge socket flap is unlocked but the opening mechanism is jammed gt Lock and unlock the vehicle If after that the opening mechanism is still jammed gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop A malfunction has occurred during the initialization of the charging process gt Ensure that the charging cable is connected to the el
87. or breakdown you have the following options e transporting the vehicle As arule you should have the vehicle trans ported e towing the vehicle with a tow rope or tow bar Only tow the vehicle in exceptional cases Observe the following notes The vehicle may not be towed and must always be transported if e the multifunction display is not working e one of more of the following warning lamps is lit up Drive system 12 V battery e one or both of the following display mes sages have appeared Stop Switch Engine Off Service Required Do Not Shift Gears Visit Dealer e the brake pedal begins to pulsate as the towing procedure commences e you have to tow the vehicle over a longer distance than 30 miles 50 km The battery must be connected and charged Otherwise you e cannot turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock e cannot release the electric parking brake e cannot shift the transmission to position N The function of the electric parking brake and the parking lock is dependent on the on board voltage If the on board voltage is low or there is a malfunction in the system it may not be possible to apply the released parking brake or shift the transmission to position P Switch off non essential consumers e g the radio Disarm the automatic locking feature before the vehicle is towed gt page 188 You could otherwise be locked out when pushing or towing the vehicle Installin
88. or pol ishing products or gloss preserver e g wax These products are only suitable for high gloss surfaces Their use on vehicles with matte finish leads to considerable sur face damage shiny spotted areas Always have paintwork repairs carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Hl Do not use wash programs with a hot wax treatment under any circumstances Observe these notes if your vehicle has a clear matte finish This will help you to avoid damage to the paintwork due to incorrect treatment These notes also apply to light alloy wheels with a clear matte finish The vehicle should preferably be washed by hand using a soft sponge car shampoo and plenty of water Use only insect remover and car shampoo from the range of recommended and approved Mercedes Benz care products Cleaning the wheels A WARNING The water jet from a circular jet nozzle dirt blasters can cause invisible exterior damage to the tires or chassis components Compo nents damaged in this way may fail unexpect edly There is a risk of an accident Do not use power washers with circular jet nozzles to clean the vehicle Have damaged tires or chassis components replaced imme diately H Do not use acidic wheel cleaning products to remove brake dust This could damage wheel bolts and brake components H Do not park the vehicle for an extended period straight after cleaning it particularly after having cleaned the wheels with wh
89. pressure Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi ate from the data in the example Canadian tire regulations prescribe that every manufacturer of new tires or retreader has to imprint a TIN in or on the sidewall Wheels and tires ad Definition of terms for tires and loading _ Wheels and tires The TIN is a unique identification number The TIN enables the tire manufacturers or retread ers to inform purchasers of recalls and other safety relevant matters It makes it possible for the purchaser to easily identify the affec ted tires The TIN is made up of manufacturer identifi cation code Q tire size tire type code and manufacturing date DOT Department of Transportation tire symbol Q indicates that the tire complies with the requirements of the Canadian trans port ministry Manufacturer identification code manu facturer identification code provides details on the tire manufacturer New tires have a code with two symbols Retreaded tires have a code with four symbols For further information about retreaded tires see gt page 278 Tire size identifier describes the tire size Tire type code tire type code can be used by the manufacturer as a code to describe specific characteristics of the tire Date of manufacture date of manufacture provides information about the age of a tire The first and second positions represent the week of manufacture starting with 01 f
90. pressure gt page 281 correct Further information on wheels and tires can be obtained at any qualified specialist workshop e designation __ Wheels and tires e model When replacing tires make sure to use the correct e designation e manufacturer e model e If the vehicle is heavily loaded check the tire pressures and correct them if neces ZA WARNING sary A flat tire severely impairs the driving steer ing and braking characteristics of the vehicle There is a risk of accident Tires without run flat characteristics e do not drive with a flat tire e immediately replace the flat tire with your emergency spare wheel or spare wheel or consult a qualified specialist workshop e While driving pay attention to vibrations noises and unusual handling characteris tics e g pulling to one side This may indi cate that the wheels or tires are damaged If you suspect that a tire is defective reduce your speed immediately Stop the vehicle as soon as possible to check the wheels and tires for damage Hidden tire damage could also be causing the unusual handling characteristics If you find no signs of damage have the tires and wheels checked at a qualified specialist workshop e When parking your vehicle make sure that the tires do not get deformed by the curb or other obstacles If it is necessary to drive over curbs speed humps or similar eleva tions try to do so slowly and at an obtuse an
91. protection device against overvoltage in the mains supply This device may be triggered during severe thunderstorms for example and may lead to the building s fuse being tripped and an interruption in the power supply These functions protect the vehicle After the building fuse is switched on again the charging process resumes automatically Following an interruption in the power sup ply or tripping of the building s fuse it may take up to 10 minutes for charging to resume automatically Switch on the building protection system again after it has been triggered Otherwise the charging process cannot be continued The high voltage battery will not be charged and you may not be able to drive the vehicle If other devices are protected by the same protective device these are switched off as well when the protective device is triggered Ensure that these other devices are still operational after reactivating the protection device Charging the high voltage battery via the electrical outlet Charging cable Important safety notes The vehicle is supplied with a single phase 12 A charging cable Only use the charging cable included with the vehicle which has been approved for vehicle use Pay attention to the Important safety notes gt page 134 Driving and parking a Charging the high voltage battery _ Driving and parking E Only use the charging cable to charge the high voltage battery Do not use the c
92. reset When you reset the values in the trip computer From Start the values in the ECO display are likewise reset gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Trip menu gt Press the A or W button to select From Start or From The values in the From Start submenu are ECO display calculated from the start of a journey whilst the values in the From Reset submenu are calculated from the last time the submenu was reset gt page 177 The From Start trip computer is automati cally reset when e the ignition has been switched off for more than 4 hours ECO display e 999 hours have been exceeded e 9 999 miles have been exceeded ml On board computer and displays gt Pressthe lt or gt button on the steer ing wheel to select the Trip menu gt Press the A or W button to select ECO DISPLAY If the ignition remains switched off for longer than 4 hours the ECO display will be auto matically reset Further information on the ECO display gt page 148 Displaying the range and current con sumption Range and current consumption gt Pressthe lt or gt buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Trip menu gt Press the A or W button to view the approximate range and current consump tion The approximate range depends on
93. risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle The setting procedure is interrupted as soon as you release the storage position button The memory function can be used at any time e g even when the SmartKey isn t in the igni tion lock ee A Useful information 2 0 0 0 eee 98 Exterior lighting e 98 Interionlighting ee 101 Replacing bulbs c ceeeeeeee 102 Windshield wipers 0008 108 Lights and windshield wipers E Ea Exterior lighting Lights and windshield wipers Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not fea ture all functions described here This also applies to safety relevant systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 24 Exterior lighting For reasons of safety Mercedes Benz recom mends that you drive with the lights switched on even during the daytime In some coun tries operation of the headlamps varies due to legal requirements and self imposed obli gations Setting options Exterior lighting can be set using e the light switch e the combination switch gt page 100 e
94. rors When the causes stated above no longer apply the display mes sage disappears Blind Spot Assist is operational again If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 300 gt Clean the sensors gt page 259 gt Start the drive system again Blind Spot Assist is defective The yellow A indicator lamps also light up in the exterior mir rors gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Py On board computer and displays a Display messages Display messages Park Assist Can celed Park Assist Inoper ative E On board computer and displays Cruise Control Inoperative Cruise Control mph Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The driver s door is open and the driver s seat belt has not been fastened gt Repeat the parking process with the seat belt fastened and the driver s door closed You have inadvertently touched the multifunction steering wheel while steering intervention was active gt While steering intervention is active make sure that the multi function steering wheel is not touched unintentionally The vehicle has started to skid and ESP has intervened gt Use Active Parking Assist again later gt page 159 You have just carried out a large number of turning or parki
95. safe distance Mercedes Benz recommends that you acti vate COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST as a visual and acoustic aid The vehicle uses the sensors of COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST during radar based recuperation D447 The sensors detect the distance to the vehicle ahead and its speed The intensity of recuperation is then auto matically adjusted to the current traffic sit uation The range can then be increased by storing energy efficiently Adjustment is infinitely var iable from overrun mode no recuperation to maximum recuperation Examples of radar based recuperation e Approaching a slower vehicle a decelerat ing vehicle or when following a vehicle downhill Your vehicle decelerates slightly and increases recuperation e Driving when no vehicle is detected in front or when a vehicle is detected in the far dis tance or an accelerating vehicle is detec ted Your vehicle switches to overrun mode at higher speeds e Driving on a steep downhill slope Acceler ation downhill is reduced and recuperation is increased This is comparable with shift ing down when driving downhill gt To activate radar based recuperation pull one steering wheel paddle shifter or towards you and hold for about one second gt To deactivate radar based recupera tion briefly pull one steering wheel paddle shifter or towards you If you change between radar based and man ual recuperation the following levels are acti vate
96. settings in the on board computer using the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel Left control panel e Calls up the menu and menu bar Press briefly lt i gt Vila e Scrolls in lists e Selects a submenu or function e In the Audio menu selects a stored station an audio track or a video scene e In the Tel telephone menu switches to the phone book and selects a name or telephone number A Press and hold Vv e In the Audio menu selects the previous next station or selects an audio track or a video scene using rapid scrolling e In the Tel telephone menu starts rapid scrolling through the phone book OK e Confirms a selection display message e In the Tel Telephone menu switches to the telephone book and starts dialing the selected number e In the Audio menu stops the station search function at the desired station Displays and operation 175 Right control panel A e Rejects or ends a call e Exits phone book redial mem ory Z Makes or accepts a call e Switches to the redial memory e Adjusts the volume E al e Mute Back button 5 Press briefly e Back e Switches off the Voice Control System see the separate oper ating instructions e Hides display messages calls up the last Trip menu function used e Exits the telephone book redial memory Press and hold e Calls up the standard display in
97. special equipment such as law enforce ment can read the information by accessing the vehicle or the EDR EDR data may be used in civil and criminal matters as a tool in accident reconstruction accident claims and vehicle safety Since the Crash Data Retrieval CDR tool that is used to extract data from the EDR is commercially available Mercedes Benz USA LLC MBUSA expressly disclaims any and all lia bility arising from the extraction of this infor mation by unauthorized Mercedes Benz per sonnel MBUSA will not share EDR data with others without the consent of the vehicle owners or if the vehicle is leased without the consent of the lessee Exceptions to this representation include responses to subpoenas by law enforcement by federal state or local gov ernment in connection with or arising out of litigation involving MBUSA or its subsidiaries and affiliates or as required by law Warning The EDR is acomponent of the Sup plemental Restraint System SRS Module Tampering with altering modifying or remov ing the EDR component may result in a mal function of the SRS Module and other sys tems Introduction State laws or regulations regarding EDRs that conflict with federal regulation are pre emp ted This means that in the event of such con flict the federal regulation governs As of February 2013 13 states have enacted laws relating to EDRs Information on copyright Information on license for free and o
98. su ccatee cas sesecs ste cxevioctcteseeese 262 Correct Usage creron 43 Fastening eesecesepedcpsscacersserasesetessseeeees 44 Important safety guidelines 42 atd ove Ufoid 0 eeeereeneeetcrrerrrrrerercrrerr 42 Releasing sccannasnaindanacescess 45 Warning lamp sszsssssnscssssecisssaceossceese 216 Warning lamp function eee 45 Seats Adjusting electrically 0 0 0 eeeeee 89 Adjusting manually cee eee 88 Adjusting the 4 way lumbar sup DOU ae E E 91 Adjusting the head restraint 89 Cleaning the COVER ss cessserss 261 Correct driver s seat position 86 Folding the backrest rear com partment forwards back vehi cles without the EASY VARIO PLUS Syst m sc cctesneneccsessteseecees 231 Important safety notes s s 87 Seat heating problem eee 92 Storing settings memory func TOM aeevsnccsnevass E AT 95 Switching seat heating on off 91 Selector lever see DIRECT SELECT lever Sensors cleaning instructions 259 Service Center see Qualified specialist workshop Service menu on board com PUTET 2 sc s cca neesieieceeceets 184 Service products Brake fluid isisisi Important safety notes Refrigerant air conditioning sys tem Washer fluid Settings Factory on board computer On board computer sssrini Setting the air distribution Setting the airflow Setting the maximum charge cur rent Control system Side impact air
99. switch off climate control only briefly Dual zone automatic climate control gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt To switch on press the button The indicator lamp in the auro button lights up Airflow and air distribution are set to automatic mode or gt Press the OFF button The indicator lamp in the OFF button goes out The previously selected settings are restored gt To switch off press the OFF The indicator lamp in the OFF up AUTO button button lights Dual zone automatic climate control switch on climate control primarily using the auto button General notes If you deactivate the Cooling with air dehu midification function the air inside the vehi cle will not be cooled The air inside the vehi cle will also not be dehumidified The win dows can fog up more quickly Therefore only deactivate the Cooling with air dehumidifi cation function briefly The Cooling with air dehumidification func tion is operational when the vehicle is ready to drive The air inside the vehicle is cooled and dehumidified according to the tempera ture selected Condensation may drip from the underside of the vehicle when it is in cooling mode This is normal and not a sign that there is a malfunc tion Activating deactivating button button lights gt To activate press the
100. the E CELL submenu gt page 185 Switching Pre entry climate control at depar ture time on off gt Pressthe lt Jor buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Settings menu gt Use A or W to select the E CELL submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press A or W toselect Rem Cli mate Control At Departure Time gt Press OK to activate or deactivate The vehicle interior will then be heated or cooled prior to the predefined departure time If a departure time is selected the yellow indicator lamp lights up on the auxiliary heating button You can use the on board computer to specify up to three departure times in the E CELL submenu One of the specified departure times may be preselected gt page 185 Pre entry climate control via SmartKey Pre entry climate control via SmartKey is switched on temporarily when the vehicle is unlocked using the SmartKey In order to switch on pre entry climate control via the SmartKey the function has to be activated using the on board computer Activating deactivating pre entry climate control via SmartKey gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Settings menu gt Use A or W to select the E CELL submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press A or W to select Pre Entry Climate Cont Via Key gt Press OK to acti
101. the Trip menu Fy On board computer and displays LI On board computer and displays Multifunction display Multifunction display Range Time Text field Menu bar Drive program Permanent display outside temperature or speed gt page 187 Transmission position gt page 129 gt To show menu bar 4 press the lt or button on the steering wheel Menu bar disappears after a few seconds Text field 3 shows the selected menu or submenu as well as display messages You can set the time using the Audio sys tem or COMAND see the separate operat ing instructions The following messages may appear in the multifunction display ePi Active Parking Assist gt page 159 Cruise control gt page 152 CRUISE Cruise control gt page 152 HOLD function gt page 154 HOLD Menus and submenus Menu overview Operating the on board computer gt page 174 Depending on the equipment installed in the vehicle you can call up the following menus e Trip menu gt page 176 e Navi menu navigation instructions gt page 179 e Audio menu gt page 180 e Tel menu telephone gt page 181 e DriveAssist menu assistance gt page 183 e Serv menu gt page 184 e Sett menu gt page 185 The Audio Navi and Tel menus differ slightly in vehicles with an audio system and in vehi cles with COMAND The ex
102. the con dition of charge of the high voltage battery and your current driving style If the high volt age battery condition of charge is low the display shows a vehicle being charged instead of the approximate range The specified values for range depend on the driving program selected and may vary as a result of e higher and lower outside temperatures e the style of driving e activated electrical consumers Energy flow The energy flow display can be displayed in the multifunction display and in the COMAND display see separate operating instructions gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Trip menu gt Confirm by pressing OK on the steering wheel gt Use Ww or A to select Energy Flow The active components are highlighted in the energy flow display The energy flow is indicated by arrows The arrows have a different color depend ing on the operating state e Green energy recuperation e White normal energy consumption e Red increased energy consumption Drive system switched on when the vehi cle is stationary or in overrun mode The drive system is switched on while the vehicle is stationary Alternatively the drive system is switched on while the vehicle is in transmission position D or N The arrows indicating energy flow are not shown Drive system switched off and high volt age battery being charged
103. the event of a vehicle fire the internal pres sure of the high voltage battery can exceed a critical value In this case flammable gas escapes through a ventilation valve on the underbody The gas can ignite There is a risk of injury Leave the danger zone immediately Secure the danger area at a suitable distance whilst observing legal requirements DANGER If you use incorrectly installed mains sockets or adapters extension cables or similar to connect the charging cable to a mains socket this could lead to fires or an electric shock There is a risk of fatal injury To avoid hazardous situations observe the following e Only connect the charging cable to mains sockets that are installed correctly and have been approved by an electrical spe cialist e For safety reasons only use the charging cables supplied with the vehicle or charg ing cables which have been approved for use with this vehicle e Never use a damaged charging cable e Do not use Extension cables Cable drums Multiple sockets e Do not use a socket adapter to connect the charging cable to the mains socket The only exception is if the adapter has been tested and approved by the manufacturer for charging the high voltage battery in an electric vehicle e Always observe the safety notes in the socket adapter s operating instructions The vehicle s high voltage electrical system is under high voltage e Do not handle high volta
104. the seat properly before beginning your journey Always ensure that the backrest is in an almost vertical position and that the shoulder section of your seat belt is routed across the center of your shoulder Z WARNING Persons under 5 ft 1 50 m in height cannot fasten the seat belt correctly without an addi tional suitable restraint system If the seat belt is incorrectly fastened it cannot protect as intended Furthermore an incorrectly fas tened seat belt can cause additional injury for example in an accident during braking or an abrupt change of direction This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury For this reason always secure persons under 5 ft 1 50 m in height in suitable restraint systems If a child younger than 12 years and under 5 ft 1 50 m in height is traveling in the vehicle e always secure the child in a child restraint system suitable for this Mercedes Benz vehicle The child restraint system must be appropriate to the age weight and size of the child e always observe the instructions and safety notes in the Children in the vehicle sec tion of this Operator s Manual gt page 56 in addition to the child Occupant safety ra restraint system manufacturer s installa tion instructions e be sure to observe the instructions and safety notes on the Occupant classifica tion system OCS gt page 49 Z WARNING The seat belts may not perform their intended protective fun
105. the snow chains as soon as possi ble when you come to a road that is not snow covered e Local regulations may restrict the use of snow chains Observe the appropriate reg ulations if you wish to mount snow chains e Do not exceed the maximum permissible speed of 30 mph 50 km h e When snow chains are installed never use Active Parking Assist gt page 159 You may wish to deactivate ESP gt page 67 when pulling away with snow chains installed You can thereby allow the wheels to spin in a controlled manner ach ieving an increased driving force cutting action Tire pressure specifications Z WARNING Underinflated or overinflated tires pose the following risks e the tires may burst especially as the load and vehicle speed increase e the tires may wear excessively and or unevenly which may greatly impair tire traction e the driving characteristics as well as steer ing and braking may be greatly impaired There is a risk of an accident Follow recommended tire inflation pressures and check the pressure of all the tires includ ing the spare wheel e monthly at least e if the load changes e before beginning a long journey e under different operating conditions e g off road driving If necessary correct the tire pressure Use a suitable pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The outer appearance of a tire does not permit any reliable conclusion about the tire pressure On vehicles
106. the system determines a need for additional protection for the vehicle occupants the Emergency Tensioning Devices are deployed e Side impact air bag on the side of impact independently of the Emergency Tension ing Device and the use of the seat belt on the driver s seat The side impact air bag on the front passenger side deploys under the following conditions the OCS system detects that the front passenger seat is occupied or the belt tongue is engaged in the belt buckle of the front passenger seat e Window curtain air bag on the side of impact independently of the use of the seat belt and independently of whether the front passenger seat is occupied e Window curtain air bags on the driver s and front passenger side in certain situations when the vehicle rolls over if the system determines that deployment can offer addi tional protection to that provided by the seat belt Not all air bags are deployed in an acci dent The different air bag systems work independently of each other Occupant safety A 2 N Ea Children in the vehicle Safety How the air bag system works is deter mined by the severity of the accident detec ted especially the vehicle deceleration or acceleration and the apparent type of acci dent e frontal collision e side impact e rollover Immediately after an accident the following measures are implemented depending on the type and severity of the impact e the
107. the tire pressures The operation of the tire pressure monitor can be affected by interference from radio trans mitting equipment e g radio headphones two way radios that may be being operated in or near the vehicle Pa Tire pressure Checking the tire pressure electroni cally gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 127 gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Serv menu gt Press the A or W button to select Tire Pressure gt Press the OK button The current tire pressure of each tire is shown in the multifunction display If the vehicle has been parked for over 20 minutes the Tire pressure will be displayed after driving a few minutes message appears After a teach in process the tire pressure monitor automatically detects new wheels or new sensors As long as a clear allocation of the tire pressure value to the individual wheels is not possible the Tire Pressure Monitor Active message is shown instead of the tire pressure display The tire pressures are already being monitored Tire pressure monitor warning mes sages If the tire pressure monitor detects a pressure loss in a tire a warning message is shown in the multifunction display and the yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp comes on e Ifthe Please Correct Tire Pressure message appears in the multifunction dis p
108. the vehi cle gt page 56 When OCS is malfunctioning the red amp restraint system warning lamp in the instru ment cluster and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp light up simultaneously The front passenger front air bag is deactiva ted in this case and does not deploy during an accident Have the system checked by quali fied technicians as soon as possible Consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The front passenger seat should only be repaired at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the front passenger seat the seat cover or the seat cushion is damaged have the nec essary repair work carried out at an author ized Mercedes Benz Center For safety reasons Mercedes Benz recom mends that you only use seat accessories that have been approved by Mercedes Benz If the driver s air bag deploys this does not mean that the front passenger front air bag will also deploy The Occupant Classification System OCS categorizes the occupant in the front passenger seat Depending on that result the front passenger front air bag is either enabled or deactivated System self test DANGER If both the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF and PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamps do not light up during the system self test the system is malfunctioning The front passenger front air bag might be triggered unintentionally or might not be triggered at all in the event of an accident with high deceler ation This poses
109. the vehicle MI 1 2 3 Saves the seat and exterior mirror settings _ Adjusts the seats electri cally Page UT 78 95 89 Door control panel Function lt gt a Adjusts the exterior mirrors electrically Opens and closes the side windows Activates deacti vates the override feature for the rear power side win dows 81 62 37 At a glance i Re Useful information 0 0 0 0 eee 40 Panic alantm cescecee e 40 Occupant safety ceeceeeeeeeee 40 Children in the vehicle 56 Pets in the vehicle esses 62 Driving safety systems 0 5 62 Theft deterrent locking system 69 Safety i Ze Occupant safety Safety WJ Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not fea ture all functions described here This also applies to safety relevant systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 24 Panic alarm BE Be Fa Dt gt To activate press least one second An alarm sounds and the exterior lighting flashes gt To deactivate press again PA
110. to a qualified spe cialist workshop or a special collection point for used bat teries S 12 V battery vehicle HB Have the battery checked regularly at a qualified specialist workshop Observe the service intervals in the Main tenance Booklet or contact a qualified spe cialist workshop for more information H You should have all work involving the battery carried out at a qualified specialist workshop In the exceptional case that it is necessary for you to disconnect the battery yourself make sure that e engage gear P e you switch off the ignition and remove the SmartKey Make sure the ignition is switched off Check that all the indicator lamps in the instrument cluster are off Otherwise electronic components such as the alternator may be damaged e you first remove the negative terminal clamp and then the positive terminal clamp Never swap the terminal clamps Otherwise the vehicle s electronic sys tem may be damaged e the transmission is locked in position P after disconnecting the battery The vehi cle is secured against rolling away You can then no longer move the vehicle The battery and the cover of the positive terminal clamp must be installed securely during operation Comply with safety precautions and take pro tective measures when handling batteries Risk of explosion Fire open flames and smoking are N prohibited when handling the bat tery Avoid creating sparks Battery acid is c
111. well as the defroster vents v4 Directs air through the defroster and footwell vents Regardless of the air distribution setting airflow is always directed through the side air vents The side air vents can only be closed if the adjusters are turned clockwise until they engage Setting the air distribution gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 127 gt Press the mdbe or MODE button repeatedly until the desired symbol appears in the dis play Dual zone automatic climate control gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 127 gt To increase reduce press the 8 or button This function is only available with dual zone automatic climate control button button lights gt To activate press the The indicator lamp in the zon up The temperature setting for the driver s side is not adopted for the front passenger side ZONE button button goes gt To deactivate press the The indicator lamp in the out The temperature setting for the driver s side is adopted for the front passenger side ZONE ZONE You can use this function to defrost the wind shield or to defrost the inside of the wind shield and the side windows The windshield heating is switched on using the Windshield defrosting function Only use the
112. you enough time to move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal and depress it before the vehicle begins to roll Z WARNING After a short time hill start assist will no lon ger brake your vehicle and it could roll away There is a risk of an accident and injury Therefore quickly move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal Never leave the vehicle when it is held by hill start assist gt Take your foot off the brake pedal The vehicle is then held for about a second gt Pull away Hill start assist is not active if e you are pulling away on a level road or ona downhill gradient e the DIRECT SELECT lever is in position N e the electric parking brake is applied ESP is malfunctioning Further information on holding the vehicle stationary on uphill gradients gt page 131 Transmission Shift the DIRECT SELECT lever to position P when the drive system is switched off and the vehicle is stationary Park position P is engaged and the electric parking brake is applied automatically If the DIRECT SELECT lever cannot be engaged in park position P the parking brake is engaged automatically Observe the Important safety notes section on activating deactivating ESP gt page 183 Overview of transmission positions The DIRECT SELECT lever is on the right of the steering column P Park position with parking lock R Reverse gear N Neutral D
113. 0 different genuine Mercedes Benz parts are available for Mercedes Benz models All authorized Mercedes Benz Centers main tain a supply of genuine Mercedes Benz parts for necessary service and repair work In addi tion strategically located parts delivery cen ters provide quick and reliable parts service Always specify the vehicle identification num ber VIN when ordering genuine Mercedes Benz parts gt page 308 Operator s Manual Vehicle equipment This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equipment of your vehicle available at the time of going to print Country specific differences are possi ble Bear in mind that your vehicle may not feature all functions described here This also applies to safety relevant systems and func tions The equipment in your vehicle may therefore differ from that shown in the descriptions and illustrations The original purchase agreement lists all sys tems installed in your vehicle Should you have any questions concerning equipment and operation please consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Ea Introduction The Operator s Manual and Maintenance Booklet are important documents and should be kept in the vehicle Service and vehicle operation Warranty The Limited Warranty for your vehicle applies in accordance with the warranty terms and conditions in the Service and Warranty Infor mation Booklet Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center wi
114. 0 km h Notall tires with the M S marking provide the driving characteristics of winter tires In addition to the M S marking winter tires also have the 4 snowflake symbol on the tire wall Tires with this marking fulfill the requirements of the Rubber Manufac turers Association RMA and the Rubber Association of Canada RAC regarding the tire traction on snow They have been espe cially developed for driving on snow An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding a speed of 100mph 160km h The speed rating of tires mounted at the fac tory may be higher than the maximum speed that the electronic speed limiter permits Make sure that your tires have the required speed rating e g when buying new tires The required speed rating for your vehicle can be found in the Tires section gt page 303 Further information about reading tire data can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop 4 OrM S 4 for winter tires Tire labeling In addition to the load bearing index load index Q may be imprinted after the letters that identify speed index on the sidewall of the tire gt page 293 e If no specification is given no text as inthe example above represents a standard load SL tire e XL or Extra Load represents a reinforced tire e Light Load represents a light load tire e C D E represents a load range that depends on the maximum load that the tire can carry at a certain
115. 10 4415 Model MRXMERCTX1 Dubai TRA Registered NO 0016161 08 TRA Registered NO ERO076990 11 Dealer NO DA0047074 10 Morocco MR5526 ANRT 2010 27 04 2010 MR6706 ANRT 2011 17720 Philip ESD 1105558C pines Serbia Y011 12 m Wheels and tires _ Wheels and tires Country Radio type approval number Singa Compliance with IDA Standard pore N0140 09 South TA 2008 1068 Africa TA 2011 1370 Loading the vehicle Z WARNING Overloaded tires can overheat causing a blowout Overloaded tires can also impair the steering and driving characteristics and lead to brake failure There is a risk of accident Observe the load rating of the tires The load rating must be at least half of the GAWR of your vehicle Never overload the tires by exceeding the maximum load C b B pillar driver s side Two instruction labels on your vehicle show the maximum possible load 1 The Tire and Loading Information placard is on B pillar on the driver s side The Tire and Loading Information placard shows the maximum permissible number of occupants and the maximum permis sible vehicle load It also contains details of the tire sizes and corresponding pres sures for tires mounted at the factory 2 The vehicle identification plate is on the B pillar on the driver s side The vehicle identification plate informs you of the Loading the vehicle gross vehicle weight rating It is made up of the vehicle weight all vehicl
116. 2425842200 Order no 65155605 13 Part no 2425842200 Edition C 2014 B Class Electric Drive Operator s Manual B Class Electric Drive Operator s Manual Mercedes Benz Symbols Registered trademarks e Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc e DTS is a registered trademark of DTS Inc e Dolby and MLP are registered trademarks of DOLBY Laboratories e BabySmart ESP and PRE SAFE are registered trademarks of Daimler AG e HomeLink is a registered trademark of Johnson Controls e iPod and iTunes are registered trade marks of Apple Inc e Microsoft and Windows media are reg istered trademarks of Microsoft Corpora tion e SIRIUS is a registered trademark of Sirius XM Radio Inc e HD Radio is a registered trademark of iBiq uity Digital Corporation e Gracenote is a registered trademark of Gracenote Inc e ZAGATSurvey and related brands are reg istered trademarks of ZagatSurvey LLC In this Operator s Manual you will find the fol lowing symbols Z WARNING Warning notes make you aware of dangers which could pose a threat to your health or life or to the health and life of others Q Environmental note Environmental notes provide you with infor mation on environmentally aware actions or disposal H Notes on material damage alert you to dangers that could lead to damage to your vehicle Practical tips or further information that cou
117. ACjUSHING scssesirisriiressereeiriiviaisisss 93 Dipping automatic sessen 93 Out of position troubleshooting 93 Storing settings memory func TOM eer eee ER 95 Storing the parking position 94 C Flat tire MOEXtended tires seee 264 Preparing the vehicle eee 264 Floormats x s23 05c054 sevinceaiees th eeevates 249 Fuses Allocation CHAM ascscccsssessnsestees sees 275 Before Changing seriernes 274 Fuse box in the engine compart IMGT as a szeecceeeel ceceiesscsxieecceeeeciecensees 275 Fuse box in the front passenger TOOTWEIl secessccestescseeseccecnvecnst sesesvsecise 275 Important safety notes 0 0 274 Garage door opener Clearing the Memory essees Important safety notes s s s Opening closing the garage door 248 Programming button in the rear VIEW MITTOT se cecececeeecesescceestencteeesees 245 Gear or selector lever cleaning guidelines a ae 261 Genuine parts a e 19 Glove DOK oeer 229 H Handbrake see Parking brake Hazard warning lamps 06 100 Display Message eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 215 Headlamps Cleaning system notes 310 FO SSINS Upee Gei E 101 see Automatic headlamp mode Head restraints AdjJUSUME ssnin 89 Adjusting electrically 0 90 Adjusting manually n se 89 Adjusting reat ssccisscceccssecenstheethianees 90 Installing removing rear sese 90 Heating see Climate control High beam headlamps Changing b
118. Driving safety systems A Safet The brakes will work normally again if e you release the brake pedal e there is no longer any danger of a collision e there is no longer an obstacle detected in front of your vehicle Adaptive Brake Assist is then deactivated Up to a speed of approximately 155 mph 250 km h Adaptive Brake Assist is capable of reacting to moving objects that have already been detected as such at least once over the period of observation Adaptive Brake Assist does not react to stationary obstacles If Adaptive Brake Assist is not available due to a malfunction in the radar sensor system the brake system remains available with full brake boosting effect and BAS In particular the detection of obstacles can be impaired if there is e there is dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e there is snow or heavy rain e there is interference by other radar sources e there are strong radar reflections for example in parking garages e a narrow vehicle traveling in front e g a motorbike e a vehicle traveling in front on a different line relative to the center of your vehicle Following damage to the front end of the vehi cle have the configuration and operation of the radar sensor checked at a qualified spe cialist workshop This also applies to colli sions at slow speeds where there is no visible damage to the front of the vehicle EBD electronic brake force distribu isi G
119. H It is not permitted to retrofit a mobile phone antenna Trailer tow hitch H Retrofitting a trailer tow hitch is not per missible Warning Vehicles with an electric motor generate much less driving noise than vehicles with internal combustion engines As a result when maneuvering or driving at low speeds for example your vehicle is not heard by other road users until it is very close or may not even be heard at all This is particularly the case if other road users have not yet seen your vehicle but are instead relying on hear ing Drive with particular care allowing for the possibility that other road users may behave unpredictably The vehicle is equipped with a sound gener ator At low speeds an electric vehicle makes less noise than a vehicle with a combustion engine The sound generator is activated so that other road users can hear your vehicle better The sound generator is activated at speeds of under 20 mph 30 km h and switches off automatically at higher speeds Declarations of conformity Vehicle components which receive and or transmit radio waves USA The wireless devices of this vehicle comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Oper ation is subject to the two following two con ditions 1 These devices may not cause harmful interference and 2 These devices must accept any interference received including interference that may cause unde sired operation Changes or modifications not expressly appr
120. IST may also have failed In addition the Res and amp warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING The braking performance of the electric motor using recuperative braking may be either reduced or not effective If you do not make an additional effort to apply the brake yourself the braking effect may not be sufficient If necessary counteract the reduced regen erative braking effect by applying the brake yourself The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thus increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident Inoperative See Operator s Manual _ On board computer and displays gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages oe Display messages Inoperative See Operator s Manual Inoperative See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions EBD electronic brake force distribution ABS ESP BAS RBS the HOLD function and hill start assist are not available due to a malfunction COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST may also have failed In addition the RBs S and warning lamps in the instrument cluster light up and a warning tone sounds ATTENTION ASSIST is dea
121. IST may also have failed In addition the Res amp and warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Fy On board computer and displays Ea Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A WARNING The braking performance of the electric motor using recuperative braking may be either reduced or not effective If you do not make an additional effort to apply the brake yourself the braking effect may not be sufficient If necessary counteract the reduced regen erative braking effect by applying the brake yourself The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately oa On board computer and displays Display messages ee Display messages Currently Unavail able See Opera tor s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ESP BAS RBS the HOLD function and hill start assist are tem porarily unavailable COLLISION PREVENTION ASSI
122. L submenu gt page 185 If the condition of charge of the high volt age battery is below the specified minimum Climate control 4 Climate control ast condition of charge pre entry climate con trol will not be activated even if it has been set Important safety notes Z WARNING If persons particularly children are subjected to prolonged exposure to extreme heat or cold there is a risk of injury possibly even fatal Never leave children unattended in the vehicle General notes Using the pre entry climate control at depar ture time function you can cool or heat the vehicle interior prior to the desired departure time When using the pre entry climate control at departure time function the condition of charge of the high voltage battery must be higher than the specified minimum condition of charge The running time of the climate control may be reduced if e the vehicle is not connected to an electric power supply e the high voltage battery is not fully charged In certain situations the desired interior tem perature cannot be reached When the vehicle is cooled the following functions are activated as necessary e Climate control system e Cooling with air dehumidification e Blower When the vehicle is heated the following functions are activated as necessary e Climate control system e Blower es Operating the climate control systems e Seat heating e Windshield heating
123. LECT lever 000 129 Transmission positions 130 Trim pieces cleaning instruc TONS nce ceicinaie iced 261 Trip computer on board com puter wesc cecccnaannncanasaes 177 Trip odometer Calling Up ssevsscesccceseectevvsceespececactensts 176 Resetting on board computer 177 see Trip odometer Trunk see Tailgate Turn signals Changing bulbs front 0 0 105 Changing bulbs rear 00 eee 106 Display message ceecee 204 Switching On Off eee eeeeseeeees 100 Type identification plate see Vehicle identification plate Unlocking Emergency unlocking seese 79 From inside the vehicle central unlocking Button 3 ccccccsecscscleveocsieess 78 Vanity mirror in the sun visor 236 Vehicle CORECE USE sisirin irinna 25 Data ACQUISITION ole ee eeeeeeeeeteeees 26 EQUIIDIMGME 05 socesscestscivestaseoacesesesseeys 20 Individual settings 0 0 ce eee 185 Limited Warranty eere 25 Loading eeaeee ea 288 Locking in an emergency s 79 Locking SmartKey n se 72 LOWOTING ia cescstsecchatsastesseeesehdachiezecis 303 Maintenance sssri 21 Parking for a long period 147 RAISING s sacesccssepseecesveecersszessvesseese cess 300 Reporting problems cccceeeee 25 inte a7 Securing from rolling away 300 Starting 22 scsu ces ssesaceesictowstarsvcraetes ete 127 Towing front axle raised 273 TOWING AWAY n se 271 TOW Startin Eeen
124. LLISION PREVENTION ASSIST may also have failed lamps are lit while the ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated drive system is running seif diagnosis is not yet complete Z WARNING The braking performance of the electric motor using recuperative braking may be either reduced or not effective If you do not make an additional effort to apply the brake yourself the braking effect may not be sufficient If necessary counteract the reduced regen erative braking effect by applying the brake yourself The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thus increase Fy On board computer and displays If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Carefully drive a suitable distance making slight steering move ments at a speed above 12 mph 20 km h The functions mentioned above are available again when the warning lamp goes out If the warning lamp is still on gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop park USA only gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction Canada only display The red indicator lamp for the electric parking brake flashes or lights up and or the yellow warning lamp for the electric parking
125. NIC button for at PANIC button or gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock Occupant safety The restraint system reduces the risk of vehi cle occupants coming into contact with parts of the vehicle s interior in the event of an accident The restraint system can also reduce the forces to which vehicle occupants are subjected during an accident The restraint system comprises e Seat belt system e Air bags e Child restraint system e Child seat securing systems The components of the restraint system work in conjunction with each other They can only deploy their protective function if at all times all vehicle occupants e have fastened their seat belts correctly gt page 43 e have adjusted their seat and head restraint properly gt page 87 As the driver you also have to make sure that the steering wheel is adjusted correctly Observe the information relating to the cor rect driver s seat position gt page 86 You also have to make sure that an air bag can inflate properly if deployed gt page 46 An air bag supplements a correctly worn seat belt As an additional safety device the air bag increases the level of protection for vehi cle occupants in the event of an accident For example if in the event of an accident the protection offered by the seat belt is suffi cient the air bags are not deployed When an accident occurs only the air bags that increas
126. NING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cor nering hydroplaning or peak traction char acteristics The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance The safe speed on a wet snow covered or icy road is always lower than on dry road surfa ces You should pay special attention to road con ditions when temperatures are around the freezing point Mercedes Benz recommends a minimum tread depth of in 4 mm for all four winter tires gt page 280 to maintain normal driving characteristics in winter Winter tires can reduce the braking distance on snow covered surfaces in comparison with summer tires The braking distance is still much further than on surfaces that are not icy or covered with snow Take appropriate care when driving H Avoid wheelspin This can lead to damage to the drive train Temperature Z WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is estab lished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinfla tion or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause excessive heat build up and possible tire failure The temperature g
127. Operating the climate control systems rea The high voltage battery must be sufficiently charged before the pre entry climate control via key can be activated Activating deactivating the pre entry cli mate control via key When the vehicle is unlocked using the Smart Key the climate control functions are activa ted You can activate pre entry climate control via the SmartKey three times in succes sion The climate control function will be deactivated after the third time The Pre Entry Climate Ctrl Via SmartKey Available Again After Engine Start display message appears in the instrument cluster To activate the pre entry climate control again start the drive system The pre cooling climate control function runs for up to 1 minute the pre heating climate control function runs for up to 5 minutes When the vehicle is pre cooled the following functions are activated as necessary e Climate control system e Cooling with air dehumidification e Blower When the vehicle is pre heated the following functions are activated as necessary e Climate control system e Blower e Seat heating e Windshield heating e Rear window defroster Pre entry climate control is automatically switched off when operational readiness mode is requested Activating deactivating pre entry cli mate control via SmartKey You can activate and deactivate pre entry cli mate control via SmartKey via the on board computer in the E CEL
128. Press the W or A button to select one of the three departure times or Timer Off no timer active gt Press OK to confirm Charging with RANGE PLUS If you have selected Park P the on board computer displays the expected battery charge time or the RANGE PLUS condition of charge for the departure time set RANGE PLUS charges when e you have activated RANGE PLUS via the center console prior to charging and e the high voltage battery is fully charged If charging is not complete by departure time the maximum range will not be available Menus and submenus ee Fa On board computer and displays ea Menus and submenus A On board computer and displays Example e Set departure time 6 41 a m e End time for standard high voltage battery charging 6 00 a m e RANGE PLUS condition of charge at 6 41 a m 50 e The maximum additional range is decreased by 50 percent Pre entry climate control at time of depar ture If you activate the Rem Climate Control at departure time function the vehicle interior is heated or cooled prior to a desired depar ture time To heat or cool the vehicle interior for a desired departure time the high voltage battery must be sufficiently charged Acti vate the climate control function primarily when the high voltage battery is being charged You must also set a departure time using
129. Press the setting button to save the OK or p Activating deactivating the interior light ing delayed switch off If you activate the Interior Lighting Delay function the interior lighting remains on for 20 seconds after you remove the key from the ignition lock gt Pressthe lt or gt buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Pressthe Y or A button to select the Light submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the _W or _ A button to select the Interior Lighting Delay function Ifthe Interior Lighting Delay function has been switched on the vehicle interior is displayed in orange in the multifunction display gt Press the OK button to save the setting Vehicle Activating deactivating the automatic door locking mechanism gt Pressthe lt or button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Vehicle submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A button to select the Automatic Door Lock function When the Automatic Door Lock function is activated the vehicle doors are displayed in orange in the multifunction display gt Press the OK button to save the setting If you activate the Automatic Door Lock function the vehicle is centrall
130. R AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp The indicator lamps inform you whether the front passenger front air bag is deactivated or enabled gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock The system carries out self diagnostics The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF and PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamps must light up simultaneously for approx imately six seconds The indicator lamps display the status of the front passenger front air bag e PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF lights up the front passenger front air bag is deactiva Es Occupant safety Safety ted It will then not be deployed in the event of an accident e PASSENGER AIR BAG ON lights up the front passenger front air bag is enabled If in the event of an accident all deployment criteria are met the front passenger front air bag is deployed If the status of the front passenger front air bag changes while the vehicle is in motion an air bag display message appears in the instru ment cluster gt page 203 When the front passenger seat is occupied always pay atten tion to the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON and PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamps Be aware of the status of the front passenger front air bag both before and during the jour ney A WARNING If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is lit the front passenger front air bag is disabled It will not be deployed in the event of an accident and cannot
131. ST may also have failed In addition the RBs and amp warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated The self diagnosis function might not be complete for example A WARNING The braking performance of the electric motor using recuperative braking may be either reduced or not effective If you do not make an additional effort to apply the brake yourself the braking effect may not be sufficient If necessary counteract the reduced regen erative braking effect by applying the brake yourself The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thus increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Carefully drive a short distance on a suitable stretch of road making slight steering movements at a speed above 12 mph 20 km h If the display message disappears the functions mentioned above are available again If the display message continues to be displayed gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop g On board computer and displays Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ESP BAS RBS the HOLD function and hill start assist are not ee available due to a malfunction COLLISION PREVENTION ASS
132. Switch off the ignition and turn it back on gt Release the electric parking brake manually or gt Release the electric parking brake automatically gt page 145 If the electric parking brake still cannot be released gt Do not drive on gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The red Park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes and the yellow warning lamp lights up The electric parking brake is malfunctioning To release gt Switch off the ignition and turn it back on gt Release the electric parking brake manually To apply gt Switch off the ignition and turn it back on gt Apply the electric parking brake manually If the red park USA only Canada only indicator lamp continues to flash gt Do not drive on gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 300 gt Shift the DIRECT SELECT lever to P gt Turn the front wheels towards the curb gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The yellow warning lamp lights up The red Park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes for about 10 seconds after the electric parking brake has been applied or released It then goes out or remains lit The electric parking brake is malfunctioning gt
133. Switch off the ignition and turn it back on gt Apply the electric parking brake If it is not possible to engage the electric parking brake gt Shift the DIRECT SELECT lever to P gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop If it is not possible to release the electric parking brake gt Release the electric parking brake automatically gt page 145 If the electric parking brake still cannot be released gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop Fy On board computer and displays ee Display messages _ On board computer and displays Display messages only Parking Brake Inop erative PARK USA only Canada only Turn On the Igni tion to Release the Parking Brake Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The yellow warning lamp lights up If you manually apply or release the electric parking brake the red Park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes The electric parking brake is malfunctioning It is not possible to apply the electric parking brake manually gt Shift the transmission to P gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The yellow warning lamp lights up The red park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes for about 10 seconds after the electric parking brake has been applied or released It then goes out or remains lit The electric parking brake is malfunctioning e g b
134. T still detects typical indicators of fatigue or increasing lapses in concentration ATTENTION ASSIST is reset when you con tinue your journey and starts assessing your tiredness again if e you switch off the drive system e you take off your seat belt and open the driver s door e g for a change of drivers or to take a break When ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated the o Symbol appears in the multifunction display in the assistance graphic display Blind Spot General notes Blind Spot Assist uses a radar sensor system to monitor the areas on both sides of your vehicle It supports you from a speed of approximately 20 mph 30 km h A warning display in the exterior mirrors draws your attention to vehicles detected in the moni tored area If you then switch on the corre sponding turn signal to change lanes you will also receive a visual and audible collision warning For this purpose Blind Spot Assist uses sensors in the rear bumper arking Qa ne Q _ Driving and parking Driving systems Important safety notes A WARNING Blind Spot Assist does not react to e vehicles overtaken too closely on the side placing them in the blind spot area e vehicles which approach with a large speed differential and overtake your vehicle As a result Blind Spot Assist may not give warnings in such situations There is a risk of an accident Always
135. The seat belt can then not be pulled out gt To release the rear center seat belt pull the seat belt out approximately 1 in 25 mm at the belt outlet on the backrest and then release it again The seat belt is retracted and released Releasing seat belts H Make sure that the seat belt is fully rolled up Otherwise the seat belt or belt tongue will be trapped in the door or in the seat mechanism This could damage the door the door trim panel and the seat belt Dam aged seat belts can no longer fulfill their protective function and must be replaced Visit a qualified specialist workshop Occupant safety ra gt Press release button hold belt tongue firmly and guide it back towards belt outlet Belt warning for the driver and front passenger The amp seat belt warning lamp in the instru ment cluster is a reminder that all occupants must fasten their seat belts It may light up continuously or flash In addition there may be a warning tone Regardless of whether the driver s seat belt has already been fastened the 2 seat belt warning lamp lights up for six seconds each time the drive system is started If the front doors are closed and the driver or front passenger seat belt has not been fastened the 2 seat belt warning lamp lights up again after the six seconds As soon as the driver s and front passenger seat belts are fastened or a front door is opened again the 4 seat belt warning
136. You can select the way in which you receive this information beforehand Possible options include text message e mail or an automated call The area can be determined as either a circle or a polygon with a maximum of ten corners You can specify up to ten areas simultane ously Different settings are possible for each area Alternatively you can trigger an MB Info call and inform the customer service representa tive that you wish to activate geo fencing Currently inactive areas can be activated by text message Triggering the vehicle alarm With this function you can trigger the vehi cle s panic alarm via text message An alarm sounds and the exterior lighting flashes Depending on the setting the panic alarm lasts 5 or 10 seconds Afterwards the alarm switches off Features ES Important safety notes Z WARNING When you operate or program the garage door with the integrated garage door opener per sons in the range of movement of the garage door can become trapped or struck by the garage door There is a risk of injury When using the integrated garage door opener always make sure that nobody is within the range of movement of the garage door Programming Programming buttons Pay attention to the Important safety notes gt page 245 A Integrated garage door opener in the rear view mir ror Garage door remote control is not part of the integrated garage door opener gt Before pro
137. a risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle The seats can still be adjusted when there is no SmartKey in the ignition lock A WARNING You could lose control of your vehicle if you do the following while driving e adjust the driver s seat head restraint steering wheel or mirrors fasten the seat belt There is a risk of an accident Adjust the driver s seat head restraint steer ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt before starting the engine Z WARNING If you adjust the seat height carelessly you or other vehicle occupants could be trapped and thereby injured Children in particular could accidentally press the electrical seat adjust ment buttons and become trapped There is a risk of injury While moving the seats make sure that your hands or other body parts do not get under the lever assembly of the seat adjustment sys tem Z WARNING When you adjust a seat you or other vehicle occupants could become trapped e g on the seat guide rail There is a risk of injury Make sure when adjusting a seat that no one has any body parts in the sweep of the seat A WARNING The seat belt does not offer the intended level of protection if you have not moved the back rest to an almost vertical position When brak ing or in the event of an accident you could slide underneath the seat belt and sust
138. able e the starter battery is sufficiently charged Determining the location of the vehicle on a map is only possible if e GPS reception is available e the vehicle position can be forwarded to the Customer Assistance Center The mbrace system To adjust the volume during a call proceed as follows gt Press the or button on the mul tifunction steering wheel or gt Use the volume controller of the audio sys tem COMAND The system offers various services e g e Automatic and manual emergency call e Roadside Assistance call e MB Info call System self test After you have switched on the ignition the system carries out a self diagnosis A malfunction in the system has been detec ted if one of the following occurs e The indicator lamp in the SOS button does not come on during the system self test e The indicator lamp in the R A Roadside Assistance button does not light up during self diagnosis of the system e The indicator lamp in the amp i MB Info call button does not light up during self diag nosis of the system 6 Features e The indicator lamp in one or more of the following buttons continues to light up red after the system self diagnosis SOS button GA Roadside Assistance call button Q il MB Info call button e After the system self diagnosis the Inop erative or Service Not Activated message appears in the multifunction dis pla
139. aces Braking or accel erating could cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle could then skid e when there is poor visibility e g due to fog heavy rain or snow If there is a change of drivers advise the new driver of the speed stored Cruise control lever You can operate cruise control with the cruise control lever Driving systems To activate or increase speed To activate or reduce speed To deactivate cruise control To activate at the current speed last stored speed When you activate cruise control the stored speed is shown in the multifunction display for 5 seconds Activation conditions To activate cruise control all of the following activation conditions must be fulfilled e the electric parking brake must be released e you are driving faster than 20 mph 30 km h e ESP must be active but not intervening e the DIRECT SELECT lever must be in posi tion D Storing maintaining and calling up a speed Storing and maintaining the current speed You can store the current speed if you are driving faster than 20 mph 30 km h gt Accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed gt Briefly press the cruise control lever up or down gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Cruise control is activated The vehicle automatically maintains the stored speed Cruise control may be unable to maintain the stored speed on uphill gradients The st
140. ack of concentration on the part of the driver A warning tone also sounds gt If necessary take a break On long journeys take regular breaks in good time to allow your self to rest ATTENTION ASSIST is inoperative gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages ca Display messages Off Radar Sensors Deac tivated See Opera tor s Manual Blind Spot Assist Currently Unavail able See Opera tor s Manual Blind Spot Assist Inoperative Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The HOLD function is deactivated The vehicle is skidding A warning tone also sounds gt Reactivate the HOLD function later gt page 154 The HOLD function is deactivated When the brake pedal is firmly depressed an activation condition is not fulfilled A warning tone also sounds gt Check the activation conditions for the HOLD function gt page 154 The radar sensor system is deactivated gt Switch on the radar sensor system gt page 188 Blind Spot Assist is temporarily inoperative Possible causes are e the sensors are dirty e function is impaired due to heavy rain or snow e the radar sensor system is outside the operating temperature range e the radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative e g due to electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio sta tions or other sources of electromagnetic radiation The yellow A indicator lamps also light up in the exterior mir
141. ain abdomen or neck injuries for example This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Adjust the seat properly before beginning your journey Always ensure that the backrest is in an almost vertical position and that the shoulder section of your seat belt is routed across the center of your shoulder Z WARNING If head restraints are not installed and adjus ted correctly they cannot provide protection as intended There is an increased risk of injury in the head and neck area e g in the event of an accident or when braking Always drive with the head restraints instal led Before driving off make sure for every vehicle occupant that the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at about eye level Seats steering wheel and mirrors 7 cfs H To avoid damage to the seats and the seat heating observe the following information e keep liquids from spilling on the seats If liquid is spilled on the seats dry them as soon as possible e if the seat covers are damp or wet do not switch on the seat heating The seat heating should also not be used to dry the seats e clean the seat covers as recommended see the Interior care section e do not transport heavy loads on the seats Do not place sharp objects on the seat cushions e g knives nails or tools The seats should only be occupied by passengers if possible e when the seat heating is in operation do not cover the seats wit
142. ainst rolling away gt page 300 gt Switch the ignition off gt Open the front passenger door gt Remove the child and the child restraint system from the front passenger seat gt Make sure that there are no objects on the seat adding to the weight The system may otherwise detect the additional weight and interpret the seat occupant s weight as greater than it actually is gt Keep the seat unoccupied close the front passenger door and switch on the ignition gt Observe the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp in the center console and the multifunction display and check the fol lowing Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on e the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must light up and remain lit If the indicator lamp is on OCS Occupant Classifi cation System has disabled the front passenger air bag gt page 49 e the Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual or Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Oper ator s Manual display messages must appear in the multi function display Fy On board computer and displays Pa Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions gt Wait for a period of at least 60 seconds until the necessary sys tem checks have been completed gt Make sure that the display messages do not appear in the mul tifunction display If these conditions are fulfilled the front passenger seat can be occupied again Whether the PASSENGER AIR
143. al tire pressure values for different operating conditions can also be found on the tire pressure table on the inside of the charge socket flap gt page 281 gt Make sure that the tire pressure is correct on all four wheels gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt Press the lt q or gt button on the steer ing wheel to select the Serv menu gt Press the A or W button to select Tire Pressure gt Press the OK button The multifunction display shows the cur rent tire pressure for the individual tires or the Tire pressure will be displayed after driving a few minutes mes sage gt Press the W button The Use Current Pressures as New Reference Values message appears in the multifunction display If you wish to confirm the restart gt Press the OK button The Tire Press Monitor Restarted message appears in the multifunction dis play After driving for a few minutes the system checks whether the current tire pressures are within the specified range The new tire pressures are then accepted as reference values and monitored If you wish to cancel the restart gt Press the button The tire pressure values stored at the last restart will continue to be monitored Radio type approval for the tire pres sure monitor Country Radio type approval number Brazil 1489
144. alculated to the selected destination Audio menu Selecting a radio station Example radio station multifunction display Waveband Channel frequency with memory position The memory position is only displayed along with station if this has been stored gt Switch on the audio system or COMAND and select Radio see the separate operat ing instructions gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Audio menu gt To select a stored station briefly press the A or _W button gt To select a station from the station list press and briefly hold the A or Y button If no station list is received gt To select a station using the station search press and briefly hold the A or Y button Information on how to switch wavebands and store stations can be found in the sep arate operating instructions SIRIUS XM satellite radio functions like a normal radio You can find further information on operat ing the satellite radio in the separate oper ating instructions Operating audio devices or media Example CD DVD changer display multifunction display Current title Audio data from various audio devices or media can be played depending on the equip ment installed in the vehicle gt Switch on the audio system or COMAND and select audio CD audio DVD or MP3 mod
145. amples given in this Operator s Manual apply to vehicles equipped with COMAND Trip menu Standard display Standard display gt Press the lt or button on the steer ing wheel to select the Trip menu The Trip menu with trip odometer Q and odometer 2 is shown 177 Digital speedometer The From Reset trip computer is automati cally reset if the value exceeds 999 hours or 9999 miles Resetting values Digital speedometer Digital speedometer gt Pressthe lt or gt button on the steer ing wheel to select the Trip menu f gt Pressthel a lar V button toselectthe Resetting the From start trip computer digital speedometer You can reset the values of the following func tions Trip computer From Start or From e Trip odometer Reset e From Start trip computer e From Reset trip computer e ECO display gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the rip menu gt Press the A or W button to select the function that you wish to reset gt button From Start trip computer Pressthie LOK Distance gt Press the W button to select press the OK button to confirm and Time Average speed When you reset the values in the ECO Average electrical consumption display the values in the trip computer From Start are likewise
146. an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury In this case the front passenger seat may not be used Do not install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat Have the Occu pant Classification System OCS checked and repaired immediately at a qualified spe cialist workshop Occupant safety Ea Safety 1 ea Occupant safety Safety li DANGER If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit after the system self test the front passenger front air bag is disabled It will not be deployed in the event of an accident In this case the front passenger front air bag cannot perform its intended protective func tion e g when a person is seated in the front passenger seat That person could for example come into contact with the vehicle s interior especially if the person is sitting too close to the dash board This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury When the front passenger seat is occupied always ensure that e the classification of the person in the front passenger seat is correct and the front passenger front air bag is enabled or disa bled in accordance with the person in the front passenger seat e the person is seated properly with a cor rectly fastened seatbelt e the front passenger seat has been moved back as far back as possible If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit when it should not the front passenger seat may not be used Do not in
147. anical key to unlock and open the driver s door the anti theft alarm system will be triggered gt page 69 gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 73 gt Insert the mechanical key into the lock of the driver s door as far as it will go gt Turn the mechanical key counter clockwise as far as it will go to position The door is unlocked gt Turn the mechanical key back and remove it gt Insert the mechanical key into the Smart Key If the vehicle can no longer be locked with the SmartKey use the mechanical key gt Open the driver s door gt Close the front passenger door the rear doors and the tailgate gt Press the locking button gt page 78 gt Check whether the locking knobs on the front passenger door and the rear doors are still visible Press down the locking knobs manually if necessary gt page 77 gt Close the driver s door gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 73 gt Insert the mechanical key into the lock of the driver s door as far as it will go gt Turn the mechanical key clockwise as far as it will go to position gt Turn the mechanical key back and remove it gt Make sure that the doors and the tailgate are locked gt Insert the mechanical key into the Smart Key If you lock the vehicle as described above the charge socket flap is not locked The anti theft alarm syste
148. ar view mirror The text shown in the COMAND display depends on the language setting The fol lowing are examples of rear view camera messages in the COMAND display Observe the notes on cleaning gt page 260 Important safety notes The rear view camera is only an aid It is nota replacement for your attention to your imme diate surroundings You are always responsi ble for safe maneuvering parking and exiting a parking space When maneuvering or park ing make sure that there are no persons ani mals or objects in the area in which you are maneuvering Under the following circumstances the rear view camera will not function or will function in a limited manner e if the tailgate is open e if there is heavy rain snow or fog e at night or in very dark places e if the camera is exposed to very bright light Driving systems M Driving and parking Driving and parking e if the area is lit by fluorescent light or LED lighting the display may flicker e if there is a sudden change in temperature e g when driving into a heated garage from the cold e if the camera lens is dirty or obstructed e if the rear of your vehicle is damaged In this case have the camera position and setting checked at a qualified specialist workshop The field of vision and other functions of the rear view camera may be restricted due to additional accessories on the rear of the vehi cle e g license plate holder bicycl
149. as lost coolant add equal amounts of water and antifreeze corrosion inhibitor Mercedes Benz recommends an anticorrosion antifreeze which has been approved for Mercedes Benz H The warranty is only valid if you add an antifreeze corrosion inhibitor which has been approved by Mercedes Benz and if the recommended mixture ratio is observed i Service products and filling capacities Washer fluid Important safety notes Z WARNING Windshield washer concentrate is highly flam mable If it comes into contact with hot com ponents in the front compartment it may ignite There is a risk of fire and injury Make sure that no windshield washer con centrate is spilled next to the filler neck H Only use washer fluid that is suitable for plastic lamp lenses e g MB SummerFit or MB WinterFit Unsuitable washer fluid could damage the plastic lenses of the headlamps H Do not add distilled or de ionized water to the washer fluid container Otherwise the level sensor may be damaged H Only MB SummerFit and MB WinterFit washer fluid should be mixed together The spray nozzles may otherwise become blocked When handling washer fluid observe the important safety notes on service products gt page 309 At temperatures above freezing gt Fill the washer fluid reservoir with a mixture of water and windshield washer fluid e g MB SummerFit Add 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts water At temperatures below freezing
150. atedly switching on the seat heating can cause the seat cushion and backrest pads to become very hot The health of persons with limited temperature sensitivity or a limited ability to react to excessively high tempera tures may be affected or they may even suffer burn like injuries There is a risk of injury Therefore do not switch the seat heating on repeatedly Seats steering wheel and mirrors i rs Steering wheel Seats steering wheel and mirrors E Problems with the seat heating Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The seat heating has The on board voltage is too low because too many electrical con switched off prema sumers are switched on turely or cannot be gt Switch off electrical consumers that you do not need such as switched on the rear window defroster or interior lighting Once the battery is sufficiently charged the seat heating will switch back on automatically Steering wheel A WARNING You could lose control of your vehicle if you do the following while driving e adjust the driver s seat head restraint steering wheel or mirrors e fasten the seat belt There is a risk of an accident Adjust the driver s seat head restraint steer ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt before starting the engine A WARNING Children could injure themselves if they adjust the steering wheel There is a risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey wit
151. ature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pres sure telltale when one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale lights up you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly underin flated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsi bility to maintain correct tire pressure even if underinflation has not reached the level to Tire pressure pa tire is shown in the Serv menu of the multi function display trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pres sure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the sys tem detects a malfunction the warning lamp will flash for approximately a minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will be repeated every time the vehi cle is started as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illu minated the system may not be able to de
152. ature are dis played after a short delay Indicated temperatures just above the freez ing point do not guarantee that the road sur face is free of ice The road may still be icy especially in wooded areas or on bridges You should pay special attention to road condi tions when temperatures are around freezing point For more information on driving with snow chains see gt page 280 For more information on driving with summer tires see gt page 280 Observe the notes in the Winter operation section gt page 280 Driving systems Important safety notes Cruise control maintains a constant road speed for you In order to avoid exceeding the set speed it decelerates automatically If you fail to adapt your driving style cruise control can neither reduce the risk of an acci dent nor override the laws of physics Cruise control cannot take into account the road traffic and weather conditions Cruise control is only an aid You are responsible for the dis tance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane Use cruise control only if road and traffic con ditions make it appropriate to maintain a steady speed for a prolonged period You can set any road speed above 20 mph 30 km h Do not use cruise control e in road and traffic conditions which do not allow you to maintain a constant speed e g in heavy traffic or on winding roads e on slippery road surf
153. auses consequences and gt Solutions The SmartKey batteries are discharged gt Change the batteries gt page 74 The SmartKey is not in the vehicle A warning tone also sounds When you switch off the ignition you will be unable to start the vehicle gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Locate the SmartKey The SmartKey is not detected while driving because a powerful radio transmitter is causing interference A warning tone also sounds gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock and turn it to the desired position gt page 127 You are in the vehicle and the SmartKey currently cannot be detected by the vehicle gt Change the location of the SmartKey in the vehicle If the SmartKey still cannot be detected gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock and turn it to the desired position gt page 127 The SmartKey needs to be replaced gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop You have put the wrong SmartKey in the ignition lock gt Use the correct SmartKey i On board computer and displays a Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster On board computer and displays Display messages Close Doors to Lock Vehicle Take Your Key from Ignition Possible causes consequences and gt
154. austic Avoid con tact with skin eyes or clothing Wear suitable protective clothing especially gloves apron and face guard gt OP Rinse any acid spills immediately with clear water Contact a physi cian if necessary Wear eye protection Keep children away Observe this Operator s Manual For safety reasons Mercedes Benz recom mends that you only use batteries which have been tested and approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz These batteries provide increased impact protection to prevent vehi cle occupants from suffering acid burns should the battery be damaged in the event of an accident In order for the battery to achieve the maxi mum possible service life it must always be sufficiently charged Like other batteries the vehicle battery may discharge over time if you do not use the vehicle In this case have the battery discon nected at a qualified specialist workshop You can also charge the battery with a charger recommended by Mercedes Benz Contact a qualified specialist workshop for further infor mation Have the battery condition of charge checked more frequently if you use the vehicle mainly for short trips or if you leave it standing idle for a lengthy period Consult a qualified spe cialist workshop if you wish to leave your vehicle parked for a long period of time Only replace a battery with a battery that has been recommended by Mercedes Benz Remove the SmartKey if you
155. ay the numbers gt Pressthe A or W button to select the number you want to dial gt Press the or OK button to start dial ing or gt If you do not want to make a call press the g or button Redialing The on board computer saves the last names or numbers dialed in the redial memory gt Pressthe lt or gt button on the steer ing wheel to select the Tel menu gt Press the button to switch to the redial memory gt Pressthe A or W button to select the desired name or number gt Press the or OK button to start dial ing or gt If you do not want to make a call press the or 5 button Assistance menu Introduction Example Assistance menu view options In the DriveAssist menu you have the fol lowing options e Displaying the assistance graphic gt page 183 e Deactivating activating ESP gt page 183 e Activating deactivating the distance warn ing system gt page 184 e Activating deactivating ATTENTION ASSIST gt page 184 e Activating deactivating Blind Spot Assist gt page 184 Displaying the assistance graphic gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the DriveAssist men
156. be switched off if you are towing the vehicle with the rear axle raised Intervention by ESP could other wise damage the brake system lL Breakdown Assistance The transmission automatically shifts to posi tion P when you open the driver s or front passenger door or when you remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock In order to ensure that the transmission stays in position N when towing the vehicle you must observe the following points gt Make sure that the vehicle is stationary gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt Depress and hold the brake pedal gt Shift the transmission to position N gt Release the brake pedal gt Apply the electric parking brake gt Position the front wheels in the straight ahead position gt Switch on the hazard warning lamps gt page 100 gt Turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 0 and leave the SmartKey in the ignition lock The towing eye can be used to pull the vehicle onto a trailer or transporter for transporting purposes gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt When the vehicle is stationary depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Shift the transmission to position N As soon as the vehicle has been loaded gt Prevent the vehicle from rolling away by applying the electric parking brake gt Shift the transmission to position P gt Turn the SmartKey in the igniti
157. bility and braking charac Driving safety systems Ea teristics may be severely impaired Addition ally further driving safety systems are deac tivated There is an increased danger of skid ding and accidents Drive on carefully Have ABS checked imme diately at a qualified specialist workshop Safety 1 When ABS is malfunctioning other systems including driving safety systems will also become inoperative Observe the information on the ABS warning lamp gt page 218 and display messages which may be shown in the instrument cluster gt page 191 ABS works from a speed of about 5 mph 8 km h regardless of road surface condi tions ABS works on slippery roads even if you only brake gently Braking gt If ABS intervenes continue to depress the brake pedal vigorously until the braking sit uation is over gt To make a full brake application depress the brake pedal with full force If ABS intervenes when braking you will feel a pulsing in the brake pedal The pulsating brake pedal can be an indica tion of hazardous road conditions and func tions as a reminder to take extra care while driving BAS Brake Assist System General information BAS operates in emergency braking situa tions If you depress the brake pedal quickly BAS automatically boosts the braking force thus shortening the stopping distance Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt pag
158. can be immediately remotely locked within 4 days of the ignition being turned off After this time remote closing may be delayed by 15 to 60 minutes After 30 days the vehicle can no longer be locked remotely gt Contact the following telephone assistance service Customer Service at 1 888 923 8367 You will be asked for your password The next time you are inside the vehicle and you switch on the ignition the Doors Locked Remotely message appears in the multifunction display To do this you will need your identification number and password The vehicle valet locking feature is only available when the relevant mobile phone network is accessible and a data connec tion is possible Stolen vehicle recovery service If your vehicle has been stolen gt Notify the police The police will issue a numbered incident report gt This number will be forwarded to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter together with your PIN The Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center then tries to locate the system The Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter contacts you and the local law enforce ment agency if the vehicle is located However only the law enforcement agency is informed of the location of the vehicle If the anti theft alarm system is activated for longer than 30 seconds the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center is auto matically notified Vehicle remote malfunction diagnosis With the remote fault
159. can include up to 20 way points Once a route has been received by the navi gation system you will see the lt route name gt has been saved to memory card Do you want to start route guidance message in the COMAND display The route is saved to the SD memory card gt To start route guidance select Yes An overview of the route is shown in the display If you select No the saved route can be called up later via the navigation menu gt Select Start Route guidance is started Downloaded and saved data can be called up again in COMAND You can find further information in the sep arate COMAND Operating Instructions Speed alert You can define the upper speed limit which must not be exceeded by the vehicle If this selected speed is exceeded by the vehi cle a message will be sent to the Customer Assistance Center The Customer Assistance Center then forwards this information to you You can select the way in which you receive this information beforehand Possible options include text message e mail or an automated call The data you receive contains the following information e the location where the speed limit was exceeded e the time at which the speed limit was exceeded e the selected speed limit which was excee ded Geo fencing Geo fencing allows you to select areas which the vehicle should not enter or leave You will be informed if the vehicle crosses the boun daries of the selected areas
160. carry a child on the front passenger seat be sure to observe the information on the Occupant Classification System OCS gt page 49 There you will also find information on deactivating the front passenger front air bag All child restraint systems must meet the fol lowing standards e U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stand ards 213 and 225 e Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 210 2 Confirmation that the child restraint system corresponds to the standards can be found on an instruction label on the child restraint system This confirmation can also be found in the installation instructions that are inclu ded with the child restraint system Observe the warning labels in the vehicle inte rior and on the child restraint system LATCH type ISOFIX child seat secur ing system Z WARNING LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint systems do not offer sufficient protective effect for children whose weight is greater than 48 Ibs 22 kg who are secured using the safety belt integrated in the child restraint system In the event of an accident a child might not be restrained correctly This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury If the child weighs more than 48 Ibs 22 kg only use LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint systems with which the child is also secured with the vehicle seat belt Also secure the child restraint system with the Top Tether belt if available Always comply with t
161. ccur if the relevant mobile phone network is not available for example The Call Failed message appears in the multifunction display gt To end a call press the button on the multifunction steering wheel or gt Press the corresponding button for ending a phone call on the audio system or on COMAND Features Ea Call priority When service calls are active e g Roadside Assistance or MB Info calls an emergency call can still be initiated In this case an emer gency call will take priority and override all other active calls The indicator lamp of the respective button flashes until the call is ended An emergency call can only be terminated by the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center All other calls can be ended by pressing e the EQ ing wheel e the corresponding button on the audio sys tem or on COMAND for ending a telephone call button on the multifunction steer When a call is initiated the audio system is muted The mobile phone is no longer connected to COMAND However if you want to use your mobile phone do so only when the vehicle is stationary and ina safe location Downloading destinations in COMAND Downloading destinations The Destination Download function is only possible when e the relevant mobile phone network is available and data transfer is possible e the vehicle is equipped with a navigation system Downloading destinations gives you ac
162. ce opening feature gt page 82 This will speed up the cooling process and the desired vehicle interior temperature will be reached more quickly The integrated filter filters out most par ticles of dust and soot and completely fil ters out pollen It also reduces gaseous pol lutants and odors A clogged filter reduces the amount of air supplied to the vehicle interior For this reason you should always observe the interval for replacing the filter which is specified in the Maintenance Booklet As it depends on environmental conditions e g heavy air pollution the interval may be shorter than stated in the Maintenance Booklet It is possible that the dehumidification function of the climate control system may be activated automatically an hour after the SmartKey has been removed The vehicle is then ventilated for 30 minutes Overview of climate control systems Eo Control panel for dual zone automatic climate control DOG a Seale len pol nl OO a w ww e a Qa To set the temperature left gt page 117 To set climate control to automatic gt page 117 To defrost the windshield gt page 118 To increase the airflow gt page 118 To set the air distribution gt page 117 Display To activate deactivate air recirculation mode gt page 120 To switch climate control on off gt page 116 To set the temperature right gt page 117 To activa
163. ced without a lane recommendation Change of direction announced without a lane rec ommendation Road into which the change of direction leads Distance to change of direction and visual distance display Change of direction symbol When a change of direction is announced you will see symbol 3 for the change of direction and distance graphic 2 The distance indi cator shortens towards the top of the display as you approach the point of the announced change of direction Change of direction announced with a lane recommendation Change of direction announced with a lane recom mendation Road into which the change of direction leads Distance to change of direction and visual distance display New lane during a change of direction Uninterrupted lane Lane recommendation Change of direction symbol On multilane roads the system can display lane recommendation 3 for the next change of direction During the change of direction additional lanes may be displayed Lane recommendations are only displayed if the relevant data is available on the digital map Other status indicators of the naviga tion system e f2 you have reached the destination or an intermediate destination e New Route or Calculating Route calculating a new route Off Map or Off Mapped Road the vehicle position is outside the area of the digital map off map position e No Route no route could be c
164. cess to a database with over 15 million points of interest POls These can be downloaded on the navigation system in your vehicle If you know the destination the address can be downloaded Alternatively you can obtain information on the location of points of inter est POls important destinations in the vicinity Furthermore you can download routes with up to 20 way points oO Son 5 oO oO me ce oO oO b0 z fe N ss Features Stowage and features You are prompted to confirm route guidance to the address entered The system calculates the route and subse quently starts the route guidance with the address entered If you select No the address can be saved in the address book Route Assistance This service is part of the mbrace PLUS Pack age and cannot be purchased separately You can use the route assistance function even if the vehicle is not equipped with a navigation system Within the framework of this service you receive a professional and reliable form of navigation support without having to leave your vehicle The customer service representative finds a suitable route depending on your vehicle s current position and the desired destination You will then be guided live through the cur rent route section Search amp Send General notes To use Search amp Send your vehicle must be equipped with mbrace and a navi gation system Additionally an mb
165. ck whether you are able to apply the extra force required gt If you are able to steer safely carefully drive on to a qualified specialist workshop gt If you are unable to steer safely do not drive on Contact the nearest qualified specialist workshop Your vehicle is outside the network provider s transmitter receiver range gt Wait until the mobile phone operational readiness symbol appears in the multifunction display The washer fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir has dropped below the minimum If you do not mix antifreeze with the washer fluid in the winter months then the washer fluid could freeze in the washer fluid reservoir In this case the Check Washer Fluid display mes sage may appear in the multifunction display gt Add washer fluid gt page 254 The windshield wipers are malfunctioning gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages Ea Display messages Hazard Warning Flashers Mal func tioning Charger Cable Con nected SmartKey Display messages Replace Key Battery Key Not Detected red display message Key Not Detected white display mes sage Obtain a New Key Key Does Not Belong to Vehicle Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The hazard warning lamps are faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The charging cable is still connected to the vehicle socket gt Remove the charging cable from vehicle socket Possible c
166. cle damage caused by failure to follow instructions is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty The equipment or product designation of your vehicle may vary depending on e model e order e country specification e availability Mercedes Benz therefore reserves the right to introduce changes in the following areas e design e equipment e technical features The equipment in your vehicle may therefore differ from that shown in the descriptions and illustrations The following are integral components of the vehicle e Operator s Manual e Maintenance Booklet e Equipment dependent supplements Keep these documents in the vehicle at all times If you sell the vehicle always pass all documents on to the new owner The technical documentation team at Daimler AG wishes you safe and pleasant motoring Mercedes Benz USA LLC Mercedes Benz Canada Inc A Daimler Company 2429842200 Ul EMNENE D Ata glance 0c cccscscssescelescichisccsesseceess 29 Safely eonenn anpe naai 39 Opening and closing 0008 71 Seats steering wheel and mirrors 85 Lights and windshield wipers 97 Climate control 0 ee 113 Driving and parking ee 125 On board computer and displays 171 Stowage and features 0 227 Maintenance and care 6 251 Breakdown Assistance 263 Wheels and tires
167. clearly defined such as a tree or a trailer Detected parking space on the left Parking symbol Detected parking space on the right Active Parking Assist is automatically activa ted when driving forwards The system is operational at speeds of up to approximately 22 mph 35 km h While in operation the system independently locates and measures parking spaces on both sides of the vehicle Active Parking Assist will only detect parking spaces e that are parallel to the direction of travel e that are at least 59 in 1 5 m wide e that are at least 39 in 1 m longer than your vehicle When driving at speeds below 19 mph 30 km h you will see parking symbol as a status indicator in the instrument cluster When a parking space has been detected an arrow towards the right or the left also appears By default Active Parking Assist only displays parking spaces on the front passenger side Parking spaces on the driv er s side are displayed as soon as the turn signal on the driver s side is activated This must remain switched on until you acknowl edge the use of Active Parking Assist by pressing the OK button on the multifunc tion steering wheel A parking space is displayed while you are driving past it and until you are approx imately 50 ft 15 m away from it Parking Z WARNING Active Parking Assist merely aids you by inter vening actively in the steering If you do not brake there is
168. corresponding button for ending a phone call on the audio system or on COMAND MB Info call button gt Press MB Info call button 4 This initiates a call to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center The indicator lamp in MB Info call button flashes while the connection is being made The multifunction display shows the Con necting Call message The audio system is muted If a connection can be made the Call Con nected message appears in the multifunction display If a mobile phone network and GPS reception are available the system transfers data to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center for example e current location of the vehicle e vehicle identification number The audio system or COMAND display indicates that a call is active During the call you can change to the navigation menu by pressing the NAVI button on COMAND for example Voice output is not available A voice connection is established between the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center and the vehicle occupants You receive information about operating your vehicle about the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center and about other prod ucts and services from Mercedes Benz The system has not been able to initiate an MB Info call if e the indicator lamp in MB Info call but ton Q is flashing continuously e no voice connection to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center was established This can o
169. cover Q upwards gt To install set cargo compartment cover C on the right or left hand side in anchorage 2 gt Push in the opposite end cap of cargo com partment cover Q in the direction of the arrow and insert cargo compartment cover Q into opposite anchorage 2 Stowage well under the cargo com partment floor Important safety notes A WARNING If you drive when the cargo compartment floor is open objects could be flung around thus striking vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury particularly in the event of sudden braking or a sudden change in direction Always close the cargo compartment floor before a journey HM The maximum load capacity of the stow age well under the cargo compartment floor is 55 Ibs 25 kg Opening closing the cargo compart ment floor Under the trunk floor you can find a folding box gt To open open the tailgate gt Holding ribbing 2 press handle down wards Handle Q folds up gt Swing the cargo compartment floor upwards using handle Q until it rests against the cargo compartment cover gt Fold out hook 3 on the underside of the cargo compartment floor i Stowage and features lL Stowage and features gt Attach hook to the cargo compart ment s upper seal 4 gt To close detach hook from seal gt Fasten hook 3 to the bracket on the underside of the cargo compartment floor gt Fold the trunk floor down
170. cs may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase i On board computer and displays If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop ESP or traction control has intervened because there is a risk of The yellow ESP warn skidding or at least one wheel has started to spin ing lamp flashes while Cruise control is deactivated the vehicle is in motion gt When pulling away only depress the accelerator pedal as far as necessary gt Ease off the accelerator pedal while the vehicle is in motion gt Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions gt Do not deactivate ESP For exceptions see gt page 67 25 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster _ On board computer and displays Problem z OFF The yellow ESP OFF warning lamp is lit while the drive system is run ning ae z OFF The yellow RBS ESP and ESP OFF warning lamps are lit while the drive system is running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Z WARNING If ESP is switched off ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding
171. ction if Safety i e they are damaged modified extremely dirty bleach or dyed e the seat belt buckle is damaged or extremely dirty e the Emergency Tensioning Devices belt anchorages or inertia reels have been modi fied Seat belts may sustain non visible damage in an accident e g due to glass splinters Modi fied or damaged seat belts may tear or fail e g in an accident Modified Emergency Ten sioning Devices could accidentally trigger or fail to deploy when necessary This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Never modify the seat belts Emergency Ten sioning Devices belt anchorages or inertia reels Make sure that the seat belts are undamaged not worn out and clean Follow ing an accident have the seat belts checked immediately at a qualified specialist work shop Only use seat belts that have been approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz Any such modifications could invalidate the vehicle s general operating permit Proper use of the seat belts Observe the safety notes on the seat belt gt page 42 All vehicle occupants must be wearing the seat belt correctly before beginning the jour ney Also make sure that all vehicle occu pants are always wearing the seat belt cor rectly while the vehicle is in motion Ea Occupant safety gt E Y ue N When fastening the seat belt always make sure that e the seat belt tongue is only inserted to the belt buckle belonging
172. ctivate press the button again When ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated the swore symbol appears in the multifunc tion display in the assistance graphics dis play For further information about ATTENTION ASSIST see gt page 166 OK Activating deactivating Blind Spot Assist gt Pressthe lt or gt buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the DriveAssist menu gt Press the A or Y Blind Spot Assist gt Press the OK button The current selection is displayed gt To activate deactivate press the button again button to select OK For further information about Blind Spot Assist see gt page 167 When the Blind Spot Assist Sensors Deactivated message is shown the radar sensor system is deactivated gt Switch on the radar sensor system gt page 188 Maintenance menu Service menu view options In the Serv menu you have the following options e Calling up display messages in message memory gt page 190 e Checking the tire pressure electronically gt page 286 e Calling up the service due date gt page 254 Settings menu Introduction Example settings menu view In the Sett menu you have the following options e Changing the E CELL settings e Changing the instrument cluster settings e Changing the light settings e Changing the vehicle settings e Restoring the fac
173. ctivated Z WARNING The braking performance of the electric motor using recuperative braking may be either reduced or not effective If you do not make an additional effort to apply the brake yourself the braking effect may not be sufficient If necessary counteract the reduced regen erative braking effect by applying the brake yourself The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately RBS Recuperative Brake System is unavailable due to a malfunc tion Z WARNING The braking performance of the electric motor using recuperative braking may be either reduced or not effective If you do not make an additional effort to apply the brake yourself the braking effect may not be sufficient If necessary counteract the reduced regen erative braking effect by applying the brake yourself The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for
174. czes 271 see Flat tire Brightness control instrument Cluster lighting cece eeeeeeeeees 31 Bulbs see Replacing bulbs Calling up a malfunction see Display messages Car see Vehicle Care Carpet Sisca seccsessistessctashacosseuieaees 262 Cal WASH isis ssssazecivectessieeesatageecceveces 256 DiS Play sssccevecasetexechentees ioatexecscintsctes 260 Exterior lights cccnsesicies 259 Gear or selector lever seers 261 INGTON sisser iseni 260 Matte finis M ssssitesceseireiieiteriesr 258 NOt S wiscciectcasineiuiie iain 256 Paint creeeren E E 257 Plastic trise serienn 260 Power washer cccesceeseeceeeeeeeee 257 Rear view camera eeeseeeeeteeeeeees 260 Roof NNER 262 Seat Delt reee ei 262 SEAL COVE wecssscscecseececssncestsconstezed 261 SONSONS cerrar esrus ree EENE Erate 259 Steering wheel ss irissssisrsriies 261 Trim PIGCOS perrissisiseiintres eresio 261 Washing by hand sses 256 WEGISts stu tanieneenweitsasiess 258 WINDOWS askeesin 258 Wiper blades c scccssseceseeecsoneeers 259 Wooden EM icccesceccicscstesereecccaessecease 261 Cargo compartment cover 232 Cargo compartment enlargement 230 Important safety notes s 230 Cargo compartment floor Height adjustment oo eens 234 Important safety notes s 233 Opening CIOSING csser 233 Stowage well under 00 eee 233 Cargo tie down rings eee 231 Center console Lower SECTION lt c 5cs2sc
175. d A WARNING Insufficient tire tread will reduce tire traction The tire is no longer able to dissipate water This means that on wet road surfaces the risk of hydroplaning increases in particular where speed is not adapted to suit the driving con ditions There is a risk of accident If the tire pressure is too high or too low tires may exhibit different levels of wear at differ ent locations on the tire tread Thus you should regularly check the tread depth and the condition of the tread across the entire width of all tires Minimum tire tread depth for e Summer tires in 3 mm e M S tires Y in 4 mm For safety reasons replace the tires before the legally prescribed limit for the minimum tire tread depth is reached Bar indicator Q for tread wear is integrated into the tire tread Treadwear indicators TWI are required by law Six indicators are positioned on the tire tread They are visible once the tread depth is Wheels and tires Wheels and tires approximately ie in 1 6 mm If this is the case the tire is so worn that it must be replaced e Only mount tires and wheels of the same type and make Exception it is permissible to install a dif ferent type or make in the event of a flat tire Observe the Tires with run flat char acteristics section gt page 264 e Only mount tires of the correct size onto the wheels e Break in new tires at moderate speeds for the first
176. d gt Drive to a qualified specialist workshop without shifting the transmission from position D If transmission position R N or P is selected gt Do not tow the vehicle gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The vehicle is moving gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Shift the transmission to position P The transmission is malfunctioning You cannot back up gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The tailgate is open gt Close the tailgate Display messages ae 3 On board computer and displays Ea Display messages oid On board computer and displays Display messages Power Steering Mal function See Oper ator s Manual Phone No Service Check Washer Fluid Wiper Malfunction ing Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The hood is not closed properly A WARNING If the hood is not closed properly it may open and block your view when the vehicle is in motion There is a risk of an accident gt Stop the vehicle immediately paying attention to road and traf fic conditions gt Apply the electric parking brake gt Close the hood At least one door is open A warning tone also sounds gt Close all the doors Power assistance for steering is malfunctioning A warning tone also sounds Z WARNING You will need to use more force to steer There is a risk of an accident gt Che
177. d depending on the steering wheel pad dle shifter selected Steering selects D overrun wheel paddle shifter Steering selects D maximum wheel paddle recuperation shifter In particular the function of the radar sensors can be impaired in the case of e there is dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e there is snow or heavy rain e there is interference by other radar sources e there are strong radar reflections for example in parking garages e a narrow vehicle traveling in front e g a motorbike e a vehicle traveling in front on a different line relative to the center of your vehicle Following damage to the front end of the vehi cle have the configuration and operation of the radar sensor checked at a qualified spe cialist workshop This also applies to colli sions at slow speeds where there is no visible damage to the front of the vehicle If the radar sensor is not available the system switches automatically to level D with moderate recuperation In this case have the radar sensor checked at a quali fied specialist workshop Automatic adjustment of recuperation on downhill gradients Automatic adjustment of recuperation on downhill gradients is available in level D4UT or on vehicles without steering wheel paddle shifters in level D The vehicle can detect steep downhill gradi ents To reduce acceleration downhill and to Driving and parking te Chargi
178. d specialist workshop Seat covers of other materials H Observe the following when cleaning e Clean artificial leather covers with a cloth moistened with a solution containing 1 detergent e g dish washing liquid e Clean cloth covers with a microfiber cloth moistened with a solution contain ing 1 detergent e g dish washing liq uid Rub carefully and always wipe entire seat sections to avoid leaving visible lines Leave the seat to dry afterwards Cleaning results depend on the type of dirt and how long it has been there e Clean Alcantara covers with a damp cloth Make sure that you wipe entire E Maintenance and care E Maintenance and care seat sections to avoid leaving visible lines Cleaning the seat belts Z WARNING Seat belts can become severely weakened if bleached or dyed This could cause the seat belts to tear or fail for instance in the event of an accident This poses an increased risk of injury or fatal injury Never bleach or dye the seat belts H Do not clean the seat belts using chemical cleaning agents Do not dry the seat belts by heating at temperatures above 176 F 80 C or in direct sunlight gt Use clean lukewarm water and soap solu tion Cleaning the headliner and carpets gt Headliner if itis very dirty use a soft brush or a cleaning agent recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz gt Carpets use the carpet and textile clean ing agents recommended and ap
179. der any circumstances gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 300 gt Do not add brake fluid Adding more will not remedy the mal function gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display ABS Anti lock Braking System is deactivated due to a malfunc tion Therefore BAS Brake Assist COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST ESP Electronic Stability Program RBS the HOLD func tion and hill start assist are also deactivated for example ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING The braking performance of the electric motor using recuperative braking may be either reduced or not effective If you do not make an additional effort to apply the brake yourself the braking effect may not be sufficient If necessary counteract the reduced regen erative braking effect by applying the brake yourself The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified speciali
180. dification function off for short periods Setting climate control to automatic gt Turn the key to position 3 in the ignition lock The READY indicator is displayed gt Set the desired temperature gt To activate press the button The indicator lamp in the auto button lights up Automatic air distribution and airflow are activated AUTO MQDE button m DE OF or gt Press the 8 or button The indicator lamp in the auto button goes out Automatic air distribution and airflow are deactivated Setting the temperature Dual zone automatic climate control Different temperatures can be set for the driver s and front passenger sides gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 127 gt To increase reduce turn thumbwheel 1 or 9 counter clockwise or clockwise gt page 115 Only change the temperature setting in small increments Start at 72 F 22 C Setting the air distribution Dual zone automatic climate control Air distribution settings W4 Directs air through the defroster vents i Directs air through the center and side air vents r Directs air through the footwell air vents Climate control 4 s Operating the climate control systems Climate control i 5s Directs the airflow through the center and side air vents as
181. dow defroster may switch off Activating deactivating gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 127 gt Press the RB button The indicator lamp in the RE button lights up or goes out Climate control 4 a Operating the climate control systems Climate control i Problems with the rear window defroster Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The rear window The battery has not been sufficiently charged defroster has deactiva switch off any consumers that are not required e g reading ted prematurely orcan lamps interior lighting or the seat heating not be activated When the battery is sufficiently charged the rear window defroster can be activated again Activating deactivating air recircula Air recirculation mode deactivates auto tion mode matically e after approximately 5 minutes at outside temperatures below approximately 41 F You can deactivate the flow of fresh air if 5 C unpleasant odors are entering the vehicle from outside The air already inside the vehi cle will then be recirculated If you switch on air recirculation mode the e after approximately 30 minutes at out windows can fog up more quickly in particu side temperatures above approximately lar at low temperatures Only use air recircu 41 F 5 C if the Cooling with air dehu lation mode briefly to prevent the windows midification func
182. e e Service A Exceeded by Days Depending on the operating conditions of the vehicle the remaining time or distance until the next service due date is displayed The letter A or B possibly in connection with a number or another letter indicates the type of service A stands for a minor service and B for a major service You can obtain further information from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The ASSYST PLUS service interval display does not take into account any periods of time during which the battery is disconnec ted Maintaining the time dependent service schedule gt Note down the service due date displayed in the multifunction display before discon necting the battery or gt After reconnecting the battery subtract the battery disconnection periods from the service date shown on the display Hiding a service message gt Press the button on the steer ing wheel OK or p Maintenance a Displaying service messages gt Switch on the ignition gt Pressthe lt q or gt Serv menu gt Pressthe A or W button to select the ASSYST PLUS submenu and confirm by pressing the OK button The service due date appears in the multi function display button to select the Information about Service Resetting the ASSYST PLUS service inter val display H If the ASSYST PLUS service interval dis play has been inadvertently reset th
183. e engine compartment gt page 269 gt Open the hood gt Connect the battery charger to the positive terminal and ground point in the same order as when connecting the donor bat tery in the jump starting procedure gt page 269 If at low temperatures the indicator lamps warning lamps in the instrument cluster do not light up it is highly likely that the dis charged battery has frozen In this case you may neither jump start the vehicle nor charge the battery The service life of a thawed out battery may be shorter The starting charac teristics can be impaired particularly at low temperatures Have the thawed out battery checked at a qualified specialist workshop Only charge the installed battery with a bat tery charger which has been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz A battery charger unit specially adapted for Mercedes Benz vehicles and tested and approved by Mercedes Benz is available as an accessory It permits the charging of the battery in its installed position Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further informa tion and availability Read the battery charg er s operating instructions before charging the battery staring 2 Jump starting For the jump starting procedure use only the jump starting connection point consisting of a positive terminal and an earth point in the engine compartment A WARNING Battery acid is caustic There is a risk of injury Avoid contact wi
184. e see the separate operating instruc tions gt Pressthe lt or gt button on the steer ing wheel to select the Audio menu gt To select the next previous track briefly press the A or W button gt To select a track from the track list rapid scrolling press and hold the A or Y button until desired track Q has been reached If you press and hold A or W the rapid scrolling speed is increased Not all audio drives or data carriers support this function If track information is stored on the audio device or medium the multifunction display will show the number and title of the track The current track does not appear in audio AUX mode Auxiliary audio mode external audio source connected Video DVD operation Example CD DVD changer display multifunction display Current scene gt Switch on COMAND and select video DVD see the separate operating instructions gt Pressthe lt q or button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Audio menu gt To select the next previous scene briefly press the A or W button gt To select a scene from the scene list rapid scrolling press and hold the A or Y button until desired scene Q has been reached Telephone menu Introduction Z WARNING If you operate information sys
185. e service Customer Service at 1 888 923 8367 General notes The emergency call is triggered automatically if an air bag is deployed or an Emergency Tensioning Device is triggered You cannot end an automatically trig gered emergency call yourself An emergency call can also be initiated man ually As soon as the emergency call has been ini tiated the indicator lamp in the SOS button flashes The multifunction display shows the Connecting Call message The audio output is muted Once the connection has been made the Call Connected message appears in the multifunction display Allimportant information on the emergency is transmitted for example e current location of the vehicle as deter mined by the GPS system e vehicle identification number e information on the severity of the accident After the emergency call has been initiated a voice connection is automatically established between the Customer Assistance Center and the vehicle occupants e If the vehicle occupants respond the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter attempts to get more information on the emergency e If there is no response from the vehicle occupants an ambulance is immediately sent to the vehicle If no voice connection can be established to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center the system has been unable to initiate an emergency call If for example the relevant mobile phone network is not available then voice con
186. e 63 Driving safety systems Z WARNING If BAS is malfunctioning the braking distance in an emergency braking situation is increased There is a risk of an accident In an emergency braking situation depress the brake pedal with full force ABS prevents the wheels from locking Braking gt Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed until the emergency braking situation is over ABS prevents the wheels from locking The brakes will function as usual once you release the brake pedal BAS is deactivated COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST General notes COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST comprises Adaptive Brake Assist and the distance warn ing signal which are described in the follow ing Distance warning function Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion for driving safety systems gt page 63 A WARNING The distance warning function does not react e to people or animals e to oncoming vehicles e to crossing traffic e when cornering Thus the distance warning function cannot provide a warning in all critical situations There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake Z WARNING The distance warning function cannot always clearly identify objects and complex traffic situations In such cases the distance warning function may e give an unnecessary warning e not give a warning There is a risk of an accid
187. e No Service there is no network available or the mobile phone is searching for a network You can obtain further information about suitable mobile phones and connecting mobile phones via Bluetooth e from your authorized Mercedes Benz Center e on the Internet at http www mercedes benz com connect Accepting a call Example incoming call multifunction display gt Press the button on the steering wheel to accept an incoming call If someone calls you when you are in the Tel menu a display message appears in the mul tifunction display You can accept a call even if you are not in the Tel menu Rejecting or ending a call gt Press the wheel button on the steering You can end or reject a call even if you are not in the Tel menu Dialing a number from the phone book gt Pressthe lt or button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Tel menu gt Press the A W or OK button to switch to the phone book gt Press the _ amp or W button to select the desired name To start scrolling rapidly press and hold the A or W button for longer than one second Rapid scrolling stops when you release the button or reach the end of the list gt If only one telephone number is stored for a name press the or OK button to start dialing or gt If there is more than one number for a particular name press the g or OK button to displ
188. e a suitable distance making slight steering move ments at a speed above 12 mph 20 km h The functions mentioned above are available again when the warning lamp goes out If the warning lamp is still on gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Fy On board computer and displays Sp Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster _ On board computer and displays Problem Res The yellow ABS and RBS warning lamps are on while the drive sys tem is running A warn ing tone also sounds Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions EBD is malfunctioning Therefore ABS BAS COLLISION PREVEN TION ASSIST ESP RBS the HOLD function and hill start assist are unavailable for example ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING The braking performance of the electric motor using recuperative braking may be either reduced or not effective If you do not make an additional effort to apply the brake yourself the braking effect may not be sufficient If necessary counteract the reduced regen erative braking effect by applying the brake yourself The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The
189. e air bag e For this reason always secure persons less than 5 ft 1 50 m tall in suitable restraint systems Up to this height the seat belt cannot be worn correctly If a child is traveling in your vehicle also observe the following notes e Always secure children under 12 years of age and less than 5 ft 1 50 m in height in suitable child restraint systems e Child restraint systems should be installed on the rear seats e Only secure a child in a rearward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat when the front passenger front air bag is deactivated If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is permanently lit the front passenger front air bag is deactivated gt page 41 e Always observe the instructions and safety notes on the Occupant Classification Sys tem OCS gt page 49 and on Children in the vehicle gt page 56 in addition to the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions Objects in the vehicle interior may pre vent the air bag from functioning cor rectly Before starting your journey and to avoid risks resulting from the speed of the air bag as it deploys make sure that e there are no people animals or objects between the vehicle occupants and an air bag e there are no objects between the seat door and B pillar e no hard objects e g coat hangers hang on the grab handles or coat hooks e no accessories such as cup holders are attached to
190. e direction of the arrow until it engages There are several notches gt To move backwards press and hold release button and push the head restraint backwards gt When the head restraint is in the desired position release the button and make sure that the head restraint is engaged in posi tion Adjusting the height of the head restraints electrically gt To adjust the head restraint height slide the switch for head restraint adjustment gt page 89 up or down in the direction of the arrow Rear seat head restraints Adjusting the rear seat head restraint height gt To raise pull the head restraint up to the desired position gt To lower press release catch 1 and push the head restraint down until it is in the desired position Removing and installing the rear seat head restraints Z WARNING If head restraints are not installed and adjus ted correctly they cannot provide protection as intended There is an increased risk of injury in the head and neck area e g in the event of an accident or when braking Always drive with the head restraints instal led Before driving off make sure for every vehicle occupant that the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at about eye level Electrically adjustable head restraints cannot be removed and re installed The rear head restraints on the outer seats can be removed and re installed lt gt Fold the seat bac
191. e driver s door If the indicator lamp is off operation is possible using the switches in the rear compartment Pets in the vehicle Z WARNING If you leave animals unattended or unsecured in the vehicle they could press buttons or switches for example As a result they could e activate vehicle equipment and become trapped for example e activate or deactivate systems thereby endangering other road users Unsecured animals could also be flung around the vehicle in the event of an accident or sud den steering or braking thereby injuring vehi cle occupants There is a risk of an accident and injury Never leave animals unattended in the vehi cle Always secure animals properly during the journey e g use a suitable animal trans port box Driving safety systems In this section you will find information about the following driving safety systems e ABS Anti lock Braking System gt page 63 e BAS Brake Assist System gt page 63 e RBS Recuperative Brake System gt page 68 e COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST Adaptive Brake Assist and distance warning signal gt page 64 e ESP Electronic Stability Program gt page 66 e EBD Electronic Brake force Distribution gt page 66 e ADAPTIVE BRAKE gt page 68 e STEER CONTROL gt page 68 Important safety notes If you fail to adapt your driving style or become distracted the driving safety sys tems can neither reduce the ris
192. e heat or cold there is a risk of injury possibly even fatal Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Z WARNING If the child restraint system is subjected to direct sunlight parts may get very hot Chil dren may burn themselves on these parts particularly on the metal parts of the child restraint system There is a risk of injury If you leave the vehicle taking the child with you always ensure that the child restraint system is not exposed to direct sunlight Pro tect it with a blanket for example If the child restraint system has been exposed to direct sunlight let it cool down before securing the child in it Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Driving safety systems Child proof locks for the rear doors You secure each door individually with the child proof locks on the rear doors A door secured with a child proof lock cannot be opened from inside the vehicle When the vehicle is unlocked the door can be opened from the outside gt To activate press the child proof lock lever up in the direction of arrow Q gt Make sure that the child proof locks are working properly gt To deactivate press the child proof lock lever down in the direction of arrow Override feature for the rear side win dows gt To activate deactivate press button Q If indicator lamp is lit operation of the rear side windows is disabled Operation is only possible using the switches in th
193. e occu pants and the load You can also find information about the maximum gross axle weight rating on the front and rear axle The maximum gross axle weight rating is the maximum weight that can be carried by one axle front or rear axle Do not exceed the maximum gross vehicle weight or the maximum gross axle weight rating for the front or rear axle Ba mi ee ee pag E pg H wee er oe e ee m en Be bam Lt lg bh Pe gt Specification for maximum permissible weight is listed on the Tire and Loading Information placard The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kilograms or XXX Ibs The gross weight of all vehicle occupants load and luggage must not exceed the speci fied value The specifications shown on the Tire and Loading Information placard in the illustra tion are examples The maximum permis sible load is vehicle specific and may devi ate from the data shown here The maxi mum permissible load that applies for your vehicle can be found on your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard Pi Beh ot Maximum number of seats Q indicates the maximum number of occupants allowed to travel in the vehicle This information can be found on the Tire and Loading Information placard The specifications shown on the Tire and Loading Information placard in the illustra tion are examples The number of seats is vehicle specific and can differ from the details shown The numb
194. e protection in that particular accident situation are deployed However seat belts and air bags generally do not protect against objects penetrating the vehicle from the out side Information on restraint system operation can be found under Triggering of the Emer gency Tensioning Device and air bags gt page 54 For more information about children traveling with you in the vehicle and on child restraint systems see Children in the vehicle gt page 56 Occupant safety ae Important safety notes Z WARNING Modifications to the restraint system may cause it to no longer work as intended The restraint system may then not perform its intended protective function and may fail in an accident or trigger unexpectedly for example This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Never modify parts of the restraint system Never tamper with the wiring the electronic components or their software If itis necessary to modify an air bag system to accommodate a person with disabilities con tact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for details USA only for further information con tact our Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 Restraint system warning lamp The functions of the restraint system are checked after the ignition is switched on and at regular intervals while the drive system is running Therefore malfunctions can be detected in good time The amp restraint s
195. e rack Activating deactivating the rear view camera gt To activate make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt Make sure that the Activation by R gear setting is active in the audio system COMAND see the separate audio system COMAND operating instructions gt Engage reverse gear Guide lines are used to show the area behind the vehicle in the Audio COMAND display To deactivate the rear view camera deacti vates if you shift the transmission to P or after driving forwards a short distance Displays in the Audio COMAND display The rear view camera may show a distorted view of obstacles show them incorrectly or not at all The rear view camera does not show objects in the following positions e very close to the rear bumper e under the rear bumper e in the area immediately above the tailgate handle H Objects not at ground level may appear to be further away than they actually are e g e the bumper of a parked vehicle e the drawbar of a trailer Driving systems e the ball coupling of a trailer tow hitch e the rear section of an HGV e a slanted post Use the guidelines only for orientation Approach objects no further than the bot tom most guideline Lanes White guide line without turning the steer ing wheel vehicle width including the exterior mirrors static Yellow lane marking tires at current steer ing wheel angle vehicle width to the outer side o
196. e radar sensor system the distance warning function can detect obsta cles that are in the path of your vehicle for an extended period of time Up to a speed of around 40 mph 70 km h the distance warning function can also react to stationary obstacles such as stopped or parked vehicles If you approach an obstacle and the distance warning function detects a risk of a collision the system will initially alert you both visually and acoustically In particular the detection of obstacles can be impaired if e dirt on the sensors or anything else cover ing the sensors e there is snow or heavy rain e there is interference by other radar sources e there are strong radar reflections for example in parking garages e a narrow vehicle traveling in front e g a motorbike e a vehicle traveling in front on a different line relative to the center of your vehicle Following damage to the front end of the vehi cle have the configuration and operation of the radar sensor checked at a qualified spe cialist workshop This also applies to colli sions at low speeds where there is no visible damage to the front of the vehicle Adaptive Brake Assist Observe the Important safety notes sec tion for driving safety systems gt page 63 A WARNING Adaptive Brake Assist cannot always clearly identify objects and complex traffic situa tions Driving safety systems a In such cases Adaptive Brake Assist can e intervene unnecessarily e
197. e seat cushion angle so that your thighs are gently supported e you can depress the pedals properly gt Check whether the head restraint is adjus ted properly gt page 89 When doing so make sure that you have adjusted the head restraint so that the back of your head is supported at eye level by the center of the head restraint Observe the safety guidelines on steering wheel adjustment gt page 92 gt Make sure that steering wheel is adjus ted properly Adjusting the steering wheel gt page 92 When adjusting the steering wheel make sure that e you can hold the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent e you can move your legs freely e you can see all the displays in the instru ment cluster clearly Observe the safety guidelines for seat belts gt page 42 gt Check whether you have fastened seat belt 2 properly gt page 44 seats a7 The seat belt should e fit snugly across your body e be routed across the middle of your shoulder e be routed in your pelvic area across the hip joints gt Before starting off adjust the rear view mir ror and the exterior mirrors gt page 93 in such a way that you have a good view of road and traffic conditions gt Vehicles with a memory function save the seat and exterior mirror settings gt page 95 nportant safety notes Z WARNING Children could become trapped if they adjust the seats particularly when unattended There is
198. e ssavecsevesseeoesers 35 Upper SEGUON iison 34 Central locking Automatic locking on board com PUTET irn EE 188 Locking unlocking SmartKey 72 Changing bulbs Brake lAMPS eeeseeeseeeeeesneeeseeeees 106 High beam headlamps 0 105 Low beam headlamps se 104 Parking IAMS sisisi 105 Rear fog lamp ee eeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 106 Reversing lamps eee Standing lamps front Tail AMPS oo eect eee Turn signals front eseese Turn signals rear oe eeeeeeeeeeseeeees Charge level display 174 Charging see Charging the high voltage battery Charging cable CONNECTING e esecce cesses aeiccsescees 139 COMMONS sescsscecdesscecssbesspissustascesdetbecss 138 Important safety notes s 137 REMOVING sesei seriei ai 140 STONE seresisriiiinsriseiiarin sss 138 Warming Up siissiceriseisireresi siiis 137 Charging the high voltage battery important safety notes 0 134 Child proof locks Important safety notes oe 61 Rear COONS espeiss rriste dispenser cense 62 Children In thevehiCl Esener 56 Restraint Systems seere 57 Special seat belt retractor 57 Child seat Forward facing restraint system 60 LATCH type ISOFIX child seat ANCN OMS ixcese TS 58 On the front passenger seat 60 Rearward facing restraint system 60 Top Tether vs scscraesaescscveicces 59 Cigarette lighter 0 0 0 eee 236 Climate control
199. e sum of e the curb weight of the vehicle e the weight of the accessories e the load limit e the weight of the factory installed optional equipment Metric unit for tire pressure 6 9 kPa corre sponds to 1 psi Another unit for tire pressure is bar 100 kilopascals kPa are the equiva lent of 1 bar In addition to the load bearing index the load index may also be imprinted on the sidewall of _ Wheels and tires Definition of terms for tires and loading the tire This specifies the load bearing capa city more precisely The weight of a vehicle with standard equip ment but without passengers and luggage Maximum tire load is the maximum permissi ble weight for which the tire is approved Maximum permissible tire pressure for one tire Maximum load on one tire This is calculated by dividing the maximum axle load of one axle by two A standard unit of measure for tire pressure Relationship between tire height and tire width in percent This is pressure inside the tire applying an outward force to each square inch of the tire s surface The tire pressure is specified in pounds per square inch psi in kilopascal kPa or in bar The tire pressure should only be corrected when the tires are cold The tires are cold e if the vehicle has been parked with the tires out of direct sunlight for at least 3 hours and e if the vehicle has not been driven further than 1 mile 1 6 km The part of the tire t
200. e the vehicle is in motion Otherwise at low speeds in transmission position D or R park position P is engaged automatically and the electrical parking brake is applied The transmission could be damaged H Always secure the vehicle correctly against rolling away Otherwise the vehicle or its drivetrain could be damaged To ensure that the vehicle is secured against rolling away unintentionally e the electric parking brake must be applied e the transmission must be in position P e the key in the ignition lock must be turned to position 0 and removed from the ignition lock e on steep uphill or downhill gradients turn the front wheels towards the curb Important safety notes Z WARNING If you switch off the ignition while driving safety relevant functions are only available with limitations or not at all This can affect the power steering and the brake boosting effect for example You will require consider ably more effort to steer and brake There is a risk of an accident Do not switch off the ignition while driving gt Shift the DIRECT SELECT lever to position P gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni tion lock and remove it The immobilizer is activated General notes Z WARNING If you leave children unsupervised in the vehi cle they could set it in motion by for example e release the parking brake e shift the transmission out of park position P e start the vehicle
201. e this posi tion This setting can be stored using memory button M gt Make sure that the vehicle is stationary gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 127 gt Press button for the exterior mirror on the front passenger side gt Use adjustment button to adjust the exterior mirror You should see the rear wheel and the curb in the exterior mirror gt Press memory button M and one of the arrows on adjustment button within three seconds The parking position is stored if the exterior mirror does not move gt f the mirror moves out of position repeat the steps Calling up a stored parking position set ting gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 127 gt Adjust the exterior mirror on the front passenger side with the corresponding but ton gt page 93 gt Engage reverse gear The exterior mirror on the front passenger side moves to the stored parking position Memory functions ca The exterior mirror on the front passenger With the memory function you can store up side moves back to its original position to three different settings e g for three dif e as soon as you exceed a speed of 9 mph ferent people 15 km h The following settings are stored as a single e about ten seconds after you have disen Memory preset gaged reverse gear e position of the seat backrest and head e if you press button Q for the exterior mir
202. e wheels individually if they spin This enables you to pull away and accelerate on slippery surfaces for example if the road surface is slippery on one side In addition more drive torque is transferred to the wheel or wheels with traction ETS remains active when you deactivate ESP Important safety notes Z WARNING If ESP is malfunctioning ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle Additionally further driv ing safety systems are deactivated This increases the risk of skidding and an accident Drive on carefully Have ESP checked at a qualified specialist workshop HM When testing the electric parking brake on a braking dynamometer switch off the ignition Application of the brakes by ESP may otherwise destroy the brake system When towing your vehicle with the front axle raised observe the notes on ESP gt page 273 ESP is deactivated if the ESP OFF warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up continuously when the drive system is run ning If the amp ESP warning lamp and the amp ESP OFF warning lamp are lit continuously ESP is not available due to a malfunction Observe the information on warning lamps gt page 221 and display messages which may be shown in the instrument cluster gt page 191 Only use wheels with the recommended tire sizes Only then will ESP function properly Characteristics of ESP General
203. e windshield wiper arm firmly when you change the wiper blade If you release the wiper arm without a wiper blade and it falls onto the windshield rear window the windshield rear window may be damaged by the force of the impact Mercedes Benz recommends that you have the wiper blades changed at a qualified specialist workshop Changing the windshield wiper blades Removing the wiper blades gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Fold the wiper arm away from the wind shield gt Press both release clips 2 gt Fold wiper blade in the direction of arrow 3 away from wiper arm 4 gt Remove wiper blade in the direction of arrow 6 Windshield wipers pa Lights and windshield wipers 4 yl Windshield wipers Installing the wiper blades Lights and windshield wipers lead gt Position new wiper blade Q with recess on lug gt Fold wiper blade in the direction of arrow 3 onto the wiper arm until retaining clips engage in bracket gt Make sure that wiper blade Q is seated correctly gt Fold the wiper arm back onto the wind shield Replacing the rear window wiper blade Removing a wiper blade gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Fold wiper arm away from the rear win dow until it engages gt Position wiper blade at a right angle to wiper arm a gt Hold wiper arm Q and press wiper blade 2 in the direction of
204. ean them with clean lukewarm water only If the mirror cover of the vanity mirror is folded up when the vehicle is in motion you could be blinded by incident light There is a risk of an accident Always keep the mirror cover folded down while driving gt To remove carefully pull in upper sections of cup holder Q on the driver s and front passenger sides until they release gt Lift the cup holder upwards until it can be removed Mirror light Bracket Retaining clip e g for a car park ticket Stowage and features Vanity mirror Mirror cover Vanity mirror in the sun visor Mirror light only functions if the sun visor is clipped into retainer 2 and mirror cover has been folded up Glare from the side gt Fold down the sun visor gt Pull the sun visor out of retainer gt Swing the sun visor to the side gt Vehicles with mirror lights slide the sun visor horizontally as desired Front ashtray H The stowage space under the ashtray is not heat resistant Before placing lit ciga rettes in the ashtray make sure that the ashtray is properly engaged Otherwise the stowage space could be damaged Example vehicles with a cover over the stowage compartment gt To open push the lower section of cover 1 The stowage compartment opens gt To remove the insert lift insert up and out gt To re install the insert press insert into the holder
205. ear a warning tone for approximately 2 seconds PARKTRONIC is deacti vated after approx imately 5 seconds and the indicator lamp in the PARKTRONIC but ton lights up Only the red segments in the PARKTRONIC warning displays are lit PARKTRONIC is deacti vated after approx imately 5 seconds ultrasound waves The PARKTRONIC sensors are dirty or there is interference gt Clean the PARKTRONIC sensors gt page 259 gt Switch the ignition back on Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions PARKTRONIC has malfunctioned and has switched off gt If problems persist have PARKTRONIC checked at a qualified specialist workshop bo i a To bo gt m The problem may be caused by an external source of radio or gt See if PARKTRONIC functions in a different location Active Parking Assist General notes Active Parking Assist is an electronic parking aid with ultrasound It measures the road on both sides of the vehicle A parking symbol indicates a suitable parking space Active steering intervention can assist you during maneuvering and parking You may also use PARKTRONIC gt page 155 Important safety notes Active Parking Assist is merely an aid It is not a replacement for your attention to your immediate surroundings You are always responsible for safe maneuvering parking and exiting a parking space Make sure that no persons animals or objects are in the maneuv
206. eat backrest 1 back until it engages Red lock status indicator is no longer visible gt Adjust the head restraints if necessary gt page 90 gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat back if necessary Securing cargo Cargo tie down rings Observe the following notes on securing loads e Observe the loading guidelines gt page 228 e Secure the load using the cargo tie down rings e Distribute the load on the cargo tie down rings evenly e Do not use elastic straps or nets to secure a load as these are only intended as an anti slip protection for light loads e Do not route tie downs across sharp edges or corners e Pad sharp edges for protection Cargo tie down rings Stowage and features E Stowage and features Bag hook A WARNING The bag hooks cannot restrain heavy objects or items of luggage Objects or items of lug gage could be flung around and thereby hit vehicle occupants when braking or abruptly changing directions There is a risk of injury Only hang light objects on the bag hooks Never hang hard sharp edged or fragile objects on the bag hooks H The bag hook can bear a maximum load of 6 6lbs 3kg and should not be used to secure a load Bag hook Important safety notes Z WARNING On its own the cargo compartment cover cannot secure or restrain heavy objects items of luggage and heavy loads You could be hit by an unsecured load during sudden
207. eaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Any one can start the drive system if a valid key has been left inside the vehicle The immobilizer is always deactivated when you start the drive system If the drive system cannot be started when the starter battery is fully charged the immobilizer may be faulty The READY dis play in the multifunction display does not appear Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA or 1 800 387 0100 in Can ada gt To arm lock the vehicle with the Smart Key Indicator lamp Q flashes The alarm sys tem is armed after approximately 15 seconds Theft deterrent locking system ee gt To disarm unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey or gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock A visual and an audible alarm are triggered if the alarm system is armed and you open e the vehicle with the mechanical key e a door e the tailgate e the hood gt To stop the alarm insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock The alarm is switched off or gt Press the o lor SmartKey The alarm is switched off button on the The alarm is not switched off even if you close the open door that triggered it for example if the alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds the mbrace emergency call system automatically sends a message to the Customer Assistance Center by text message
208. ecause of over voltage or undervoltage gt Rectify the cause of the overvoltage or undervoltage e g by charging the battery or restarting the drive system gt Engage or release the electric parking brake If it remains impossible to apply or release the electric parking brake gt Switch off the ignition and turn it back on gt Engage or release the electric parking brake If the electric parking brake still cannot be released gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The display message is only shown while the vehicle is in motion The yellow warning lamp lights up and the red park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes It is not possible to apply the electric parking brake manually gt Shift the DIRECT SELECT lever to P gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The red Park USA only Canada only indicator lamp lights up You attempted to release the electric parking brake while the igni tion was switched off gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the ignition lock Display messages ce Display messages prang sh only Canada only Check Brake Fluid Level Check Brake Pad Wear Inoperative Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions There is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir In addition the USA only Canada only warning lamp l
209. ecorders This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record data that will assist in under standing how a vehicle s systems performed in certain crash or near crash like situations such as during air bag deployment or when hitting a road obstacle The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e how various systems in your vehicle are operating e whether or not the driver and passenger seat belts are fastened Ea Introduction e how far if at all the driver is depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and e how fast the vehicle is traveling This data can help provide a better under standing of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement can combine the EDR data with the type of per sonal identification data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehi cle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties that have the
210. ectrical outlet gt Remove the charging cable connector from the vehicle socket and wait 30 seconds then re insert it into the vehicle socket gt If the problem persists consult a qualified specialist workshop The electrical outlet is faulty gt Have the electrical outlet checked to test if it is functioning properly or gt Use a different electrical outlet The snap fastener on the charging cable connector is locked gt Press and hold the button on the charging cable connector The snap fastener on the vehicle socket is unlocked gt Remove the charging cable connector from the vehicle socket The snap fastener on the charging cable connector is blocked gt Press and hold the button on the charging cable connector gt Try to remove the blockage Online access to the vehicle General information Z WARNING If you operate information systems and com munication equipment integrated in the vehi cle while driving you will be distracted from traffic conditions You could also lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Only operate the equipment when the traffic situation permits If you are not sure that this is possible park the vehicle paying attention to traffic conditions and operate the equip ment when the vehicle is stationary You must observe the legal requirements for the country in which you are currently driving when operating integrated information sys tems and communicat
211. ed tire pressure for cold tires the maximum permissible load and the maximum permissible vehicle speed The tire pressure table contains the recom mended pressures for cold tires for various operating conditions i e differing load and speed conditions E Wheels and tires The combined weight of all standard and optional equipment available for the vehicle regardless of whether it is actually installed on the vehicle or not This is the part of the wheel on which the tire is mounted The GAWR is the maximum gross axle weight rating The actual load on an axle must not exceed the gross axle weight rating The max imum gross axle weight rating can be found on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side The speed rating is part of the tire identifica tion It specifies the speed range for which the tire is approved The gross vehicle weight comprises the weight of the vehicle including tools acces sories installed occupants and luggage The gross vehicle weight must not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR as speci fied on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side The GVWR is the maximum permitted gross weight of the fully laden vehicle weight of the vehicle including all accessories occupants and luggage The gross vehicle weight rating is specified on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side The maximum weight is th
212. eel cleaner Wheel cleaners could cause increased corrosion of the brake discs and brake pads linings For this reason you should drive for a few minutes after clean ing Braking heats the brake discs and the brake pads linings thus drying them The vehicle can then be parked Cleaning the windows Z WARNING You could become trapped by the windshield wipers if they start moving while cleaning the windshield or wiper blades There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and the ignition before cleaning the windshield or wiper blades E Only fold the windshield wipers away from the windshield when vertical Otherwise you will damage the hood H Do not use dry cloths abrasive products solvents or cleaning agents containing sol vents to clean the inside of the windows Do not touch the insides of the windows with hard objects e g an ice scraper or ring There is otherwise a risk of damaging the windows H Clean the water drainage channels of the windshield and the rear window at regular intervals Deposits such as leaves petals and pollen may under certain circumstan ces prevent water from draining away This can lead to corrosion damage and damage to electronic components gt Clean the inside and outside of the win dows with a damp cloth and a cleaning product that is recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz Cleaning wiper blades Z WARNING You could become trapped by the windshi
213. eel paddle shifter 2 towards you gt To increase recuperation pull left hand steering wheel paddle shifter Q towards you The various different levels are to be used under the following conditions D Driving without much braking and without the presence of obstacles or sharp bends The vehicle retains the maxi mum possible amount of kinetic energy D Normal driving standard set ting D Sporty driving The brake pedal does not need to be used as often because the extent of the deceleration is greater than in D Energy use when decelerating is considerably higher than when the vehicle is braked with the brake pedal pauto The intensity of recuperation is radar automatically adjusted to the based current traffic situation In levels D and D deceleration can be con trolled in an infinitely variable manner using the accelerator pedal The braking performance of the electric motor using recuperative braking is in some operating modes either reduced or not effec tive e when the condition of charge of the high voltage battery increases e if the high voltage battery is not yet at a normal operating temperature e when the vehicle is almost stationary e in transmission position N e during and after ESP stability control Radar based recuperation Radar based recuperation is not a dis tance control function and therefore can not maintain the distance to the vehicle in front Maintain a
214. ehicle Display messages Smit to P or N to Start Engine Depress Brake to Start Engine Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Due to a source of radio interference no signals can be received from the wheel sensors The tire pressure monitor is temporarily malfunctioning gt Drive on The tire pressure monitor restarts automatically as soon as the problem has been solved There is no signal from the tire pressure sensor of one or several wheels The pressure of the affected tire is not displayed in the multifunction display gt Have the faulty tire pressure sensor replaced at a qualified spe cialist workshop The wheels mounted do not have a suitable tire pressure sensor The tire pressure monitor is deactivated gt Mount wheels with suitable tire pressure sensors The tire pressure monitor is activated automatically after driving for a few minutes The tire pressure monitor is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The tire pressure Is too low in at least one of the tires or the tire pressure difference between the wheels is too great gt Check the tire pressures at the next opportunity gt page 284 gt If necessary correct the tire pressure gt Restart the tire pressure monitor gt page 287 Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions You have attempted to start the engine with the transmission in position R or D gt Shift the transmission to position P or N You
215. el chock is an additional safety measure to prevent the vehicle from Changing a wheel rolling away for example when changing a wheel gt Fold both plates upwards Q gt Fold out lower plate gt Guide the lugs on the lower plate fully into the openings in base plate 3 PAG 7 Securing the vehicle on level ground gt On level ground place chocks or other suitable items under the front and rear of the wheel that is diagonally opposite the wheel you wish to change PAG TE Securing the vehicle on slight downhill gradients gt On light downhill gradients place chocks or other suitable items in front of the wheels of the front and rear axle Raising the vehicle Z WARNING If you do not position the jack correctly at the appropriate jacking point of the vehicle the jack could tip over with the vehicle raised There is a risk of injury Only position the jack at the appropriate jack ing point of the vehicle The base of the jack must be positioned vertically directly under the jacking point of the vehicle H Position a suitable jack correctly on the intended jacking points If you fail to posi tion the jack correctly the vehicle may be damaged The jacking points are recesses in the lower door sill They can only be seen from under neath There is one located behind each of the front wheel arches and in front of the rear wheel arches Position the jack in the jacking points so that wh
216. eld wipers if they start moving while cleaning the windshield or wiper blades There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and the ignition before cleaning the windshield or wiper blades H Only fold the windshield wipers away from the windshield when vertical Otherwise you will damage the hood H Do not pull the wiper blade Otherwise the wiper blade could be damaged H Do not clean wiper blades too often and do not rub them too hard Otherwise the graphite coating could be damaged This could cause wiper noise gt Fold the windshield wiper arms away from the windshield gt Carefully clean the wiper blades with a damp cloth gt Fold the windshield wiper arms back again before switching on the ignition H Hold the wiper arm securely when folding back The windshield could be damaged if the wiper arm smacks against it suddenly Cleaning the exterior lighting H Only use cleaning agents or cleaning cloths which are suitable for plastic light lenses Unsuitable cleaning agents or cleaning cloths could scratch or damage the plastic light lenses gt Clean the plastic lenses of the exterior lighting using a wet sponge and a mild cleaning agent e g Mercedes Benz car shampoo or cleaning cloths Cleaning the mirror turn signals H Only use cleaning agents or cleaning cloths that are suitable for plastic lenses Unsuitable cleaning agents or cleaning cloths could scratch or damage the plas
217. em If it is absolutely necessary to install a rear ward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat always make sure that the front passenger front air bag is deactiva ted Only if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is permanently lit gt page 41 is the front passenger front air bag deactiva ted Always observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation and operating instructions Forward facing child restraint system If it is absolutely necessary to install a forward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as possible The entire base of the child restraint system must always rest on the seat cushion of the front passenger seat The backrest of the child restraint system must as far as possible lie flat against the backrest of the front passenger seat The child restraint system must not touch the roof or be put under strain by the head restraint Adjust the angle of the seat backrest and the head restraint position accordingly Always make sure that the shoul Children in the vehicle aie der belt strap is correctly routed from the vehicle belt sash guide to the shoulder belt guide on the child restraint system The shoul der belt strap must be routed forwards and downwards from the vehicle belt sash guide If necessary adjust the vehicle belt sash guide and the front passenger seat accord ingly Always observe the
218. empty packaging and cleaning cloths in an environmentally responsible man ner H For cleaning your vehicle do not use any of the following e dry rough or hard cloths e abrasive cleaning agents e solvents e cleaning agents containing solvents Do not scrub Do not touch the surfaces or protective films with hard objects e g a ring or ice scraper You could otherwise scratch or damage the surfaces and protective film H Do not park the vehicle for an extended period straight after cleaning it particularly after having cleaned the wheels with wheel cleaner Wheel cleaners could cause increased corrosion of the brake discs and brake pads linings For this reason you should drive for a few minutes after clean ing Braking heats the brake discs and the brake pads linings thus drying them The vehicle can then be parked Regular care of your vehicle is a condition for retaining the quality in the long term Use care products and cleaning agents rec ommended and approved by Mercedes Benz Automatic car wash Z WARNING Braking efficiency is reduced after washing the vehicle There is a risk of an accident After the vehicle has been washed brake carefully while paying attention to the traffic conditions until full braking power is restored H Never clean your vehicle in a Touchless Automatic Car Wash as these use special cleaning agents These cleaning agents can damage the paintwork or plastic parts H Whe
219. en vehicle 243 MB info call button oo eee 240 Remote fault diagnosis 0 243 Remote vehicle locking seese 243 Roadside Assistance button 240 Search amp Send onecie 242 SGIMESE creatinine rnar 238 Speed alert essieu 244 SyS teen r R 238 Triggering the vehicle alarm 245 Vehicle remote unlocking 243 Mechanical key FUNCtION NOTES eeesseseceeesseeeeeeeee 73 Locking vehicle sisser 79 Unlocking the driver s door 79 Memory card audio 181 Memory function eee eeeeeeeeeeeee 95 Message memory on board com PRU ss cciecsec eee oceccieiescsetsh hts oce so Messages see Display messages Mirrors see Exterior mirrors see Rear view mirror see Vanity mirror in the sun visor Mobile phone Menu on board computer 181 Modifying the programming SmartKey iocis 73 MOExtended tires ce cee 264 Mounting wheels Lowering the vehicle 00 303 Mounting a new wheel 05 302 Preparing the vehicle 06 300 Raising the vehicle sses 300 Removing a wheel eeeeeeeeseeeee 302 Securing the vehicle against roll IME AWAY eiior ears 300 MP3 Operation sessirnir 181 see separate operating instructions Multifunction display FUNCTION NOTES nian eek 176 Permanent display eeeeseeeees 187 Multifunction steering wheel Operating the o
220. en viewed from the side the jack is in the vertical position H Position a suitable jack only on the jack ing points intended for this purpose Never position the jack on the high voltage battery Do not jack up the vehicle on the high voltage battery There is otherwise a risk of damaging the high voltage battery Also observe the notes in the Changing a wheel section Observe the following when raising the vehicle e to raise the vehicle only use the vehicle specific jack that has been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz If used incor rectly the jack could tip over with the vehi cle raised e the jack is designed only to raise and hold the vehicle for a short time while a wheel is being changed It is not suited for per forming maintenance work under the vehi cle e avoid changing the wheel on uphill and downhill slopes e before raising the vehicle secure it from rolling away by applying the parking brake and inserting wheel chocks Do not disen gage the parking brake while the vehicle is raised Changing a wheel e the jack must be placed on a firm flat and non slip surface On a loose surface a large load bearing underlay must be used On a slippery surface a non slip underlay must be used e g rubber mats e do not use wooden blocks or similar objects as a jack underlay Otherwise the jack will not be able to achieve its load bearing capacity due to the restricted height e make sure that t
221. eneral information EBD monitors and controls the brake pres sure on the rear wheels to improve driving stability while braking Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion for driving safety systems gt page 63 Z WARNING If EBD is malfunctioning the rear wheels can lock e g under full braking This increases the risk of skidding and an accident You should therefore adapt your driving style to the different handling characteristics Have the brake system checked at a qualified spe cialist workshop Observe information regarding indicator and warning lamps gt page 218 as well as dis play messages gt page 195 ESP Electronic Stability Program General notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 63 ESP monitors driving stability and traction i e power transmission between the tires and the road surface If ESP detects that the vehicle is deviating from the direction desired by the driver one or more wheels are braked to stabilize the vehicle The drive system output is also modi fied to keep the vehicle on the desired course within physical limits ESP assists the driver when pulling away on wet or slippery roads ESP can also stabilize the vehicle during braking ETS 4ETS Electronic Traction System Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 63 ETS traction control is part of ESP ETS brakes the driv
222. ening torque ecce Wheel size tire size eeeeeneee Window curtain air bag Display message sssisisissnsesrsesisssss Operation Windows see Side windows Windshield DefrosStin E eccssiiess ican esste ieee chescess see Windshield Windshield washer system Adding washer fluid NOLES EEA EE EEE Windshield wipers Display message ssec Problem malfunction Rear WINdOW W per eessen Replacing the wiper blades Switching on Off cccsseesceeseeeees Winter driving Slippery road surfaces STOW CHAINS secscscssspsscosncaceceseceosseess Winter operation General NOteS sccesessrcerseeeess Winter tires MESHIROS 4 sstspersseteees cc cventojerstviabee ee Wiper blades CIC AMIN E oessceiheseseetiesssstes beereeestees Important safety notes Replacing rear window Replacing windshield Wooden trim cleaning instruc tions Workshop see Qualified specialist workshop ZONE function SWItChing ON OFF sscssssccisetscessecesed Note Q Environmental note Daimler s declared policy is one of compre hensive environmental protection The objectives are for the natural resources that form the basis of our existence on this planet to be used sparingly and in a manner that takes the requirements of both nature and humanity into account You too can help to protect the environment by operating your vehicle in an environmen tally responsible manner Energy consumption and the rate of engine transmission b
223. ent Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and do not rely solely on the distance warning function Function gt To activate deactivate activate or deac tivate the distance warning function in the on board computer gt page 184 If the distance warning function is activated the multifunction display does not display a symbol When the distance warning function is deac tivated the 3 5 symbol appears in the mul tifunction display in the assistance graphics display The distance warning function can help you to minimize the risk of a front end collision with a vehicle ahead or reduce the effects of such a collision If the distance warning function detects that there is a risk of a collision you will be warned visually and acoustically The distance warning function cannot prevent a collision without your intervention Starting at a speed of around 4 mph 7 km h the distance warning function warns you if you rapidly approach a vehicle in front An intermittent warning tone will then sound and the A distance warning lamp will light up in the instrument cluster gt Brake immediately in order to increase the distance from the vehicle in front or gt Take evasive action provided it is safe to do So Due to the nature of the system particularly complicated but non critical driving condi tions may also cause the system to display a warning With the help of th
224. ents for the country in which you are currently driving when operating the on board computer The on board computer only shows messages or warnings from certain systems in the mul tifunction display You should therefore make sure your vehicle is operating safely at all times Otherwise a vehicle that is not oper ating safely may cause an accident If the operating safety of your vehicle is impaired pull over as soon as it is safe to do so Contact a qualified specialist workshop For an overview see the instrument panel illustration gt page 31 Displays and operation Instrument cluster lighting The lighting in the instrument cluster in the displays and the controls in the vehicle inte rior can be adjusted using the brightness con trol knob The brightness control knob is located on the bottom left of the instrument cluster gt page 31 gt Turn the brightness control knob clockwise or counter clockwise If the light switch is set to auto 500 or 2 the brightness is dependent upon the brightness of the ambient light The light sensor in the instrument cluster automatically controls the brightness of the multifunction display In daylight the displays in the instrument cluster are not illuminated READY indicator When the drive system is started and the vehicle is ready to drive READY indicator appears in the multifunction display This indi cates that
225. er Type of refrigerant Warning symbol Q advises you about e possible dangers e having service work carried out at a quali fied specialist workshop Filling capacities All models Capacity Refrigerant 22 9 0 4 oz 650 10 g PAG oil 4 2 oz 120 g Vehicle data Please note that for the specified vehicle data e the heights specified may vary as a result of tires load condition of the suspension optional equipment e optional equipment reduces the maximum payload O Technical data Dimensions and weights Le Technical data Opening dimen sions Maximum head 75 3 in 1912 mm room Opening height 79 5 in 2021 mm Vehicle length 171 6 in 4358 mm Vehicle height 63 1 in 1604 mm Vehicle width including exterior 79 1 in 2010 mm mirrors Vehicle width with 71 3 in 1812 mm out exterior mirrors Wheelbase 106 3 in 2699 mm Turning radius 36 1 ft 11 0 m Maximum allowa 4784 b 2170 kg ble gross mass Maximum trunk load 220 Ib 100 kg Maximum roof load 165 Ib 75 kg Model Lithium ion Energy content 28 0 kWh Range accordingto approx 82 miles EPA 132 km Charge time with approx 28h 110 120 V 12 A p AVZ 1 aT Cod e ELT Charge time with approx 5h 240 V 32 A Charge time with approx 4 h 240 V 40 A The specified values for range depend on the driving program selected and may vary as a result of e higher and lower outside tempera
226. er and merge into traffic on your own PARKTRONIC is still available Canceling Active Parking Assist You can cancel Active Parking Assist at any time gt Stop the movement of the multifunction steering wheel or steer yourself Active Parking Assist will be canceled at once The Park Assist Canceled mes sage appears in the multifunction display or gt Press the PARKTRONIC button on the cen ter console gt page 157 PARKTRONIC is switched off and Active Parking Assist is immediately canceled The Park Assist Canceled message appears in the multifunction display Active Parking Assist is canceled automati cally if e the electric parking brake is engaged e transmission position P is selected e parking using Active Parking Assist is no longer possible e you are driving faster than 6 mph 10 km h e a wheel spins ESP intervenes or fails The warning lamp lights up in the instru ment cluster A warning tone sounds The parking symbol goes out and the Park Assist Canceled message appears in the multifunction dis play If Active Parking Assist is canceled you must steer again yourself General notes Rear view camera is in the handle on the tailgate The rear view camerais an optical parking and maneuvering aid It uses guide lines to show the area behind your vehicle in the Audio COMAND display The area behind the vehicle is displayed as a mirror image as in the re
227. er of seats in your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Load ing Information placard Step by step instructions The following steps have been developed as required of all manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 gt Step 1 Locate the statement The com bined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard gt Step 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle gt Step 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilo grams or XXX Ibs Loading the vehicle oe gt Step 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs gt Step 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capa city calculated in step 4 P Wheels and tires _ Wheels and tires Example steps 1 to 3 Et Loading the vehicle The following table shows examples of how to calculate total and cargo load capacities with varying seating config
228. ering and the brake boosting effect You will require considerably more effort to steer and brake There is a risk of an accident Do not switch off the ignition while driving A WARNING If you operate mobile communication equip ment while driving you will be distracted from Driving tips traffic conditions You could also lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Only operate this equipment when the vehicle is stationary Observe the legal requirements for the coun try in which you are driving Some jurisdic tions prohibit the driver from using a mobile phone while driving a vehicle If you make a call while driving always use hands free mode Only operate the telephone when the traffic situation permits If you are unsure pull over to a safe location and stop before operating the telephone Bear in mind that at a speed of only 30 mph approximately 50 km h the vehicle covers a distance of 44 ft approximately 14 m per second Drive sensibly save energy Observe the following tips to save energy e The tires should always be inflated to the recommended tire pressure e Remove unnecessary loads e Remove roof racks when they are not nee ded e Avoid frequent acceleration or braking Energy consumption also increases when driving in low or high outside temperatures in stop start traffic on short journeys and in hilly terrain Drinking and driving Z WARNING Drinking and dri
229. ering range When PARKTRONIC is switched off Active Parking Assist is also unavailable Z WARNING The vehicle swings out when parking and in doing so could cross into the opposite lane This could result in a collision with another road user There is a risk of an accident Pay attention to other road users when park ing Stop the vehicle if necessary or cancel the Active Parking Assist parking procedure H If unavoidable you should drive over obstacles such as curbs slowly and not at a sharp angle Otherwise you may damage the wheels or tires Active Parking Assist may possibly indicate parking spaces which are not suitable for parking for example e where parking or stopping is prohibited e in front of driveways or entrances and exits e on unsuitable surfaces A Driving systems m Driving and parking Parking tips e On narrow roads drive as close to the park ing space as possible e Parking spaces that are littered or over grown might be identified or measured incorrectly e Parking spaces that are partially occupied by trailer drawbars might not be identified as such or be measured incorrectly e Snowfall or heavy rain may lead to a parking space being measured inaccurately e Pay attention to the PARKTRONIC page 157 warning messages during the parking procedure e You can intervene in the steering procedure to correct it at any time Active Parking Assist will then be canceled e When transporti
230. estsd 149 SNOW CHAINS s cecesesessrscesoonecess 280 Wet road surface seses 149 DVD audio on board computer 181 DVD video on board computer 181 EBD electronic brake force distri bution Display message seee 195 FUNGCHION NOLES 2 lt 6 s050ieseseseceesdoreee 66 E CELL display cecesceeseeseeees 173 ECO display FUNCtION NOTES ccecessceeeeesreeees 148 On board Computer s src 177 Electric motor number 064 308 Electronic Stability Program see ESP Electronic Stability Program Emergency Automatic measures after an acci ONE ETET 56 Emergency release Driver s OOT ccvsieescsssceesvecenevencecnscenes 79 VOMIGIGccccssscsssdscesisseessscsdesscnssceesedsasees 79 Emergency Tensioning Devices AGUVALION sue reisseri seve ia 54 Emergency unlocking HU pf cheep ninr 80 Energy DYIVIMS LIDS eesriie issibni 147 Environmental protection NOLS ai See ea aetna 19 ESP Electronic Stability Pro gram Ciara CteriSties c c0sccstssecsteesedecsceeses 67 Deactivating activating 183 Deactivating activating notes 67 Display message ceeeeeeeseeeeeee 191 EDS RERE E ET 66 FUNCTION MOLES ss esesssessrrsrssiiriiisise 66 General notes 66 Important safety information 67 Warning lamp ssec 221 ETS Electronic Traction System 66 Exterior lighting Setting OPTIONS siers eisses 98 Exterior mirrors
231. et e maintenance notes for the high voltage battery in the Maintenance Booklet Handling the charging cable and charg ing cable controls Do not leave the charging cable controls gt page 138 hanging loose from an electrical outlet Otherwise this could result in a poor contact with the electrical outlet and mal functions when charging the vehicle To ensure that the brackets within the charg ing cable controls are not subjected to incor rect loads observe the following e Never lift or carry the controls by the charg ing cable connector or the mains plug e To transport the charging cable the coiled part can be wrapped around the controls or secured to the housing of the controls Heat generated by the charging cable and connector Pay attention to the Important safety notes gt page 134 During the charging process the charging cable and connector may heat up The charging cable and connector will only heat up within the permissible limiting values provided that e the power supply and the charging cable are not damaged e the instructions for handling the charging cable and controls on the charging cable are observed Charging the high voltage battery Should the permissible heating temperature limits be exceeded have the mains power supply checked Protection device against overvoltage H Overvoltage in the mains supply may damage the vehicle For this reason the vehicle is equipped with a
232. excessively and or unevenly e be more likely to become damaged e have an adverse effect on ride comfort e increase the braking distance Maximum tire pressures Do not exceed the maximum permissible tire inflation pressure Always observe the rec ommended tire pressure for your vehicle when adjusting the tire pressure gt page 281 9 Example maximum permissible tire pres sure The actual values for tires are vehicle specific and may deviate from the values in the illustration Important safety notes Observe the Tire pressure information sec tion gt page 281 Pa Tire pressure Information on air pressure for the tires on your vehicle can be found e on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Informa tion placard on the B pillar e on the tire pressure label on the fuel filler flap e in the Tire pressure information section Checking tire pressures manually To determine and set the correct tire pres sure proceed as follows gt Remove the valve cap of the tire that is to be checked gt Press the tire pressure gauge securely onto the valve gt Read the tire pressure and compare it with the recommended value on the Tire and Loading Information placard The loading information table is on the B pillar on the driver s side of your vehicle gt If necessary increase the tire pressure to the recommended value gt page 281 gt If the tire pressure is too high release air by press
233. ey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of reach of children Z WARNING If persons particularly children are subjected to prolonged exposure to extreme heat or cold there is a risk of injury possibly even fatal Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Z WARNING If you attach heavy or large objects to the SmartKey the SmartKey could be uninten tionally turned in the ignition lock This could cause the engine to be switched off There is a risk of an accident Do not attach any heavy or large objects to the SmartKey Remove any bulky key rings before inserting the SmartKey into the ignition lock E Keep the SmartKey away from strong magnetic fields Otherwise the remote control function could be affected Strong magnetic fields can occur in the vicinity of powerful electrical installations Do not keep the SmartKey e with electronic devices e g a mobile phone or another SmartKey e with metallic objects e g coins or metal foil e inside metallic objects e g a metal case To lock the vehicle wo To unlock the vehicle gt To unlock centrally press button If you do not open the vehicle within approx imately 40 seconds of unlocking e the vehicle is locked again e the theft deterrent locking system is armed again gt To lock centrally press button Q SmartKey
234. f park position P e start the vehicle s drive system There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of reach of children e Make sure that the ignition is switched on e When the vehicle is stationary depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed e Shift to neutral N e Release the brake pedal e If the electric parking brake is engaged release it e Switch off the ignition and leave the Smart Key in the ignition lock Engaging drive position D gt When the vehicle is stationary depress the brake pedal gt Push the DIRECT SELECT lever down past the first point of resistance Transmission positions a mi Park position This prevents the vehicle from roll ing away when stopped Only move the selector lever to P when the vehicle is stationary The SmartKey can only be removed when the selector lever is in posi tion P When there is no SmartKey in the ignition lock the selector lever is locked in position P Reverse gear Only move the selector lever to R when the vehicle is stationary N Neutral No power is transmitted from the drive system to the drive wheels Releasing the brakes will allow you to move the vehicle freely If ESP is faulty only move the selector lever to N if the vehicle is in danger
235. f the wheels dynamic Red guide line for the vehicle width includ ing the exterior mirrors for current steer ing wheel angle dynamic Bumper Guide lines Bumper Red guide line at a distance of approx imately 10 in 0 25 m from the rear of the vehicle Yellow guide line at a distance of approx imately 13 ft 4 0 m from the rear of the vehicle Vehicle center axle marker assistance Yellow guide line at a distance of approx imately 3 ft 1 0 m from the rear of the vehicle The lanes and guide lines are only displayed if you have engaged reverse gear The distance specifications only apply to objects that are at ground level Additional displays on vehicles with PARKTRONIC and COMAND Front warning display Additional PARKTRONIC measurement operational readiness indicator Rear warning display Vehicles with PARKTRONIC and COMAND when PARKTRONIC is operational the addi tional measurement operational indicator appears in the COMAND display If the PARK TRONIC warning displays light up warning displays and in the COMAND display are also active Reverse parking function gt Make sure that the rear view camera is activated and the Reverse parking func tion is selected see the separate operating instructions for the audio system COMAND The lane and the guide lines are shown Driving systems ie Backing up straight into a parking space without turning the steeri
236. ff of the vehicle s high voltage electrical system If the restraint systems are activated during an accident the vehicle s high voltage elec trical system is automatically deactivated This is to ensure that you do not come into contact with high voltage Automatic protection from switching on of the vehicle s high voltage electri cal system The vehicle s high voltage electrical system is not activated when the vehicle is started if e a serious electrical insulation malfunction is detected in the vehicle s high voltage electrical system e an electrical connection in the vehicle s high voltage electrical system is discon nected Automatic switching off of the charging process The charging process is deactivated automat ically if e the high voltage battery is fully charged Introduction rs The charging process is interrupted automat ically if e a serious electrical insulation malfunction is detected in the vehicle s high voltage electrical system e an electrical connection in the vehicle s high voltage electrical system is discon nected High voltage switch off device Your vehicle is equipped with a high voltage switch off device which can be used to switch off the vehicle s high voltage electrical system E The high voltage system must only be switched off at vehicle standstill by spe cially trained service engineers Otherwise the high voltage system may be damaged Mobile phone antenna
237. free cloth instead when cleaning the trim pieces If the chrome plated trim pieces are very dirty you can use a chrome polish If you are unsure as to whether the trim pieces are chrome plated or not consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Wipe the wooden trim and trim pieces with a damp lint free cloth e g a microfiber cloth gt Heavy soiling use care and cleaning prod ucts recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz Cleaning the seat covers General notes H Do not use microfiber cloths to clean gen uine leather artificial leather or DINAMICA covers lf used often these can damage the cover Note that regular care is essential to ensure that the appearance and comfort of the covers is retained over time Genuine leather seat covers Leather is a natural product It exhibits natural surface characteristics for example e differences in the texture e signs of stretching and marking e slight nuances of color These are characteristics of leather and not material defects H To retain the natural appearance of the leather observe the following cleaning instructions e Clean genuine leather covers carefully with a damp cloth and then wipe the cov ers down with a dry cloth e Make sure that the leather does not become soaked It may otherwise become rough and cracked e Only use leather care agents that have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz You can obtain these from a quali fie
238. g steering characteristics e journey details e g time of day and length of journey The functionality of ATTENTION ASSIST is restricted and warnings may be delayed or not occur at all e if the road condition is poor e g if the sur face is uneven or if there are potholes e if there is a strong side wind e if you have adopted a sporty driving style with high cornering speeds or high rates of acceleration e if you are predominantly driving slower than 50 mph 80 km h or faster than 112 mph 180 km h e if you are currently using COMAND or mak ing a telephone call with it e if the time has been set incorrectly e in active driving situations such as when you change lanes or change your speed Warning and display messages in the multifunction display gt Activate ATTENTION ASSIST using the on board computer gt page 184 If ATTENTION ASSIST is active you will be warned no sooner than 20 minutes after your journey has begun You then hear an Driving systems intermittent warning tone twice and the Attention Assist Take a Break message appears in the multifunction dis play gt If necessary take a break gt Press the OK or button to confirm the message On long journeys take regular breaks in good time to allow yourself to rest properly If you do not take a break you will be warned again after 15 minutes at the earliest The precon dition for this is that ATTENTION ASSIS
239. g the towing eye Example towing eye mounting covers gt Remove the towing eye from the stowage space The towing eye is located in the stowage well under the trunk floor Vehicles with the TIREFIT kit the towing eye is beneath the tire inflation compres sor gt Press the mark on cover Q inwards in the direction of the arrow gt Take cover 1 off the opening gt Screw in the towing eye clockwise as far as it will go and tighten it Removing the towing eye gt Unscrew the towing eye counter clock wise gt Attach cover Q to the bumper and press until it engages gt Place the towing eye in the stowage well under the trunk floor Observe the important safety instructions when towing your vehicle with both axles on the ground gt page 271 In order to signal a change of direction when towing with the hazard warning lamps switched on use the combination switch as usual In this case only the indicator lamps for the direction of travel flash After reset ting the combination switch the hazard warning lamp starts flashing again The transmission automatically shifts to posi tion P when you open the driver s or front passenger door or when you remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock In order to ensure that the transmission stays in position N when towing the vehicle you must observe the following points gt Make sure that the vehicle is stationary gt Turn the SmartKey to positio
240. gate The opening dimensions of the tailgate can be found in the Vehicle data section gt page 311 You can reach the emergency release via the cargo compartment Fold the rear backrests forward gt page 231 gt Pull handle gt Raise the tailgate gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 73 gt Insert mechanical key fully into open ing in the paneling gt Turn mechanical key 2 90 clockwise gt Push mechanical key 2 in the direction of the arrow and open the tailgate When you lock the vehicle gt page 79 the cargo compartment is also locked A WARNING While closing the side windows body parts in the closing area could become trapped There is a risk of injury When closing make sure that no parts of the body are in the closing area If somebody becomes trapped release the switch or press the switch to open the side window again Z WARNING If children operate the side windows they could become trapped particularly if they are left unsupervised There is a risk of injury Activate the override feature for the rear side windows When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehi cle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle The side windows are equipped with an auto matic reversing feature If a solid object blocks or restricts a side window during the closing process the side window opens aga
241. ge offers access to your data Therefore look after the vehicle verification code VVC and your user details carefully The vehicle verification code VVC is required when you register for the first time on the Vehicle Homepage This code is used to link the vehicle and the user access on the Vehi cle Homepage and enables correct use You can obtain further information from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Prevent unauthorized persons from accessing this data Every person who has access to the informa tion stated can use the functions on the Vehi cle Homepage e If you sell your vehicle you are obliged to delete the vehicle from your personal area on the Vehicle Homepage Additionally you must destroy documents containing the vehicle verification code VVC If you have bought a used vehicle it is pos sible that the previous owner still has access to the Vehicle Homepage If in doubt have a new vehicle verification code VVC issued by the Mercedes Benz Center after purchase With the new code you can set up the access to your vehicle as descri bed in the section Setting up a personal area There you may also deactivate the existing access of the previous owner oo e pen a ge c oo m oi Paras Driving and parking Calling up functions in the My Mercedes Electric Vehicle Homepage The My Mercedes Electric Vehicle Home page allows you access to yo
242. ge components or the orange cables of the vehicle s high volt age electrical system e Do not touch high voltage components or the orange cables of the high voltage elec trical system when a vehicle has been involved in a crash e Do not touch any damaged components or the damaged orange cables of the vehicle s high voltage electrical system e Do not remove the covers of the high volt age electrical system components that are marked with a warning sticker Method of operation The vehicle is equipped with a high voltage battery for driving The high voltage battery stores the energy needed to operate the elec tric motor and releases it again The electric motor uses energy that has been stored in the high voltage battery when pull ing away accelerating and during the jour ney In overrun mode kinetic energy is converted by means of energy recuperation into electri cal energy and stored in the high voltage bat tery The high voltage battery can be charged as follows e through energy recuperation while the vehicle is in motion e with the charging cable at a mains socket while the vehicle is stationary e with the charging cable at a charging sta tion while the vehicle is stationary The high voltage battery can be charged in a voltage range from 110 V to 240 V If the condition of charge drops to less than 13 the high voltage battery reserve indicator lamp lights up in the instrumen
243. ge socket flap in the direc tion of arrow Q The charge socket flap swings up gt Slide fastener to the right Vehicle charge socket cover is open gt Insert the power supply plug into the elec trical outlet to the stop gt Insert the charging cable connector into vehicle socket to the stop The high voltage battery is being charged Eel Charging the high voltage battery Driving and parking The vehicle must not be moved while the charging cable is connected or during charging Depending on the temperature the engine cooling system and battery cooling system may audibly switch on when the charging cable is connected or during the charging process Removing the charging cable When the charge level display reaches 100 the battery is fully charged gt page 174 H Make sure the charging cable has been disconnected from the vehicle socket before starting a journey The vehicle or charging cable may otherwise be damaged when you drive off When the battery is charged gt Press and hold button on the charging cable connector and remove the charging cable from vehicle socket gt Close vehicle socket cover gt Close the charge socket flap gt Remove the charging cable from the elec trical outlet gt Stow the charging cable safely in the vehi cle gt page 138 Charging the high voltage battery at the charging station General notes Pay attention to the I
244. gle Otherwise the tires particularly the sidewalls may be damaged A WARNING Damaged tires can cause tire inflation pres sure loss As a result you could lose control of your vehicle There is a risk of accident Check the tires regularly for signs of damage and replace any damaged tires immediately Check the wheels and tires of your vehicle for damage at least once a month as well as after driving off road or on rough roads Damaged wheels can cause a loss of tire pressure Pay particular attention to damage such as e cuts in the tires e punctures e tears in the tires e bulges on tires e deformation or severe corrosion on wheels Regularly check the tire tread depth and the condition of the tread across the whole width of the tire gt page 279 If necessary turn the front wheels to full lock in order to inspect the inner side of the tire surface All wheels must have a valve cap to protect the valve against dirt and moisture Do not mount anything onto the valve other than the standard valve cap or other valve caps approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle Do not use any other valve caps or systems e g tire pressure monitoring systems Regularly check the pressure of all the tires particularly prior to long trips Adjust the tire pressure as necessary gt page 281 The service life of tires depends among other things on the following factors e driving style e tire pressure e distance covere
245. gov or write to Administra tor NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Wash ington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov Limited Warranty H Follow the instructions in this manual about the proper operation of your vehicle as well as about possible vehicle damage Damage to your vehicle that arises from culpable contraventions against these instructions is not covered either by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or by the New or Used Vehicle Warranty Data stored in the vehicle Data recording This vehicle is capable of recording diagnostic information relating to vehicle operation mal functions and user settings This may include information about the performance or status of various systems including but not limited to engine throttle steering or brake sys tems that is stored and can be read out with suitable devices particularly when the vehi cle is serviced The data obtained is used to properly diagnose and service your vehicle or to further optimize and develop vehicle func tions COMAND mbrace If the vehicle is equipped with COMAND or mbrace additional data about the vehicle s operation the use of the vehicle in certain situations and the location of the vehicle may be compiled through COMAND or the mbrace system For additional information please refer to the COMAND User Manual and or the mbrace Terms and Conditions Event data r
246. graming for the first time clear the integrated garage door opener memory gt page 248 gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt Press and hold button or of the integrated garage door opener After a short time indicator lamp Q lights up yellow Indicator lamp lights up yellow as soon as button 2 or is programmed for Oo Son gt oO oO eS me oO oO b0 z e n Pa Features le Stowage and features the first time If the selected button has already been programmed indicator lamp lights up yellow after 10 seconds have elapsed gt Release button 2 or Indicator lamp flashes yellow gt Point garage door remote control towards buttons 2 3 or on the rear view mirror at a distance of 2 to 8 inches 5 to 20 cm The required distance between remote control and the integrated garage door opener depends on the garage door drive system Several attempts might be neces sary You should test every position for at least 25 seconds before trying another position gt Press and hold button on remote control until indicator lamp lights up green If indicator lamp Q lights up green or flashes then programing was successful gt Release button of remote control of the garage door drive gt If indicator lamp lights up red repeat the programing procedure for the correspond ing button
247. gt Fill the washer fluid reservoir with a mixture of water and washer fluid e g MB Winter Fit Adapt the mixing ratio to the outside temper ature e Down to 14 F 10 C mix 1 part MB Win terFit to 2 parts water e Down to 4 F 20 C mix 1 part MB Win terFit to 1 part water e Down to 20 2 F 29 C mix 2 parts MB WinterFit to 1 part water AVZ 1 aT Col ewe ELT Add windshield washer fluid e g MB SummerFit or MB WinterFit to the washer fluid all year round Important safety notes The climate control system of your vehicle is filled with refrigerant R 134a The instruction label regarding the refrigerant type used can be found on the radiator cross member H Only the refrigerant R 134a and the PAG oil approved by Mercedes Benz may be used The approved PAG oil may not be mixed with any other PAG oil that is not approved for R 134a refrigerant Other wise the climate control system may be damaged Service work such as topping up refrigerant or replacing components may only be carried out by a qualified specialist workshop All applicable regulations as well as SAE stand ard J639 must be adhered to Always have all work on the climate control system carried out at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Refrigerant instruction label PO HEA Example refrigerant instruction label Warning symbol Refrigerant filling capacity Applicable standards PAG oil part numb
248. h insulating mate rials e g blankets coats bags seat cov ers child seats or booster seats H Make sure that there are no objects in the footwell under or behind the seats when moving the seats back There is a risk that the seats and or the objects could be dam aged Seats steering wheel and mirrors The head restraints in the front and rear seats can be removed For more information contact a qualified specialist workshop Further related subjects e cargo compartment enlargement fold ing down the rear seats gt page 230 Seat fore and aft adjustment gt Lift handle and slide the seat forwards or backwards gt Release lever Q again Make sure that you hear the seat engage in position Backrest angle gt Relieve the pressure on the backrest gt Turn handwheel forwards or backwards Seat height gt Pull handle upwards or push it down repeatedly until the seat has reached the desired height Seat cushion angle Adjust the angle so that your thighs are lightly supported gt Turn handwheel 2 forwards or backwards 1 Not on vehicles with sports seats or electrically adjustable head restraints Adjusting the seats electrically restraint supports the back of the head at about eye level Adjusting the head restraints manually Adjusting the head restraint height Head restraint height Seat cushion angle Seat height Seat fore and aft adjustment
249. h you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle Z WARNING If the steering wheel is unlocked while the vehicle is in motion it could change position unexpectedly This could cause you to lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Before starting off make sure the steering wheel is locked Never unlock the steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion Release lever To adjust the steering wheel height To adjust the steering wheel position fore and aft adjustment gt Push release lever Q down completely The steering column is unlocked gt Adjust the steering wheel to the desired position gt Push release lever Q up completely The steering column is locked gt Check if the steering column is locked When doing so try to push the steering wheel up or down or try to move it in the fore and aft direction Mirrors sd gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 127 Rearview mirror gt Press button for the left hand exterior mirror or button for the right hand exte rior mirror The indicator lamp in the corresponding button lights up in red The indicator lamp goes out again after some time You can adjust the selected mirror using adjustment button as long as the indicator lamp is lit M j gt Press adjustment button up down or to Pb a Bad the left or right until you have adjusted the A
250. harg ing cable for other purposes It may other wise be damaged if you use the supplied 12 A charging cable to charge a high voltage battery e the charge time increases considerably e electrical consumption increases consid erably Where possible charge the high voltage battery at a charging station gt page 140 Only then can certified electrical energy consumption levels be reached The charging process can vary depending on the charging station Therefore always observe the local information Information about charging at a charging sta tion can be found at gt page 140 Stowing the charging cable The charging cable can be stowed in a bag in the trunk of the vehicle To do so the bag must be secured to the cargo tie down rings using the retaining strap provided Controls on the charging cable Alternating current status indicator Control protection system indicator Charge current indicator Charge current setting button When displays and 2 on the charging cable light up this means the following Display Q Lights up The external power supply green connection is working prop erly The high voltage bat tery can be charged Flashes red A malfunction has been detected in the external power supply The high volt age battery is recharged as soon as the electricity signal registers normal values Lights upred There is a malfunction The charging cable must be removed fro
251. hat comes into contact with the road The tire bead ensures that the tire sits securely on the wheel There are several steel wires in the bead to prevent the tire from coming loose from the wheel rim The part of the tire between the tread and the bead The combined weight of those optional extras that weigh more than the replaced standard parts and more than 2 3 kg 5 Ibs These optional extras such as high performance brakes level control a roof rack or a high voltage battery are not included in the curb weight and the weight of the accessories This is a unique identifier which can be used by a tire manufacturer to identify tires for example for a product recall and thus identify the purchasers The TIN is made up of the manufacturer s identity code tire size tire type code and the manufacturing date The load bearing index is a code that contains the maximum load bearing capacity of a tire Traction is the result of friction between the tires and the road surface Narrow bars tread wear bars that are dis tributed over the tire tread If the tire tread is level with the bars the wear limit of 1 16 in 1 6 mm has been reached Pil Wheels and tires The distribution of occupants in a vehicle at their designated seating positions Nominal load and luggage load plus 68 kg 150 Ibs multiplied by the number of seats in Tot od a gt D lt o F Q D Changing a wheel You can find information on wha
252. have attempted to start the drive system with the transmis sion in position N without depressing the brake pedal gt Depress the brake pedal Display messages To Deselect P or N Depress Brake and Start Engine Apply Brake to Shift from P Transmission Not in P Risk of Vehicle Rolling Away Service Required Do Not Shift Gears Visit Dealer Only Shift to P when Vehi cle is Stationary Reversing Not Pos sible Service Required Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions You have attempted to shift the transmission to position R or D without starting the drive system gt Start the drive system gt Depress the brake pedal It is only possible to shift the transmission from position P to the desired position if you depress the brake pedal Only then can the parking lock be deactivated If you do not depress the brake pedal the DIRECT SELECT lever can still be moved but the parking lock remains engaged You have attempted to move the transmission selector lever to position R N or D without depressing the brake pedal gt Depress the brake pedal A WARNING The driver s door is open and the transmission is in position R N or D A warning tone also sounds gt Shift the transmission to position P gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 300 You cannot change the transmission position due to a malfunction A warning tone also sounds If transmission position D is selecte
253. he impact occurs The side impact air bag on the front passenger side front deploys in the follow ing situations e the OCS system detects that the front passenger seat is occupied or e the belt tongue is engaged in the belt buckle of the front passenger seat If the belt tongue is engaged in the belt buckle the side impact air bag on the front passenger side deploys if an appropriate acci dent situation occurs In this case deploy ment is independent of whether the front passenger seat is occupied or not Window curtain air bags Window curtain air bags 4 are integrated into the side of the roof frame and deployed in the area from the A pillar to the C pillar When deployed the window curtain air bag enhances the level of protection for the head However it does not protect the chest or arms In the event of a side impact the window cur tain air bag is deployed on the side on which the impact occurs If the system determines that they can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt a window curtain air bag may be deployed in other accident situations gt page 54 Introduction The Occupant Classification System OCS categorizes the person in the front passenger seat Depending on that result the front passenger front air bag is either enabled or deactivated The system does not deactivate e the side impact air bag e the window curtain air bag e the Emergency Tensi
254. he battery gases can escape from the battery There is a risk of an explosion Allow the frozen battery to thaw out before charging it or jump starting H Avoid repeated and lengthy starting attempts Do not use a rapid charging device to start the engine If at low temperatures the indicator lamps warning lamps in the instrument cluster do not light up it is highly likely that the discharged battery has frozen In this case you may neither jump start the vehicle nor charge the battery The service life of a thawed out battery may be shorter The starting characteristics can be impaired particularly at low temperatures Have the thawed out battery checked at a qualified specialist workshop If the 12 V battery is discharged or after the vehicle has been jump started the Service Required Do Not Shift Gears Visit Dealer message appears There is a malfunction in the on board voltage Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately Jump starting Mod Breakdown Assistance The drive system cannot be started if the 12 V battery is discharged This is not dependent on whether the high voltage battery is charged or not The vehicle cannot be jump started if the high voltage battery is discharged The high voltage battery must be charged first The drive system can be started using another vehicle e Only use batteries with an equal nominal voltage 12 volts e Make sure that the battery of the donor vehicle does not have a significantly lo
255. he distance between the underside of the tires and the ground does not exceed 1 2 in 3 cm e do not place your hands or feet under the raised vehicle e do not lie under the vehicle e do not start the electric motor when the vehicle is raised e do not open or close the doors or the tail gate when the vehicle is raised e make sure that no persons are present in the vehicle when the vehicle is raised gt Using lug wrench Q loosen the bolts on the wheel you wish to change by about one full turn Do not unscrew the bolts com pletely m Wheels and tires E Wheels and tires The jacking points are located just behind the wheel housings of the front wheels and just in front of the wheel housings of the rear wheels arrows PG oS Hi gt Make sure the foot of the jack is directly beneath the jacking point gt Turn ratchet wrench until jack sits completely on jacking point and the base of the jack lies evenly on the ground gt Turn ratchet wrench until the tire is raised a maximum of 1 2 in 3 cm from the ground Changing a wheel Removing a wheel H Do not place wheel bolts in sand or on a dirty surface The bolt and wheel hub threads could otherwise be damaged when you screw them in gt Unscrew the wheel bolts gt Remove the wheel Mounting a new wheel A WARNING Oiled or greased wheel bolts or damaged wheel bolts hub threads can cause the wheel bolts to come loose
256. he driver s To open pull down the top of stowage seat and front passenger seat compartment Q by the edge of the handle A WARNING Depending on the vehicle s equipment If you exceed the maximum load for the stow there may bean open stowage space above age compartment the cover may not be able the stowage compartment to restrain the items Items may be thrown out of the stowage compartment and hit vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury particu Stowagenets larly in the event of sudden braking or a sud Stowage nets are located in the front pais wena passenger footwell and on the back of the driver s and the front passenger seat Observe the loading guidelines gt page 228 and the safety notes regarding stowage spaces gt page 228 Never exceed the maximum permissible load for the stowage compartment Stow and secure heavy objects in the cargo compart ment The maximum permissible load of the stow age compartment is 2 6 lbs 1 2 kg Important safety notes A WARNING If the rear bench seat rear seat and seat backrest are not engaged they could fold for wards e g when braking suddenly or in the event of an accident e The vehicle occupant would thereby be pushed into the seat belt by the rear bench i seat rear seat or by the seat backrest The gt To open pull handle up and fold seat belt can no longer offer the intended Stowage and features cover 2 forwards
257. he ignition is switched on the driving mode last selected becomes active Manually adjustable recuperation If necessary counteract the reduced regen erative braking effect by applying the brake yourself You can increase or reduce recuperation in overrun mode using the steering wheel pad dle shifters When you remove your foot from the accelerator pedal recuperation occurs The electric motor is then used as a alternator and energy is recovered while driving The E Driving and parking _ Driving and parking recuperated electrical energy is stored in the high voltage battery A higher energy recu peration level means that the vehicle is braked more powerfully The various recuperation levels are shown in the transmission position display once D has been selected gt page 129 The following recuperation levels are availa ble in overrun mode e no recuperation D coasting mode e moderate recuperation D e high recuperation D e recuperation depending on the traffic sit uation DAUT radar based You can see the intensity of recuperation in overrun mode by reading the recuperation performance value shown in the power dis play gt page 173 The transmission shifts into recuperation level DAYTO each time the ignition is switched on Left hand steering wheel paddle shifter Right hand steering wheel paddle shifter gt To reduce recuperation pull right hand steering wh
258. he manufacturer s installation and operating instructions for the child restraint system used Before every trip make sure that the LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint system is engaged correctly in both LATCH type ISO FIX securing rings H When installing the child restraint system make sure that the seat belt for the middle seat does not get trapped The seat belt could otherwise be damaged LATCH type ISOFIX securing rings gt Install the LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint system on both LATCH type ISO FIX securing rings ISOFIX is a standardized securing system for specially designed child restraint systems on the rear seats LATCH type ISOFIX securing rings Q for two LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint systems are installed on the left and right rear seats Non LATCH type ISOFIX child seats may also be used and can be installed using the vehicle s seat belt system Install child seats according to the manufacturer s instructions Introduction Top Tether provides an additional connection between a child restraint system secured with a LATCH type ISOFIX child seat mount and the rear seat This helps reduce the risk of injury even further If the child restraint sys tem is equipped with a Top Tether belt this should always be used Children in the vehicle E Important safety notes A WARNING If the rear seat backrests are not locked they could fold forwards in the event of an acci
259. he set speed in 5 mph incre ments 10 km h increments briefly press the cruise control lever up 4 or down to the pressure point Every time the cruise control lever is pressed up Q or down 2 the last speed stored is increased or reduced Cruise control is not deactivated if you depress the accelerator pedal For exam ple if you accelerate briefly to overtake cruise control adjusts the vehicle s speed to the last speed stored after you have fin ished overtaking Deactivating cruise control There are several ways to deactivate cruise control gt Briefly press the cruise control lever for wards 8 or gt Brake Cruise control is automatically deactivated if e the vehicle is secured with the electric parking brake e you are driving at less than 20 mph 30 km h ESP intervenes or you deactivate ESP e you shift the DIRECT SELECT lever to posi tion N while driving If cruise control is deactivated you will hear a warning tone You will see the Cruise Con trol Off message in the multifunction dis play for approximately 5 seconds The last speed stored is cleared when you switch off the drive system HOLD function Important safety notes Z WARNING When leaving the vehicle it can still roll away despite being braked by the HOLD function if e there is a malfunction in the system or in the voltage supply e the HOLD function has been deactivated by pressing the accelerat
260. heck Right Mirror Turn Signal W heck Center Brake amp W Check Left Brake Lamp or Check Right Brake Lamp fe W Check Left Tail and Brake Lamps or Check Right Tail and Brake Lamps Check Left High Beam or Check Right High Beam O NA License Plate Lamp Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The front left hand or front right hand turn signal is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 102 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The turn signal in the left hand or right hand exterior mirror is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The high mounted brake lamp is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand brake lamp is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 102 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand tail lamp brake lamp is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 102 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand high beam is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 102 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand license plate lamp is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 102 or gt Visit a qua
261. hen leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of reach of children gt To unlock a front door pull door han dle A WARNING Locking knob pops up If persons particularly children are subjected The door is unlocked and can be opened to prolonged exposure to extreme heat or Opening and closing a gt To open a front door pull door handle gt To unlock a rear door pull up locking knob Q The door is unlocked and can be opened gt To open a rear door pull door handle You can open a door from inside the vehicle even if it has been locked You can open the rear doors from inside the vehicle unless they are secured by the child proof lock gt page 62 If the vehicle has previously been locked with the SmartKey opening a door from the inside will trigger the anti theft alarm system Switch off the alarm gt page 69 You can centrally lock or unlock the vehicle from the inside This can be useful if you wish to lock the vehicle before pulling away for example gt To unlock press button Q gt To lock press button 2 The vehicle locks when all the doors and the tailgate are closed This does not lock or unlock the charge socket flap You cannot unlock the vehicle centrally from the inside if the vehicle has been locked with the SmartKey You can open a do
262. hiet 69 Time see separate operating instructions Tire pressure Calling up on board computer 284 Checking manually essees Display message Important safety notes MaxiMUM cs secevereeeestseetiestetectecivens NOTE See rescuers Recommended nissireirsiess see Tire pressure Tire pressure monitor Checking the tire pressure elec trOniCall Yessir iieis 286 FUNCtION NOTES sesira 284 General NOTES sissies eeesais 284 Important safety notes s s s 285 ROSEANNE csccsscsestsectsscczesssecsbestezess 287 Warning lamp seesseeeeeseeeeeeeees 226 Warning message seee 286 Tires Aspect ratio definition s s s 298 Average weight of the vehicle occupants definition 00 296 Bar definition ec eeeeeeeeeeneeeees 296 Changing a wheel seses 299 CharacteristiGS seners 296 CHECKING sisene iniansnnnn 279 Curb weight definition 298 Definition of terms seee 296 Direction of rotation eee 299 Display message ssec 211 Distribution of the vehicle occu pants definition seee 299 DOT Tire Identification Number MIN ereen heer ass 295 DOT Department of Transporta tion definition scssrsisisesesesestssss 296 GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GSTIMIEION lt lt lt 2c522es sbazscsssnzecessestsetesze 297 GVW Gross Vehicle Weight def IMOD eisereen enaere 297 GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat IN AEFIMION siersesesssssririiae 297 Important safety notes
263. high speed at which the air bag must be deployed Important safety notes Z WARNING If you do not sit in the correct seat position the air bag cannot protect as intended and could even cause additional injury when deployed This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury To avoid hazardous situations always make sure that all of the vehicle s occupants e have fastened their seat belts correctly including pregnant women e are sitting correctly and maintain the great est possible distance to the air bags e follow the following instructions Always make sure that there are no objects between the air bag and the vehicle s occu pants e Adjust the seats properly before beginning your journey Always make sure that the seat is in an almost upright position The center of the head restraint must support the head at about eye level e Move the driver s and front passenger seats as far back as possible The driver s seat position must allow the vehicle to be driven safely e Only hold the steering wheel on the out side This allows the air bag to be fully deployed e Always lean against the backrest while driv ing Do not lean forwards or lean against the door or side window You may other wise be in the deployment area of the air bags e Always keep your feet in the footwell in front of the seat Do not put your feet on the dashboard for example Your feet may oth erwise be in the deployment area of th
264. ide Drinking and driving 0 Driver s door see Doors Drive system JUMP StartiNg c sccecsserceseesoveseeee Starting with the SmartKey SWILCMING OFF sc 20103 lt 2cacedecesncesazezeeesees Driving abroad Mercedes Benz Service s s s Driving on flooded roads Driving safety systems ABS Anti lock Braking System ADAPTIVE BRAKE ossis Adaptive Brake Assist cceee BAS Brake Assist System COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST Distance warning function Electronic brake force distribu ESP Electronic Stability Pro gram ETS Electronic Traction System Important safety information OVENI EW cisahs ieee iii A E STEER CONTROL ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeees Driving systems Active Parking Assist eee ATTENTION ASSIST 00 eeeceeeeeeseees Blind Spot Assist Cruise control Display message sece HOLD function PARKTRONIC Rear view camera Driving tips Brakes cczctsexisesivedvevixiecusesavstes Sevsetvs 148 Break in period c c 2 scesosesesooneee gt 126 Checking brake lining thickness 150 Downhill gradient seeen 149 Drinking and driving esee 147 Driving in winter nsee 152 Driving on flooded roads 151 Driving on wet roads ou eee 151 ENETEY dreisses 147 General sissies neiii 147 Hydroplaning secre 154 Icy road SUIFaCES 0 eee eeeeeeeeeteeeee 152 Limited braking efficiency on sal ted SOAS sez codecce secs sosvescestsessccesss
265. ied specialist workshop to arrange this Have brake pads installed and brake fluid replaced at a qualified specialist workshop If the brake system has only been subject to moderate loads you should test the function ality of your brakes at regular intervals You can find a description of Brake Assist BAS on gt page 63 Mercedes Benz recommends that you only have brake pads linings installed on your vehicle which have been approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles or which correspond to an equivalent quality standard Brake pads linings which have not been approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles or which are not of an equivalent quality could affect your vehi cle s operating safety Mercedes Benz recommends that you only use brake fluid that has been specially approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz or which corresponds to an equivalent quality standard Brake fluid which has not been approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles or which is not of an equivalent quality could affect your vehicle s operating safety Checking brake lining thickness You can measure the break pad lining thick ness using a test gage Color coding green or red on the test gage allows you to determine whether the brake pad lining thickness is still sufficient The test gage is in the vehicle docu ment wallet in the glove box Front wheel r PE i Hydroplaning If water has accumulated to a certain depth on the road surface there is a dange
266. ig gered There is an increased risk of injury gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop i On board computer and displays te Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Front Passenger The front passenger air bag is deactivated during the journey even Airbag Disabled though See Operator s Man an adult ual i e a person larger than a certain size is occupying the front passenger seat If additional forces are applied to the seat the system may inter pret the occupant s weight as lower than it actually is A WARNING The front passenger air bag does not deploy during an accident There is an increased risk of injury gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 300 gt Switch the ignition off gt Have the occupant get out of the vehicle gt Keep the seat unoccupied close the front passenger door and switch on the ignition gt Observe the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp in the center console and the multifunction display and check the fol lowing On board computer and displays Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on e the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must light up and remain lit If the indicator lamp is on OCS has disabled the front passenger air bag gt page 49 e the Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s
267. ights up in the instrument cluster and a warning tone sounds A WARNING The braking effect may be impaired There is a risk of an accident gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circumstances gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 300 gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop gt Do not add brake fluid This does not correct the malfunction The brake pads linings have reached their wear limit gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop One or more main features of the mbrace system are malfunc tioning gt Have the mbrace system checked immediately at a qualified specialist workshop Fy On board computer and displays Pal Display messages On board computer and displays Display messages PRE SAFE Functions Cur rently Limited See Operator s Manual PRE SAFE Functions Limited See Operator s Man ual 7 SRS Malfunction Service Required Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Adaptive Brake Assist is temporarily inoperative Possible causes are e the front bumper is dirty e function is impaired due to heavy rain or snow e the radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative e g due to electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio sta tions or other sources of electromagnetic radiation e the system is outside the operating tempera
268. in automatically However the automatic reversing feature is only an aid and does not relieve you of the responsibility of paying attention when closing a side window A WARNING The reversing feature does not react e to soft light and thin objects e g small fin gers e over the last 1 6 in 4 mm of the closing movement e during resetting e when closing the side window again man ually immediately after automatic reversing This means that the reversing feature cannot prevent someone being trapped in these sit uations There is a risk of injury Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the closing procedure If someone becomes trapped press the switch to open the side window again The switches for all side windows are located on the driver s door There is also a switch on each door for the corresponding side window The switches on the driver s door take prec edence sce winsows os Opening and closing ez side windows Opening and closing b Front left Front right Rear right Rear left When the override feature for the side windows is activated gt page 62 the side windows cannot be operated from the rear gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt To open press the corresponding switch gt To open fully press the corresponding switch beyond the point of resistance Automatic operation is started gt To close pu
269. ing Information 340 kg 435 kg 612 kg placard minus the gross weight of all occupants Vehicle identification plate When you have calculated the total load you should make sure that the gross vehicle weight rating and the gross axle weight rating are not exceeded Details can be found on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side of the vehicle gt page 288 Gross Vehicle Weight Rating the gross weight of the vehicle all passengers and the load must not exceed the permissible gross vehicle weight rating Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR the maximum permissible weight that can be car ried by one axle front or rear axle To ensure that your vehicle does not exceed the maximum permissible values have your loaded vehicle including driver occupants load weighed on a vehicle weighbridge Maximum load rating Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit The maximum permissi ble load can be found on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side gt page 288 Maximum tire load is the maximum per missible weight for which the tire is approved The actual values for tires are vehicle specific and may deviate from the values in the illustration Uniform Tire Quality Grading Stand ards Overview of Tire Quality Grading Standards By Wheels and tires a Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards Whee
270. ing and after ESP stability control If necessary counteract the reduced regen erative braking effect by applying the brake yourself HM Make sure the charging cable has been disconnected from the vehicle socket before starting a journey The vehicle or charging cable may otherwise be damaged when you drive off Before commencing your journey ensure that the charging cable required for charg ing the high voltage battery is in the vehi cle 0 To remove the SmartKey shift the transmission to position P 1 Power supply for some consumers such as the windshield wipers 2 Ignition power supply for all consumers and drive position 3 Starting the engine The SmartKey can be turned in the igni tion lock even if it is not the correct Smart Key for the vehicle The ignition is not switched on The drive system cannot be started Important safety notes Z WARNING If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle they could e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic e operate the vehicle s equipment Additionally children could set the vehicle in motion if for example they e release the parking brake e shift the transmission out of park position P e start the vehicle s drive system There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never
271. ing down the metal pin in the valve using the tip of a pen for example Then check the tire pressure again using the tire pressure gauge gt Screw the valve cap onto the valve gt Repeat these steps for the other tires General notes If a tire pressure monitor is installed the vehi cle s wheels have sensors that monitor the tire pressures in all four tires The tire pres sure monitor warns you if the pressure drops in one or more of the tires The tire pressure monitor only functions if the correct sensors are installed on all wheels Information on tire pressures is displayed in the multifunction display After a few minutes of driving the current tire pressure of each Example current tire pressure display For information on the message display refer to the Checking the tire pressure electroni cally section gt page 286 Important safety notes Z WARNING Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked at least once every two weeks when cold and inflated to the pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or the tire pres sure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard or if available the tire pressure label you should determine the proper tire pressure for those tires As an added safety fe
272. ing the brake and pushing the DIRECT SELECT lever up or down disen gages the parking lock The transmission is in N neutral Transmission eb Driving and parking a Transmission Driving and parking In order to shift from park position P directly into R or D e depress the brake pedal and e push the DIRECT SELECT lever up or down past the first point of resistance Engaging reverse gear R E Only shift into reverse gear R when the vehicle is stationary You could otherwise damage the drive system gt When the vehicle is stationary depress the brake pedal gt Push the DIRECT SELECT lever up past the first point of resistance Shifting to neutral N gt When the vehicle is stationary depress the brake pedal gt Push the DIRECT SELECT lever up or down to the first point of resistance When the drive system is switched off the transmission shifts to N automatically Remaining in neutral N If the transmission is to remain in neutral N for example when washing the vehicle in an automatic car wash with a towing mecha nism observe the following information Z WARNING If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle they could e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic e operate the vehicle s equipment Additionally children could set the vehicle in motion if for example they e release the parking brake e shift the transmission out o
273. ion we urge you to con tact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the problem diagnosed and rectified If the problem is not resolved to your satisfaction please discuss the problem again with the Mercedes Benz Center or if necessary contact us at one of the following addresses In the USA Customer Assistance Center Mercedes Benz USA LLC One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Customer Relations Department Mercedes Benz Canada Inc Introduction Es 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Reporting safety defects USA only The following text is reproduced as required of all manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notify ing Mercedes Benz USA LLC If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Mercedes Benz USA LLC To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www Safercar
274. ions equipment Only use information systems and communi cations devices if this is permitted while driv ing and if the traffic situation permits You may otherwise be distracted from the traffic conditions cause an accident and injure yourself and others From the My Mercedes Electric Vehicle Homepage you can call up remote query and remote configuration functions for your vehi cle This is possible from an Internet enabled computer as well as many modern smart phones You can access the Vehicle Homepage via your web browser The Internet address was not available at the time of going to press Please call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center USA at the hotline number 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 to obtain the relevant Internet address In order to use the Vehicle Homepage you must agree to the applicable terms of use The contractual periods of mbrace apply to the Vehicle Homepage To use the Vehicle Homepage you require an activated mbrace access and a separate activation registra tion for the Vehicle Homepage Charging the high voltage battery a Further information about the supported end devices and available languages is available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center In order to call up the Vehicle Homepage the vehicle must be connected to the Inter net This is possible via the radio module gt page 144 Notes on data protection Bear in mind that the Vehicle Homepa
275. ire code Rim diameter Load bearing index Speed rating Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi ate from the data in the example General depending on the manufacturer s standards the size imprinted in the tire wall may not contain any letters or may contain one letter that precedes the size description If there is no letter preceding the size descrip tion as shown above these are passenger vehicle tires according to European manufac turing standards If P precedes the size description these are passenger vehicle tires according to U S manufacturing standards If LT precedes the size description these are light truck tires according to U S manu facturing standards If T precedes the size description compact emergency wheels with high tire pressure Wheels and tires that are only designed for temporary use in an emergency Tire width tire width Q shows the nominal tire width in millimeters Height width ratio aspect ratio 2 is the size ratio between the tire height and tire width and is shown in percent The aspect ratio is calculated by dividing the tire width by the tire height Tire code tire code 8 specifies the tire type R represents radial tires D represents diagonal tires B represents diagonal radial tires Optionally tires with a maximum speed of over 149 mph 240 km h may have ZR in the size description depending on the man ufacturer e g 245 40 ZR
276. is indi cates that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated But in the case of a 12 month old child in a standard child restraint system the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON can light up per manently after the system self test This indicates that the front passenger front air bag is activated The result of the classifi cation is dependent on among other fac tors the child restraint system and the child s stature It is recommended that you install the restraint system on a suitable rear seat the front passenger seat is occupied by a person of smaller stature e g a teenager or small adult either the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON or PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi cator lamp lights up and remains lit after the system self test depending on the result of the classification If the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp lights up move the front passenger seat as far back as possible Alterna tively a person of smaller stature can sit on a rear seat If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is lit a person of smaller stature should not use the front passenger seat e the front passenger seat is occupied by an adult or a person of a stature correspond ing to that of an adult the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp lights up after the system self test and remains lit This indi cates that the front passenger front air bag is activated If children are traveling in the vehicle be sure to observe the notes on Children in
277. is removed Releasing gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Pull handle The red park USA only or Canada only indicator lamp in the instrument clus ter goes out Applying automatically When the vehicle s HOLD function is holding the vehicle at a standstill the electric parking brake is engaged automatically In addition at least one of the following con ditions must be fulfilled e the drive system is switched off e the driver s door is open and the seat belt is not fastened e there is a system malfunction e the power supply is insufficient e the vehicle is stationary for a lengthy period The red park USA only or Canada only indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up Releasing automatically Your vehicle s electric parking brake is auto matically released if all of the following con ditions are met e the vehicle has been started e the transmission is in position D or R e the seat belt has been fastened e you depress the accelerator pedal If the transmission is in position R the tailgate must be closed If your seat belt is not fastened the following conditions must be fulfilled to automatically release the electric parking brake e the driver s door is closed e you have shifted out of transmission posi tion P or you have previously driven faster than 2 mph 3 km h
278. is set ting can be corrected at a qualified special ist workshop Have service work carried out as described in the Maintenance Booklet This may oth erwise lead to increased wear and damage to the major assemblies or the vehicle A qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center will reset the ASSYST PLUS service interval display after the service work has been carried out You can also obtain further information on maintenance work for example Special service requirements The specified maintenance interval takes only the normal operation of the vehicle into account Under arduous operating conditions or increased load on the vehicle mainte nance work must be carried out more fre quently for example e regular city driving with frequent intermedi ate stops e if the vehicle is primarily used to travel short distances e use in mountainous terrain or on poor road surfaces e if the engine is often left idling for long peri ods E Maintenance and care __ Maintenance and care Under arduous operating conditions the tires must be checked more often Further infor mation can be obtained at a qualified special ist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Driving abroad An extensive Mercedes Benz Service network is also available in other countries You can obtain further information from any author ized Mercedes Benz Center Care Q Environmental note Dispose of
279. its of road salt as soon as possible when driving in winter Power washers Z WARNING The water jet from a circular jet nozzle dirt blasters can cause invisible exterior damage to the tires or chassis components Compo nents damaged in this way may fail unexpect edly There is a risk of an accident Do not use power washers with circular jet nozzles to clean the vehicle Have damaged tires or chassis components replaced imme diately H Always maintain a distance of at least 11 8 in 30 cm between the vehicle and the power washer nozzle Information about the correct distance is available from the equipment manufacturer Move the power washer nozzle around when cleaning your vehicle Do not aim directly at any of the following e tires e door gaps roof gaps joints etc e electrical components e battery e connectors e lights e seals e trim e ventilation slots Damaged seals or electrical components can lead to leaks or failures Cleaning the paintwork H Do not affix e stickers e films e magnetic plates or similar items to painted surfaces You could otherwise damage the paintwork gt Remove dirt immediately where possible while avoiding rubbing too hard gt Soak insect remains with insect remover and rinse off the treated areas afterwards gt Soak bird droppings with water and rinse off the treated areas afterwards gt Remove coolant brake fluid tree resin oils and greases b
280. itted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 102 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand daytime running lamp is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 102 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions X The exterior lighting is defective Mal aes an S gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Operator s Manual e The light sensor is defective NF Lamp Function gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Inoperative Oe The lights are still switched on when you leave the vehicle A warning tone also sounds EE gt Turn the light switch to aura FS On board computer and displays Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The 12 V battery is no longer being charged gt Do not drive on gt Do not tow the vehicle gt Stop the vehicle immediately paying attention to road and traf fic conditions gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The coolant level is too low Check Coolant H Avoid making long journeys with too little coolant in the engine Level See Opera cooling system The engine will otherwise be damaged tor s Manual gt If the coolant needs topping up more often than usual have the cooling system checked at a qualified specialist workshop ad Display messages On board comp
281. ive Parking Assist press the OK button on the multifunction steering wheel The Park Assist Active Accelerate and Brake Observe Surroundings mes sage appears in the multifunction display gt Let go of the multifunction steering wheel gt Reverse the vehicle or drive forwards being ready to brake at all times Do not exceed a maximum speed of approximately 6 mph 10 km h when exiting a parking space Otherwise Active Parking Assist will be can celed gt Stop when PARKTRONIC sounds the con tinuous warning tone if not before gt Shift the transmission to position D or R as required while the vehicle is stationary Active Parking Assist immediately steers in the other direction The Park Assist Active Accelerate and Brake Observe Surroundings message appears in the multifunction display You will achieve the best results by wait ing for the steering procedure to complete before pulling away If you back up after activation the steering wheel is moved to the straight ahead posi tion gt Drive forwards and back up as prompted by the PARKTRONIC warning displays several times if necessary gt Stop as soon as PARKTRONIC sounds the continuous warning tone if not before Once you have exited the parking space com pletely the steering wheel is moved to the straight ahead position You hear a tone and the Park Assist Finished message appears in the multifunction display You will then have to ste
282. k of accident nor override the laws of physics Driving safety systems are merely aids designed to assist driving You are responsible for the dis tance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed and for braking in good time Always adapt your driving style to suit the prevailing road weather and traffic conditions and maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front Drive carefully The driving safety systems described only work as effectively as possible when there is adequate contact between the tires and the road surface Pay particular attention to the information regarding tires recommen ded minimum tire tread depths etc in the Wheels and tires section gt page 278 In wintry driving conditions always use winter tires M S tires and if necessary snow chains Only in this way will the driv ing safety systems described in this section work as effectively as possible ABS Anti lock Braking System General information ABS regulates brake pressure in such a way that the wheels do not lock when you brake This allows you to continue steering the vehi cle when braking The ABS warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up when the ignition is switched on It goes out if the drive system is running Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion for driving safety systems gt page 63 A WARNING If ABS is faulty the wheels could lock when braking The steera
283. krest slightly forwards in order to remove the head restraint gt page 231 gt To remove pull the head restraint up to the stop gt Press release catch Q and pull the head restraint out of the guides gt To re install insert the head restraint so that the notches on the bar are on the left when viewed in the direction of travel gt Push the head restraint down until you hear it engage in position Adjusting the 4 way lumbar support _ The three red indicator lamps in the button indicate the heating level you have selected You can adjust the contour of the front seat a z The system automatically switches from level backrests individually to provide optimum 3 to level 2 after approximately support for your back 3 eight minutes The system automatically switches from level 2 to level 1 after approximately ten minutes The system automatically switches off approximately 20 minutes after it is set to level 1 gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 127 gt To switch on press button Q repeatedly until the desired heating level is set gt To switch off press button Q repeatedly until all the indicator lamps go out To raise the backrest contour To soften the backrest contour To lower the backrest contour If the battery voltage is too low the seat To harden the backrest contour heating may switch off Activating deactivating Z WARNING Repe
284. ks when the vehicle is ready to drive gt Turn the SmartKey to position 3 in the igni tion lock gt page 127 The READY indicator is displayed gt To activate press the ax button The indicator lamp in the button lights up gt To activate press the button again The indicator lamp goes out The previously selected settings are restored When you activate MAX COOL climate con trol switches to the following functions e maximum cooling e maximum airflow e air recirculation mode on Windows fogged up on the inside Dual zone automatic climate control gt Activate the ae Cooling with air dehu midification function gt Activate automatic mode gt If the windows continue to fog up activate the Windshield defrosting function You should only select this setting until the windshield is clear again AUTO Windows fogged up on the outside gt Activate the windshield wipers gt Set the air distribution to w or 1 You should only select this setting until the windshield is clear again Operating the climate control systems ia General notes The rear window defroster has a high current draw You should therefore switch it off as soon as the rear window is clear Otherwise the rear window defroster switches off auto matically after several minutes If the battery voltage is too low the rear win
285. kup lamp Changing DUIDS ccscccstesssssisasstesctese 106 Display message ccr 206 Bag HOOK 5 sss scseesestessteussseeadeseeateesiaas 232 BAS Brake Assist System 63 Battery Display Message seeeeeeeseeeeees 215 Battery SmartKey CHECKING wesecesece lessees sete cteveccseseesncsns 74 Important safety notes eee 74 REPIACINE scsvaveyhecesesk cagvevveavencvevedextes 74 Battery vehicle CANSIM S eeann a 268 Display message ecce 207 Important safety notes 0 0 265 JUN Starting scs czseseseseeseceonsvcacesecese 269 Belt see Seat belts Blind Spot Assist Activating deactivating 184 Display message eccere 209 Notes function sessirnir 167 Brake Assist see BAS Brake Assist System Brake fluid Display MESSA gE sscsiiisirsisssns 199 NOTES ssc socksehecchesdact etek eaugscezetecseee 309 Brake lamps Changing bulbs 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeee 106 Display message s c 205 Brakes AB Sie ARE 63 Adaptive Brake Assist seeseeee 65 BAS ee EESE 63 Brake fluid Notes ssisisicsipirsisess 309 Display message scce 191 HOLD TUNCHON ssssiieseri istini 154 Important safety notes 0 0 148 Ma intenanGe sssi rerestore 150 Parking brake vs c scc scctasssteestsecees 145 RIGING CIPS 2e5c2ecetevieevedvsseieaeteseteseesues 148 Warning laAmMP eiretiers 218 Brake system Driving safety systems eeeeee 68 Breakdown TOWING AWAY sevssecsvsvecicvedsshcsscevsn
286. l hub contact gt page 281 surfaces Vehicles with tire pressure monitor all gt Place the new wheel on the wheel hub and wheels mounted must be equipped with push it on functioning sensors gt Tighten the wheel bolts until they are fin ger tight Wheel and tire combinations ee k ae al 9 A WARNING H For safety reasons Mercedes Benz rec 5 The wheels could work loose if the wheel nuts ommends that you only use tires and 5 and bolts are not tightened to the specified wheels which have been approved by tightening torque There is a risk of accident Mercedes Benz specifically for your vehi a Have the tightening torque immediately cle D checked at a qualified specialist workshop These tires have been specially adapted for 2 after a wheel is changed use with the control systems such as ABS or ESP and are marked as follows e MO Mercedes Benz Original Fe e MOE Mercedes Benz Original Extended tires featuring run flat characteristics e MO1 Mercedes Benz Original only cer tain AMG tires Mercedes Benz Original Extended tires may only be used on wheels that have been specifically approved by Mercedes Benz Only use tires wheels or accessories tes ted and approved by Mercedes Benz Cer gt Place the ratchet wrench onto the hexagon tain characteristics e g handling vehicle nut of the jack so that the letters AB are noise emissions or fuel consumption may visible otherwise be adversely affected In
287. l out connector of the surround light Insert the new bulb into bulb holder and ing by releasing the latches turn it clockwise gt Place trim to one side gt Backup lamp 2 remove the bulb from bulb holder gt Insert the new bulb into bulb holder gt Re insert bulb holder 9 until you hear engage audibly gt Position trim 8 and engage it in place by tapping it with your hand gt Before beginning the installation check that all the metal clips are inserted in the parts placed to one side 2 clips in the upper part of handle 3 and 5 clips in trim Lights and windshield wipers T gt Unclip part of trim from the assembly using a sudden sharp movement until bulb holder 9 is accessible cl Windshield wipers gt If not remove the missing metal clips from the metal openings in the tailgate and insert them in the appropriate places gt Take trim and connect plug connector to the surround lighting The surround lighting only illuminates when the tailgate has been shut and reop ened gt Position trim and engage it in place by tapping it with your hand starting from the outside o gt Clip in the lower section of handle Q again _ gt Insert and engage the upper section of han dle into lower section Combination switch 1 0 Windshield wiper off 2 Intermittent wipe low rain sensor set to low sensitivity 3 Intermit
288. lay The vehicle is ready to drive The vehicle is equipped with a sound gener ator At low speeds an electric vehicle makes less noise than a vehicle with a combustion engine The sound generator is activated so that other road users can hear your vehicle better The sound generator is activated at speeds of under 20 mph 30 km h and switches off automatically at higher speeds Itis only possible to move the DIRECT SELECT lever from position P to the desired selector lever position if you depress the brake pedal Only then is the parking lock deactivated at which point the electrical parking brake is released automatically If the brake pedal is not depressed the DIRECT SELECT lever can still be moved but the parking lock remains engaged gt Depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Move the DIRECT SELECT lever to position DorR gt Release the brake pedal gt Carefully depress the accelerator pedal The electric parking brake is automatically released gt page 145 The red park USA only or Canada only indicator lamp in the instrument clus ter goes out The vehicle locks centrally once you have pulled away The locking knobs in the doors drop down You can open the doors from the inside at any time Hill start assist will aid you when pulling away on a hill It holds the vehicle for a short time after you have removed your foot from the brake pedal This gives
289. lay the tire pressure in at least one tire is too low Correct the tire pressure at the next opportunity e Ifthe Check Tires message appears in the multifunction display the tire pressure in at least one tire has dropped significantly Check the tires e If the Warning Tire Malfunction mes sage appears in the multifunction display the tire pressure in at least one tire has dropped suddenly Check the tires Observe the instructions and safety notes in the display messages in the Tires section gt page 211 If the wheel positions are rotated the tire pressure may be displayed for the wrong positions This is rectified after a few minutes of driving and the tire pressures are displayed for the correct positions Restarting the tire pressure monitor When you restart the tire pressure monitor all existing warning messages are deleted and the warning lamps go out The monitor uses the currently set tire pressures as the refer ence values for monitoring In most cases the tire pressure monitor will automatically detect the new reference values after you have changed the tire pressure However you can also define reference values manually as described here The tire pressure monitor then monitors the new tire pressure values gt Set the tire pressure to the value recom mended for the corresponding driving sit uation on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s side B pillar gt page 281 Addition
290. ld be helpful to you gt This symbol indicates an instruction that must be followed gt Several of these symbols in succes sion indicate an instruction with sev eral steps gt This symbol tells you where you can page find more information about a topic gt This symbol indicates a warning or an instruction that is continued on the next page Dis This font indicates a display in the play multifunction display COMAND dis play Parts of the software in the vehicle are pro tected by copyright 2005 The FreeType Project http www freetype org All rights reserved Publication details Further information about Mercedes Benz vehicles and about Daimler AG can be found on the following websites http www mbusa com USA only http www mercedes benz ca Canada only http www mercedes benz ca Editorial office Daimler AG Not to be reprinted translated or otherwise reproduced in whole or in part without written permission from Daimler AG Vehicle manufacturer Daimler AG MercedesstraBe 137 70327 Stuttgart Germany As at 26 11 2013 Welcome to the world of Mercedes Benz We urge you to read this Operator s Manual carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehicle before driving For your own safety and a longer vehicle life follow the instruc tions and warning notices in this manual Ignoring them could result in damage to the vehicle or personal injury to you or others Vehi
291. le e The load must not protrude above the upper edge of the seat backrests e Always place the load against the rear or front seat backrests Make sure that the seat backrests are securely locked into place e Always place the load behind unoccupied seats if possible e Use the cargo tie down rings and the parcel nets to transport loads and luggage e Use cargo tie down rings and fastening materials appropriate for the weight and size of the load e Hook in the cargo net when loading e The maximum load capacity of the stowage well under the cargo compartment floor is 55 Ibs 25 kg e Secure the load with sufficiently strong and wear resistant tie downs Pad sharp edges for protection H Do not position the load on one part of the folding cargo compartment floor only The maximum load capacity of the folding cargo compartment floor is 220 Ibs 100 kg Dis tribute the weight evenly to avoid damaging the cargo compartment floor Place a solid board under the load if necessary Please note that the load on the cargo compart ment floor will be increased when the load is lashed down Stowage areas Important safety notes Z WARNING If objects in the passenger compartment are stowed incorrectly they can slide or be thrown around and hit vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury particularly in the event of sudden braking or a sudden change in direction e Always stow objects so that they cannot be thrown aro
292. level of protection and could even cause injuries Stowage space in the rear e Objects or loads in the trunk cargo com ee partment cannot be restrained by the seat Stowage compartment in the rear center backrest console There is an increased risk of injury Before every trip make sure that the seat backrests and the rear bench seat rear seat are engaged H Before folding the backrest in the rear compartment forwards make sure that the rear compartment armrest and the cupholder are folded in They may other wise be damaged Observe the loading guidelines gt page 228 Cargo compartment enlargement with out EASY VARIO PLUS system Folding the rear seat backrest forward The left hand and right hand rear seat backr ests can be folded forwards separately to increase the cargo compartment capacity gt Fully insert the backrest head restraints gt page 90 gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat forward if necessary gt Pull left hand or right hand release han dle of the seat backrest forwards Corresponding seat backrest A is released gt Fold backrest Q forwards gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat back if necessary Folding the rear seat backrest back gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat forward if necessary H Make sure that the seat belt does not become trapped when folding the rear seat backrest back Otherwise it could be dam aged gt Fold s
293. lified specialist workshop Fj On board computer and displays Se Display messages On board computer and displays Display messages O NA Rear Fog Lamp w Check Front Left Parking Lamp or Check Front Right Parking Lamp I0 Backup Light Right Tail Lamp o Check Front Left Sidemarker Lamp or Check Front Right Sidemarker Lamp O Check Rear Left Sidemarker Lamp or Check Rear Right Sidemarker Lamp w Check Left Daytime Running Light or Check Right Day time Running Light Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The rear fog lamp is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 102 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The front left or front right parking or standing lamp is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 102 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The backup lamp is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 102 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand tail lamp is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 102 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right front side marker lamp is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The rear left or right side marker lamp is defective gt Check whether you are perm
294. ll exchange or repair any defective parts origi nally installed in the vehicle in accordance with the terms of the following warranties e New Vehicle Limited Warranty e State warranty enforcement laws Lemon Laws Replacement parts and accessories are cov ered by the Mercedes Benz Parts and Acces sories warranties These are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Should you lose your Service and War ranty Information booklet have an author ized Mercedes Benz Center arrange for a replacement The new Service and War ranty Information booklet will be mailed to you Service and literature The Limited Warranty for your vehicle applies in accordance with the warranty terms and conditions in the Service and Warranty Book let Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will exchange or repair any defective parts originally installed in the vehicle in accord ance with the terms of the following warran ties e New Vehicle Limited Warranty e California Connecticut Maine Massachu setts New York Pennsylvania Rhode Island and Vermont Emission Control Sys tems Warranty e State warranty enforcement laws lemon laws Maintenance The Service and Warranty Booklet describes all the necessary maintenance work which should be done at regular intervals Always have the Service and Warranty Book let with you when you bring the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The ser vice advisor will record e
295. ll the corresponding switch gt To close fully pull the corresponding switch beyond the pressure point Auto matic operation is started gt To interrupt automatic operation press pull the corresponding switch again If you press pull the switch beyond the point of resistance automatic operation is started in the corresponding direction You can stop automatic operation by pressing pulling the switch again You can continue to operate the side win dows after switching off the drive system or removing the key This function remains active for 5 minutes or until the driver s or front passenger door is opened You can ventilate the vehicle before you start driving To do this the SmartKey is used to carry out the following functions simultane ously e unlock the vehicle e open the side windows The convenience opening feature can only be operated using the SmartKey The SmartKey must be close to the driver s door handle gt Point the tip of the SmartKey at the driver s door handle gt Press and hold the a button until the side windows are in the desired position gt To interrupt convenience opening release the g button Z WARNING When using the convenience closing feature parts of the body could be trapped in the clos ing area when a side window is being closed There is a risk of injury Observe the complete closing procedure when the convenience closing feat
296. loosen Removing a child restraint system deactivat ing the special seat belt retractor gt Always comply with the child restraint sys tem manufacturer s installation instruc tions gt Press the release button on the belt buckle hold the belt tongue firmly and guide it back towards the belt outlet The special seat belt retractor is deactiva ted Child restraint system The use of seat belts and child restraint sys tems is required by law in e all 50 states e the U S territories e the District of Columbia e all Canadian provinces You can obtain further information about the correct child restraint system from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Z WARNING If the child restraint system is installed incor rectly on a suitable seat it cannot protect as intended The child cannot then be restrained in the event of an accident heavy braking or sudden changes of direction There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Make sure that you observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instruc tions and the notes on use Please ensure that the base of the child restraint system is always resting completely on the seat cush b gt Children in the vehicle A 4 Y t N Ea Children in the vehicle Safety ion Never place objects e g cushions under or behind the child restraint system Only use child restraint systems with the original cover designed for them O
297. ls and tires Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards are U S government specifications Their pur pose is to provide drivers with uniform relia ble information on tire performance data tire manufacturers have to grade tires using three performance factors tread wear Q tire trac tion and heat resistance 3 These regu lations do not apply to Canada Nevertheless all tires sold in North America are provided with the corresponding quality grading mark ings on the sidewall of the tire All passenger car tires must conform to the statutory safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applica ble on the tire sidewall between the tread shoulder and maximum tire width The actual values for tires are vehicle specific and may deviate from the values in the illustration For example Treadwear Traction Temperature 200 AA A Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified U S government course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use how ever and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits ser vice practices and differences in road char acteristics and climate conditions Traction A WAR
298. lways switch off the windshield wipers and the ignition before opening the hood H Make sure that the windshield wipers are not folded away from the windshield You could otherwise damage the windshield wipers or the hood Engine compartment gt Make sure that the windshield wipers are switched off gt Pull release lever 4 on the hood The hood is released gt With your hand flat palm facing down reach into the gap between the hood and the radiator trim gt Press the hood catch lever 2 to the left gt Raise the hood i gt Pull support strut out of bracket gt Lift up support strut and insert it into yellow retaining clip Closing the hood gt Raise the hood slightly and at the same time remove support strut from yellow retaining clip gt Swing support strut down and press it into bracket until it engages gt Lower the hood and let it fall from a height of approximately 8 in 20 cm gt Check that the hood has engaged properly If the hood can be raised slightly it is not properly engaged Do not press the hood closed Open the hood again and close it with a little more force Checking coolant level Z WARNING The engine cooling system is pressurized par ticularly when the engine is warm When opening the cap you could be scalded by hot coolant spraying out There is a risk of injury Let the engine cool down before opening the cap
299. ly steers in the other direction The Park Assist Active Accelerate and Brake Observe Surroundings mes sage appears in the multifunction display You will achieve the best results by wait ing for the steering procedure to complete before pulling away gt Drive forwards and be ready to brake at all times gt Stop as soon as PARKTRONIC sounds the continuous warning tone if not before The Park Assist Active Select R Observe Surroundings message appears in the multifunction display Further transmission shifts may be neces sary As soon as the parking procedure is com plete the Park Assist Finished message appears in the multifunction display and you will hear a tone Active Parking Assist no longer supports you with steering interventions When Active Parking Assist is finished you must steer again yourself PARKTRONIC is still available gt Maneuver if necessary gt Always observe the warning messages dis played by PARKTRONIC gt page 157 Parking tips e The way your vehicle is positioned in the parking space after parking is dependent oo a To a oo S m el Driving systems _ Driving and parking on various factors These include the posi tion and shape of the vehicles parked in front and behind it and the conditions of the location It may be the case that Active Parking Assist guides you too far into a parking space or not far enough into it In so
300. m h gt Press the OK button to save the setting Lights Switching the daytime running lamps on off Canada only daytime running lamps are required by law You cannot set the Daytime Running Lights function via the on board computer gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the _W or _ A button to select the Light submenu gt Press OK to confirm Fal On board computer and displays H On board computer and displays gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Daytime Running Lights function If the Daytime Running Lights function has been switched on the cone of light and the 3 symbol in the multifunction dis play are shown in orange gt Press the OK button to save the setting Further information on daytime running lamps gt page 98 Setting the brightness of the ambient lighting gt Pressthe lt Jor buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the W or A button to select the Light submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A button to select the Amb Light function gt Press the OK button to change the set tings gt Pressthe W or A button to adjust the brightness to a level from Off to Level 5 bright gt
301. m h T up to 118 mph 190 km h H up to 130 mph 210 km h V up to 149 mph 240 km h WwW up to 168 mph 270 km h Y up to 186 mph 300 km h ZREN up to 186 mph 300 km h ZR Y over 186 mph 300 km h ZR over 149 mph 240 km h e Tires with a maximum speed of over 149 mph 240 km h may have ZR in the size description depending on the manu facturer e g 245 40 ZR18 The service specification is made up of load bearing index and speed rating e If the size description of your tire includes ZR and there are no service specifica tions ask the tire manufacturer in order to find out the maximum speed If a service specification is available the maximum speed is limited according to the speed rating in the service specification Example 245 40 ZR18 97 Y In this exam ple 97 Y is the service specification The letter Y represents the speed rating The maximum speed of the tire is limited to 186 mph 300 km h e The size description for all tires with maxi mum speeds of over 186 mph 300 km h must include ZR The service specifica tion must be given in brackets Example 275 40 ZR 18 99 Y Speed rating Y indicates that the maximum speed of the tire is over 186 mph 300 km h Ask the tire manufacturer about the maximum speed All weather tires and winter tires Index Speed rating QM S upto 100 mph 160 km h TM S4 upto 118 mph 190 km h HM S4 upto 130 mph 210 km h V M S4 upto 149 mph 24
302. m is not armed Cargo compartment Z WARNING If persons particularly children are subjected to prolonged exposure to extreme heat or cold there is a risk of injury possibly even fatal Never leave children unattended in the vehicle H The tailgate swings upwards and to the rear when opened Therefore make sure Cargo compartment ng Opening and clos Cargo compartment that there is sufficient clearance above and Closing behind the tailgate The opening dimensions of the tailgate can be found in the Vehicle data section gt page 311 a You should preferably place luggage or loads in the cargo compartment Observe the load bO ing guideli 228 E g guidelines gt page Do not leave the SmartKey in the cargo com partment You could otherwise lock yourself gt out l S The tailgate can be gt Pull the tailgate down using handle bg opened and closed manually from outside Allow the tailgate to drop into the lock Ee unlocked from inside with the mechanical gt If necessary lock the vehicle with the D key button on the SmartKey O Opening If the tailgate can no longer be opened from gt Press the g button on the SmartKey outside the vehicle use the emergency release on the inside of the tailgate H The tailgate swings upwards and to the rear when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above and behind the tail
303. m moisture during opera tion Do not allow bulbs to come into contact with liquids There are bulbs other than the Xenon bulbs that you cannot replace Replace only the bulbs listed gt page 103 Have the bulbs that you cannot replace yourself changed at a qualified specialist workshop If you require assistance changing bulbs con sult a qualified specialist workshop If the new bulb still does not light up consult a qualified specialist workshop Bulbs and lamps are an important aspect of vehicle safety You must therefore make sure that these function correctly at all times Have the headlamp setting checked regularly You can replace the following bulbs The bulb type can be found in the legend Vehicles with halogen headlamps Turn signal lamp 3457 High beam headlamp H7 55 W Parking lamp standing lamp W 5 W LL Low beam headlamp H7 55 W Vehicles with Bi Xenon headlamps Cornering lamp H7 55 W Tail lamps vehicles with halogen headlamps Tail lamp turn signal lamp brake lamp P21W Inoperative Side marker lamp P 21 W Replacing bulbs Lights and windshield wipers 4 ic Replacing bulbs Rear fog lamp P 21 W Backup lamp W 16 W Lights and windshield wipers bd k Tail lamps vehicles with Bi Xenon headlamps Turn signal lamp brake lamp P 21 W Rear fog lamp H 21 W Backup lamp W 16 W License plate lamp vehicles with halogen head lamps
304. m the electrical outlet and then re inserted Display Lights up There are no malfunctions green The high voltage battery can be charged Lights upred There is a malfunction The high voltage battery cannot be charged For information on problems relating to the charging process see gt page 142 Setting the maximum charge current A WARNING If the charge current draw via a mains socket is too high during the charging process the external electrical system may overheat There is a risk of fire Before beginning the charging process check the maximum permissible charge current locally Consult a qualified expert to do so where necessary If necessary adjust your vehicle s settings H An excessive charge current can blow a fuse or lead to overheating of the external power supply Check whether the external power supply is compatible with the set Charging the high voltage battery charge current If necessary lower the set charge current or use another power socket You can set a limit for the values of the charge current used in charging the high voltage bat tery This acts as a means of preventing the power supply from overloading You can set this limit by using the controls on the charging cable or in the on board computer s menu Only set the maximum charge current in the on board computer menu if there are no charge current settings on the charging cable The default standard value is the minimum
305. mation 0 00 114 Overview of climate control sys TOMS onere a e E 114 Operating the climate control sys tems ooe eee eens 116 Setting the air vents 000 123 Climate control iq Climate control Overview of climate control systems Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not fea ture all functions described here This also applies to safety relevant systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 24 Overview of climate control systems Observe the settings recommended on the following pages The windows could other wise fog up To prevent the windows from fogging up e switch off climate control only briefly e switch on air recirculation mode only briefly e switch on the cooling with air dehumidifi cation function e switch on the defrost windshield function briefly if required Dual zone automatic climate control dehu midifies the air and regulates the temperature in the vehicle interior and filters undesirable substances out of the air Optimum operation is only achieved with the side windows closed Ventilate the vehicle for a brief period during warm weather e g using the con venien
306. me cases it may also lead you across or onto the curb If necessary you should can cel the parking procedure with Active Park ing Assist You can also engage forward gear prema turely The vehicle redirects and does not drive as far into the parking space Shoulda gear be changed too early the parking pro cedure will be canceled A sensible parking position can no longer be achieved from this position Exiting a parking space In order that Active Parking Assist can sup port you when you exit the parking space e the border of the parking space must be high enough A curb is too small for exam ple e the border of the parking space must not be too wide Your vehicle can be maneuvered into a position at a maximum of 45 to the starting position in the parking space e a maneuvering distance of at least 3 3 ft 1 0 m must be available Active Parking Assist can only assist you with exiting a parking space if you have parked the vehicle parallel to the direction of travel using Active Parking Assist gt Start the drive system gt Switch on the turn signal in the direction you will drive out of the parking space gt Shift the transmission to position D or R The Start Park Assist Yes OK No message appears in the multifunction display gt To cancel the procedure press the a button on the multifunction steering wheel or pull away or gt To exit a parking space using Act
307. me running lamps Display message eeeeeseeeeeeeees 206 Switching on off on board com ULE neiaa ienser 187 Switching on off switch 98 Declarations of conformity 24 Delayed switch off Interior lighting neeese 188 Departure time Setting on board computer 185 Diagnostics connection 24 Digital speedometer ee 177 DIRECT SELECT lever Transmission seeiis 129 Display High voltage battery charge level instrument cluster sses 174 Display cleaning instructions 260 Display messages ASSYST PLUS ereinen 254 Calling up on board computer 190 DriVe SYStGIicciseicsesciesessactsccescpesenis 207 Driving Systems seeen 208 General NOLES occ sccssbscessssesecaresesess 190 Hiding on board computer 190 LI SINS EE 204 Safety SySteMs sccessesrseee gt 191 SMAKE y essnee 215 TOSS NERS 211 Veele asen rr E 212 Distance recorder ee 176 see Odometer see Trip odometer Distance warning function Activating deactivating 184 FUNCtION NOTES sresssriessissssierri 64 Waithing l amMp ieisisseirreieisisssrississs 225 Door control panel a 37 Doors Automatic locking on board com puter Automatic locking switch Central locking unlocking SmartKey Display message ecce Emergency lOCKING ss scdsseceseceeses Emergency unlocking seser Important safety notes Opening from ins
308. mp and warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Possible causes are e self diagnosis is not yet complete e the on board voltage may be insufficient Z WARNING The braking performance of the electric motor using recuperative braking may be either reduced or not effective If you do not make an additional effort to apply the brake yourself the braking effect may not be sufficient If necessary counteract the reduced regen erative braking effect by applying the brake yourself The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Carefully drive a short distance on a suitable stretch of road making slight steering movements at a speed above 12 mph 20 km h If the display message disappears the functions mentioned above are available again If the display message continues to be displayed gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop ABS ESP BAS RBS the HOLD function and hill start assist are not available due to a malfunction COLLISION PREVENTION ASS
309. mportant safety notes gt page 134 Charging communication at a charging station The charging station first has to be activated before you can charge at a charging station You can activate the charging station by using an RFID card or via telephone activation Observe the on site operator instructions for the charging station When the vehicle is connected to the charging station information and details on technical parameters are exchanged It can thus take up to 30 seconds for the charging process to begin Connecting the charging cable To open the charge socket flap Tire pressure table Charging the high voltage battery tee Vehicle charge socket cover When the battery is charged Fastener gt Press and hold button on the charging Vehicle socket cable connector and remove the charging Warning sticker cable from vehicle socket gt Set the DIRECT SELECT lever to position P gt Close vehicle socket cover gt Switch the ignition off gt Close the charge socket flap gt Press the charge socket flap in the direc tion of arrow Q The charge socket flap swings up gt Slide fastener to the right Vehicle charge socket cover is open gt Insert the charging cable connector into vehicle socket to the stop The vehicle must not be moved while the charging cable is connected or during charging oo p n a ge c o0 2 m Depending
310. n 2 in the igni tion lock gt Depress and hold the brake pedal gt Shift the transmission to position N gt Release the brake pedal gt Release the electric parking brake gt Switch on the hazard warning lamps gt page 100 gt Leave the SmartKey in position 2 in the ignition lock If the 12 V battery indicator lamp lights up you must observe the following points gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Shift the transmission to position P gt Apply the electric parking brake Observe the important safety notes when towing your vehicle with the front axle raised gt page 271 H The ignition must be switched off if the vehicle is being towed with the front axle raised Otherwise ESP may intervene and damage the brake system gt Make sure that the vehicle is stationary gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt Depress and hold the brake pedal gt Shift the transmission to position P gt Release the brake pedal gt Release the electric parking brake gt Switch on the hazard warning lamps gt page 100 gt Turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 0 and leave the SmartKey in the ignition lock When towing your vehicle with the rear axle raised it is important that you observe the safety instructions gt page 27 1 Di Breakdown Assistance E The ignition must
311. n board computer 174 OVGIVIGW E E T 33 C Navigation Menu on board computer 179 see separate operating instructions Notes on breaking in a new vehi e IELE E E E tates EEA T 126 Occupant Classification System OCS GONGITIONS eanne A i 49 EON i EEEE AA 53 Operation 00 ceeeeeeees System self test Occupant safety Automatic measures after an acci Important safety notes Pets in the vehicle ccseseeeereee OCS Operation ssssiissisissssiss System self test sesisiiireisrisss On board computer Assistanc MENU sss ssisissssesiisss Audio menu Displaying a service message Display messages ssec E CEML MEMU isss srersresoirerreetinsts Factory settings submenu Important safety notes 0 0 0 Instrument cluster submenu Lighting SUDMENU eee eeeeeeeeee MENU OVEIVIEW oe eeeeeeeeseeeeeeteees Message MEMOTY ceeseeeeeeneeees Navigation menu Operation cscs Service MENU ossessi Settings MENU sissit psies Standard display ssec Telephone MENU scessencessnseses TIP YMG NIU cvssivevavens cs sececneesctes lt osnctee gt Vehicle SUBMENU s sesecerreeere Video DVD operation On board computer multifunction steering wheel RAM SOs es E EEREN 178 Online access 0000 ee eeeeeeeereeeeees 143 Opening and closing the side trim Panel S ecchi nisen 105 Operating safety Declaration of conformity s s 24 Opera
312. n get a battery at any qualified spe cialist workshop Replacing the battery nd closing hel The SmartKey batteries contain perchlorate 60 material which may require special handling and regard for the environment National guidelines must be observed during disposal In California see www dtsc ca gov HazardousWaste Perchlorate index cfm Openin Mercedes Benz recommends that you have the batteries replaced at a qualified specialist workshop Checking the battery Pom SEI gt Press mechanical key 2 into the opening in the SmartKey in the direction of the arrow until battery tray cover 1 opens When doing so do not hold cover Q shut gt Remove battery tray cover Q Pa eh Peel Jt gt Press the or g button The battery is working properly if battery check lamp Q lights up briefly The battery is discharged if battery check lamp does not light up briefly eee gt Change the battery gt page 74 gt Repeatedly tap the SmartKey against your palm until battery falls out gt Insert the new battery with the positive ter minal facing upwards Use a lint free cloth to do so SmartKey gt Make sure that the surface of the battery is free of lint grease and other contaminants gt Insert the front tabs of battery tray cover and then press to close it gt Insert the mechanical key into the Smart Key gt Check the function of all SmartKey buttons
313. n impair their function and or the function of other net worked components In particular systems relevant to safety could also be affected As a result these may no longer function as inten ded and or jeopardize the operating safety of the vehicle There is an increased risk of an accident and injury Never tamper with the wiring as well as elec tronic components or their software You should have all work to electrical and elec tronic equipment carried out at a qualified specialist workshop If you make changes to electronic compo nents their software or wiring the general operating permit for your vehicle may be ren dered invalid H There is a risk of damage to the vehicle if e the vehicle becomes stuck e g ona high curb or an unpaved road e you drive too fast over an obstacle e g a curb or a hole in the road e a heavy object strikes the undercarriage or parts of the chassis In situations like this the body the under carriage chassis parts wheels or tires a Introduction could be damaged without the damage being visible Components damaged in this way can unexpectedly fail or in the case of an accident no longer withstand the strain they are designed to In such situations have the vehicle checked and repaired immediately at a qualified specialist workshop If on con tinuing your journey you notice that driving safety is impaired pull over and stop the vehicle immediately paying attention to road
314. n lock and remove it gt page 127 All indicator lamps in the instrument cluster must be off The fuses are located in various fuse boxes e Fuse box in the engine compartment on the left hand side of the vehicle when viewed in the direction of travel e Fuse box in the front passenger footwell The fuse allocation chart is on the fuse box in the front passenger footwell gt page 275 Fuse box in the engine compartment Z WARNING When the hood is open and the windshield wipers are set in motion you can be injured by the wiper linkage There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and the ignition before opening the hood H Make sure that no moisture can enter the fuse box when the cover is open H When closing the cover make sure that it is lying correctly on the fuse box Moisture seeping in or dirt could otherwise impair the operation of the fuses gt Open the hood gt Use a dry cloth to remove any moisture from the fuse box gt To open unclip hood release cable from the bracket gt Open retaining clamps gt Fold up cover in the direction of the arrow and remove it gt Toclose check whether the seal is seated correctly in cover 4 gt Insert cover Q at the back into openings on the fuse box gt Slide hood release cable 4 to the side and hold if necessary gt Fold down cover 1 gt Clip hood release cable into bracket g
315. n the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 2 or switch on the ignition gt Turn the light switch to 2 or gt Press the combination switch beyond the pressure point in the direction of arrow Q In the auto position the high beam head lamps are only switched on when it is dark and the ignition is on The blue 2D indicator lamp in the instru ment cluster lights up when the high beam headlamps are switched on gt To switch off the high beam head lamps move the combination switch back to its normal position The blue 2D indicator lamp in the instru ment cluster goes out AUTO High beam flasher gt To switch on turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 1 or 2 or switch on the ignition gt Pull the combination switch in the direction of arrow 3 Interior lighting fee The hazard warning lamps automatically Interior lighting switch on if e an air bag is deployed or e the vehicle decelerates rapidly from a speed of above 45 mph 70 km h and comes to a standstill gt To switch on the hazard warning lamps press button Q All turn signals flash If you now switch ona turn signal using the combination switch only the turn signal lamp on the corre sponding side of the vehicle will flash gt To switch off the hazard warning lamps press button Q Front overhead control panel The hazard warning lamps switch off auto e
316. n the vehicle are stowed correctly and that they cannot enter the driver s footwell Install the floormats securely and as specified in order to ensure sufficient clearance for the pedals Do not use loose floormats and do not place floormats on top of one another gt Slide the seat backwards gt To install place the floormat in the foot well gt Press safety catch knobs Q onto retain ers gt To remove pull the floormat off retain ers gt Remove the floormat Useful information Engine compartment 00 252 Maintenance eee 254 Care accssgsce ee eee eee ert nee 256 i Maintenance and care Maintenance and care Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not fea ture all functions described here This also applies to safety relevant systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 24 Engine compartment Important safety notes Z WARNING If the hood is unlatched it may open up when the vehicle is in motion and block your view There is a risk of an accident Never unlatch the hood while driving Z WARNING When opening and closing the hood it may suddenly fall into the closed
317. n washing your vehicle in a tow through car wash make sure that the selec tor lever is in position N otherwise the vehicle could be damaged H Make sure that e the side windows are fully closed e the ventilation heating is switched off the OFF button has been pressed the airflow control is set to position 0 e the windshield wiper switch is at position 0 The vehicle may otherwise be damaged You can wash the vehicle in an automatic car wash from the very start If the vehicle is very dirty pre wash it before cleaning it in an automatic car wash After using an automatic car wash wipe off wax from the windshield and the wiper blades This will prevent smears and reduce wiping noises caused by residue on the wind shield Washing by hand In some countries washing by hand is only allowed at specially equipped washing bays Observe the legal requirements in each coun try gt Do not use hot water and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight gt Use a soft sponge to clean gt Use a mild cleaning agent such as a car shampoo approved by Mercedes Benz gt Thoroughly hose down the vehicle with a gentle jet of water gt Do not point the water jet directly towards the air inlet gt Use plenty of water and rinse out the sponge frequently gt Rinse the vehicle with clean water and dry thoroughly with a chamois gt Do not let the cleaning agent dry on the paintwork Carefully remove all depos
318. nd the lane next to your vehicle may be indicated especially if the vehicles are not driving in the middle of their lane This may be the case as soonas the vehicles are driving on the inner side of their lane Due to the nature of the system e warnings may be issued in error when driv ing close to crash barriers or similar solid lane borders e warnings may be interrupted when driving alongside particularly long vehicles e g trucks for a prolonged time The two sensors for Blind Spot Assist are integrated into the sides of the rear bumper Make sure that the bumper is free of dirt ice or slush in the vicinity of the sensors For example the radar sensors must not be cov ered by bicycle racks or overhanging loads Following a severe impact or in the event of damage to the bumpers have the function of the radar sensors checked at a qualified spe cialist workshop Blind Spot Assist may oth erwise not work properly Warning and indicator lamps Blind Spot Assist is not active at speeds below approximately 20 mph 30 km h Vehicles in the monitoring range are then not indicated Red warning lamp yellow indicator lamp When Blind Spot Assist is activated indicator lamp in the exterior mirrors lights up yel low at speeds of up to 20 mph 30 km h At speeds above 20 mph 30 km h the indica tor lamp goes out and Blind Spot Assist is operational if a vehicle is detected at speeds of approx imately 20 mph
319. ne may be very hot When carrying out work on the engine there is a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following Z WARNING Windshield washer concentrate is highly flam mable If it comes into contact with hot com ponents in the front compartment it may ignite There is a risk of fire and injury Make sure that no windshield washer con centrate is spilled next to the filler neck Example gt To open pull cap Q upwards by the tab gt Add the premixed washer fluid gt To close press cap Q onto the filler neck until it engages The recommended minimum fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir is 0 26 US gal 1 liter If the washer fluid level drops below the rec ommended minimum fluid level of 0 26 US gal 1 liter a message appears in the multifunc tion display prompting you to add washer fluid gt page 214 Further information on windshield washer fluid antifreeze gt page 310 Maintenance Service messages The ASSYST PLUS service interval display informs you of the next service due date For information on the type of service and service intervals see the separate Mainte nance Booklet You can obtain further information from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or at http www mbusa com USA only The multifunction display shows a service message for several seconds e g e Service A in Days e Service A Du
320. nec tion cannot be established The indicator lamp in the SOS button flashes continuously The Call Failed message appears in the multifunction display and must be confirmed In this case summon assistance by other means Making an emergency call Pag EHE gt To initiate an emergency call manually press cover Q briefly to open gt Press SOS button 2 briefly The indicator lamp in SOS button flashes until the emergency call is conclu ded gt Wait for a voice connection to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter gt After the emergency call close cover Q If the mobile phone network is unavaila ble mbrace will not be able to make the emergency Call If you leave the vehicle immediately after pressing the SOS button you will not know whether mbrace placed the emergency call In this case always summon assistance by other means Stowage and features ad Features Stowage and features Roadside Assistance button ee aa Ld gt Press Roadside Assistance button Q This initiates a call to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center The indicator lamp in Roadside Assistance button flashes while the call is active The multifunction display shows the Con necting Call message The audio output is muted If a connection can be made the Cal Con nected message appears in the multifunction display If a mobile phone network and GPS reception are available the s
321. net via a mobile phone The radio module uses a mobile phone connection and transmits the necessary data by radio The vehicle auto matically recognizes whether a connection to the Internet via the radio module is possible or not No presets are necessary Restrictions in reception are possible if the vehicle is in an underground car park for example Restrictions may also occur in areas with poor mobile network coverage Z WARNING If you release the parking brake on uphill or downhill gradients the vehicle can begin to move when in park position P There is a risk of an accident To avoid hazardous situations e prevent the parked vehicle from rolling on uphill or downhill gradients by always applying the parking brake e do not park the vehicle on uphill or downhill gradients if the parking brake is malfunc tioning Z WARNING If you leave children unsupervised in the vehi cle they could setit in motion by for example e release the parking brake e shift the transmission out of park position P e start the vehicle s drive system They could also operate the vehicle s equip ment There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle HB While the vehicle is rolling do not shift the transmission directly from D to R from R to D or directly to P Do not open the driver s door whil
322. ng maneuvers Active Parking Assist will become available again after approx imately 10 gt page 159 gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Switch off the drive system and start it again If the display message continues to be displayed gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop PARKTRONIC is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Cruise control is faulty A warning tone also sounds gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop A condition for activating cruise control has not been fulfilled You have tried to store a speed below 20 mph 30 km h for example gt If conditions permit drive faster than 20 mph 30 km h and store the speed gt Check the activation conditions for cruise control gt page 153 Display messages Se Tires Display messages Check Tires Warning Tire Malfunction Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly The wheel position is shown in the multifunction display Z WARNING With tire pressures which are too low there is a risk of the fol lowing hazards e they may burst especially as the load and vehicle speed increase e they may wear excessively and or unevenly which may greatly impair tire traction e the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking may be greatly impaired There i
323. ng a load which protrudes from your vehicle you should not use Active Parking Assist e Never use Active Parking Assist when snow chains are installed e Make sure that the tire pressures are always correct This has a direct influence on the parking characteristics of the vehi cle Use Active Parking Assist for parking spaces e that are parallel to the direction of travel e that are on straight roads not bends e that are on the same level as the road e g not on the pavement Detecting parking spaces Objects located above the height range of Active Parking Assist will not be detected when the parking space is measured These are not taken into account when the parking procedure is calculated e g overhanging loads tail sections or loading ramps of goods vehicles Z WARNING If there are objects above the detection range Active Parking Assist may turn prematurely You may cause a collision as a result There is a risk of an accident If there are objects above the detection range stop and deactivate Active Parking Assist For further information on the detection range gt page 156 Active Parking Assist does not support you with parking spaces parallel to the direction of travel if e the parking space is on a curb e the parking space is apparently blocked for example by foliage or grass paving blocks e the range of movement is too small e the parking space is bordered by an obsta cle which is not
324. ng efficiency may be impaired gt Drive on taking extra care gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The charge level of the high voltage battery has dropped into the reserve range gt Charge the high voltage battery Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster ES Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The distance to the vehicle in front is too small for the speed The red distance warn selected ing lamp lights up while gt Increase the distance the vehicle is in motion You are approaching a vehicle or a stationary obstacle in your line The red distance warn of travel at too high a speed ing lamp lights up while Be prepared to brake immediately the vehicle isin motion pay careful attention to the traffic situation You may have to A ue tone also brake or take evasive action sounds For further information about the distance warning function of COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST gt page 64 Fy On board computer and displays Ea Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster On board computer and displays Tires Problem W The yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp pressure loss malfunction is lit W The yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp pressure loss malfunction flashes for approximately one minute and then remains lit Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions
325. ng the high voltage battery e Driving and parking charge the high voltage battery recuperation is increased steplessly This is comparable to the engine brake in a combustion engine when you downshift a gear on a downhill gra dient E Drive program E is characterized by the fol lowing e full power output by using kickdown e the vehicle pulling away more gently in forward gear unless the accelerator pedal is depressed fully e reduced power on the accelerator pedal increases sensitivity This supports an even and economical driving style e the wheels are less likely to spin Drive program S is characterized by the fol lowing e the entire power output can be utilized by depressing the accelerator pedal Charging the high voltage battery Important safety notes DANGER The vehicle s high voltage electrical system is under high voltage If you modify components in the vehicle s high voltage electrical system or touch damaged components you may be electrocuted The components in the vehi cle s high voltage electrical system may be damaged in an accident although the damage is not visible There is a risk of fatal injury Following an accident do not touch any high voltage components and never modify the vehicle s high voltage electrical system Have the vehicle towed away after an accident and the vehicle s high voltage electrical system checked by a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING In
326. ng wheel White lane with steering wheel straight Yellow guide line at a distance of approx imately 3 ft 1 0 m from the rear of the vehicle Red guide line at a distance of approx imately 10 in 0 25 m from the rear of the vehicle gt Use white lane Q to check whether the vehicle will fit into the parking space gt Using the white lane as a guide carefully back up until you reach the end position Red guide line 8 is then at the end of the parking space The vehicle is almost paral lel in the parking space Reverse perpendicular parking with the steering wheel at an angle gt Drive past the parking space and bring the vehicle to a standstill oo pem a ge c 00 S m A Driving systems Turning the steering wheel rent position Parking space marking Driving and parking space marking 2 gt Keep the steering wheel in that position and back up carefully Pid bed PL Red lane indicating the route the vehicle will take with the steering wheel in its cur gt While the vehicle is at a standstill turn the steering wheel in the direction of the park ing space until the red lane reaches parking Backing up with the steering wheel turned Red lane indicating the route the vehicle will take with the steering wheel in its cur rent position gt Stop the vehicle when it is almost exactly in front of the parking space
327. ning lugs Q simultaneously in the direction of the arrow and pull the bulb holder out Bulb holder Turn signal tail brake lamps Unused bulbs vehicles without LEDs Side marker lamp vehicles without LEDs gt Lightly press the corresponding bulb into the holder turn it counter clockwise and remove it from the bulb holder gt Insert the corresponding new bulb into the bulb holder press gently and turn it clock wise gt Attach the bulb holder and press firmly The retaining lugs on the bulb holder engage audibly gt Close the side trim panel gt page 105 Replacing bulbs Backup lamp and rear fog lamp Due to their location have the bulbs in the backup lamp and rear fog lamp in the tailgate changed at a qualified specialist workshop gt Switch off the lights gt Open the tailgate gt Insert a screwdriver for example into recess 4 on the inside gt aH remove the upper section of a h z m gt Pull the lower section of handle Q using a gt Remove bulb holder using both sides of sharp sudden movement to remove it from lever the trim and then place it to one side One OAT Hea Bulb holder gt Reach under the right hand side of trim gt Rear fog lamp Q press the bulb gently gt Apply a gentle jolting force along the entire into holder turn it counter clockwise length of the trim in order to unclip it and remove it from bulb holder gt Pul
328. nly replace damaged covers with genuine covers Z WARNING If the child restraint system is installed incor rectly or is not secured it can come loose in the event of an accident heavy braking or a sudden change in direction The child restraint system could be thrown about strik ing vehicle occupants There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Always install child restraint systems prop erly even if they are not being used Make sure that you observe the child restraint sys tem manufacturer s installation instructions You will find further information on stowing objects luggage or loads under Loading guidelines gt page 228 Z WARNING Child restraint systems or their securing sys tems which have been damaged or subjected to a load in an accident can no longer protect as intended The child cannot then be restrained in the event of an accident heavy braking or sudden changes of direction There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Replace child restraint systems which have been damaged or subjected to a load in an accident as soon as possible Have the secur ing systems on the child restraint system checked at a qualified specialist workshop before you install a child restraint system again Securing systems for the child restraint sys tem are e the seat belt system e the ISOFIX LATCH type securing rings e the Top Tether anchorages If itis absolutely necessary to
329. nostic equipment at a qualified specialist workshop Routine checks and maintenance ser vice Bear in mind that you are legally obliged to carry out daily checks and regular inspections at your own responsibility You can find fur ther information about the individual inspec tion steps in the Maintenance Booklet Qualified specialist workshop An authorized Mercedes Benz Center is a qualified specialist workshop It has the nec essary specialist knowledge tools and quali fications to correctly carry out the work required on your vehicle This is especially the case for work relevant to safety Observe the notes in the Maintenance Book let Always have the following work carried out at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e work relevant to safety e service and maintenance work e repair work e alterations installation work and modifica tions e work on electronic components e work on the drive system Correct use If you remove any warning stickers you or others could fail to recognize certain dangers Leave warning stickers in position Observe the following information when driv ing your vehicle e the safety notes in this manual e the Technical Data section in this manual e traffic rules and regulations e laws and safety standards pertaining to motor vehicles Problems with your vehicle If you should experience a problem with your vehicle particularly one that you believe may affect its safe operat
330. ns cceseees lee SJOJILWU pue j yM Sulsee s s eas 4 Correct driver s seat position Seats steering wheel and mirrors a Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not fea ture all functions described here This also applies to safety relevant systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 24 Correct driver s seat position A WARNING You could lose control of your vehicle if you do the following while driving e adjust the driver s seat head restraint steering wheel or mirrors e fasten the seat belt There is a risk of an accident Adjust the driver s seat head restraint steer ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt before starting the engine Observe the safety guidelines on seat adjust ment gt page 87 gt Make sure that seat is adjusted prop erly Manual seat adjustment gt page 88 Electrical seat adjustment gt page 89 When adjusting the seat make sure that e you are as far away from the driver s air bag as possible e you are sitting in a normal upright posi tion e you can fasten the seat belt properly e you have moved the backrest to an almost vertical position e you have set th
331. nsors General notes PARKTRONIC does not take objects into con sideration that are e below the detection range e g people ani mals or objects e above the detection range e g overhang ing loads truck overhangs or loading ramps Example sensors in the front bumper right hand side Side view a be a aa a gji a ME Map Pe db Th Top view The sensors must be free from dirt ice or slush They can otherwise not function cor rectly Clean the sensors regularly taking care not to scratch or damage them gt page 259 Front sensors Center Approx 40 in approx 100 cm Corners Approx 24 in approx 60 cm Driving systems Rear sensors Center Approx 48 in approx 120 cm Corners Approx 32 in approx 80 cm Minimum distance Center Approx 8 in approx 20 cm Corners Approx 8 in approx 20 cm If there is an obstacle within this range the relevant warning displays light up and a warn ing tone sounds If the distance falls below the minimum the distance may no longer be shown Warning displays The warning displays show the distance between the sensors and the obstacle The warning display for the front area is located on the dashboard above the center air vents The warning display for the rear area is loca ted on the headliner in the rear compartment Warning display for the front area Segments on the left hand side of the vehicle Segments on the
332. nter air vents 123 Setting the side air vents 123 see Climate control Alarm system see ATA Anti Theft Alarm system Ambient lighting Setting the brightness on board COMPULEN sec csevscersececacecessenccovevecee 188 Antenna 2 fees isssecterissdisienviaisanceces 23 Anti lock braking system see ABS Anti lock Braking System Anti Theft Alarm system see ATA Anti Theft Alarm system ASHI AY seos50 cciesissieseseieien paises 236 Assistance display on board com puter oiie 183 Assistance menu on board com puten naen RENA 183 ASSYST PLUS Displaying a service message 255 Hiding a service message 255 NOTES insane eereeeceesets 254 Resetting the service interval dis DIY er rer iee a E 255 Service MESSAZE isisisi 254 Special service requirements 255 ATA Anti Theft Alarm system Activating deactivating ee 69 FUNGUO wisssiisssiveseteereressnstaenienancies 69 Switching off the alarm 69 ATTENTION ASSIST Activating deactivating 184 Display MeSSage siirsin 208 FUNCTION NOLES seissen 166 Audio menu on board computer 180 Audio system see separate operating instructions Authorized Mercedes Benz Center see Qualified specialist workshop Authorized workshop see Qualified specialist workshop AUTO lights Display message eec 207 see Lights Automatic car wash care 256 Automatic headlamp mode 98 Bac
333. o function optimally in winter These tires have been developed specifically for driving in snow Use M S tires of the same make and tread on all wheels to maintain safe handling charac teristics Always observe the maximum permissible speed specified for the M S tires you have mounted Once the winter tires are mounted gt Check the tire pressures gt page 284 gt Restart the tire pressure monitor gt page 287 Z WARNING If snow chains are mounted on the rear wheels the snow chains could cause abrasion to the vehicle body or to chassis components This could cause damage to the vehicle or the tires There is a risk of an accident To avoid hazardous situations e never mount snow chains on the rear wheels e only mount snow chains in pairs on the front wheels H On some tire sizes there is not enough space for snow chains To avoid damage to the vehicle or tires observe the Wheel and tire combinations section under Tires and wheels For safety reasons Mercedes Benz recom mends that you only use snow chains that have been specially approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz or are of a corresponding standard of quality If you intend to mount snow chains please bear the following points in mind e Snow chains may not be mounted on all wheel tire combinations Permissible wheel tire combinations gt page 303 e Only use snow chains when driving on roads completely covered by snow Remove
334. o 6 000 miles 5 000 to 10 000 km or earlier if tire wear requires Do not change the direction of wheel rotation Clean the contact surfaces of the wheel and the brake disc thoroughly every time a wheel is rotated Check the tire pressure and reac tivate the tire pressure monitor if necessary Tires with a specified direction of rotation have additional benefits e g if there is a risk of hydroplaning You will only gain these ben efits if the correct direction of rotation is observed An arrow on the sidewall of the tire indicates its correct direction of rotation __ Wheels and tires Store wheels that are not being used in a cool dry and preferably dark place Protect the tires against oil and grease Mounting a Preparing the vehicle gt Stop the vehicle on solid non slippery and level ground gt Apply the electric parking brake manually gt page 145 gt Bring the front wheels into the straight ahead position gt Move the DIRECT SELECT lever to P gt Switch off the drive system gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt If included in the vehicle equipment remove the tire change tool kit from the vehicle gt Secure the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away Securing the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away Pac te bade Ji If your vehicle is equipped with a wheel chock it can be found in the tire change tool kit gt page 264 The folding whe
335. o position 1 in the igni tion lock gt page 127 The sockets can be used for accessories with a maximum draw of 180 W 15 A Accesso ries include such items as bulbs or chargers for mobile phones If the sockets are used for a very long time the battery may discharge An emergency cut out ensures that the on board voltage does not drop too low If the on board voltage is too low the power to the sockets is automatically cut Socket in the rear compartment center console gt Pull cover Q out by its top edge gt Lift up the cover of socket 2 Socket in the cargo compartment rr Eh gt Lift up the cover of socket Q mbrace General notes You must have a license agreement to acti vate the mbrace service Make sure that your system is activated and operational To log in press the i MB Info call button If any of the steps mentioned are not carried out the system may not be activated If you have questions about the activation contact the following telephone assistance service Customer Service at 1 888 923 8367 i Stowage and features Stowage and features Shortly after successfully registering with the service a user ID and password will be sent to you by post The system is available if e it has been activated and is operational e the corresponding mobile phone network is available for transmitting data to the Cus tomer Center e a service subscription is avail
336. ol press button C on the center console gt page 34 The blue or red indicator lamp in the button lights up or goes out Setting the air vents Z WARNING Very hot or very cold air can flow from the air vents This could result in burns or frostbite in the immediate vicinity of the air vents There is a risk of injury Make sure that all vehicle occupants always maintain a sufficient distance to the air out lets If necessary redirect the airflow to another area of the vehicle interior In order to ensure the direct flow of fresh air through the air vents into the vehicle interior please observe the following notes e keep the air inlet between the windshield and the hood free of blockages such as ice snow or leaves e never cover the air vents or air intake grilles in the vehicle interior You can move the adjusters for the air vents vertically or horizontally to set the direction of the airflow For optimal climate control in the vehicle open the air vents completely and set the adjusters to the central position Setting the air vents gt To open the center air vents turn the adjuster in one of center air vents Q coun ter clockwise gt To close the center air vents turn the adjuster in one of center air vents Q clock wise until it engages Side window defroster vent Side air vent gt To open a side air vent turn the adjuster in the side air vent to the left gt To close
337. on lock to position 0 and remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Secure the vehicle H You may only secure the vehicle by the wheels not by parts of the vehicle such as axle or steering components Otherwise the vehicle could be damaged Fuses Important safety notes A WARNING If you manipulate or bridge a faulty fuse or if you replace it with a fuse with a higher amper age the electric cables could be overloaded This could result in a fire There is a risk of an accident and injury Always replace faulty fuses with the specified new fuses having the correct amperage E Only use fuses that have been approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles and which have the correct fuse rating for the system concerned Only use fuses marked with an S Otherwise components or systems could be damaged The fuses in your vehicle serve to close down faulty circuits If a fuse blows all the compo nents on the circuit and their functions stop operating Blown fuses must be replaced with fuses of the same rating which you can recognize by the color and value The fuse ratings are listed in the fuse allocation chart If a newly inserted fuse also blows have the cause traced and rectified at a qualified spe cialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 144 gt Switch off all electrical consumers gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni tio
338. ondition of charge display Q shows the condition of charge of the high voltage bat tery The charge values are shown as a per centage in the COMAND display see the sep arate operating instructions The condition of charge of the high voltage battery has dropped into the reserve range if the drive system is running and e the Drive Battery Reserve Level mes sage appears in the display e the indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up Charge the high voltage battery from a condition of charge of less than 20 at e an electrical outlet e a charging station The braking performance of the electric motor using recuperative braking is in some operating modes either reduced or not effec tive e when the condition of charge of the high voltage battery increases e if the high voltage battery is not yet at a normal operating temperature e when the vehicle is almost stationary e in transmission position N e during and after ESP stability control If necessary counteract the reduced regen erative braking effect by applying the brake yourself Operating the on board computer Overview Multifunction display Switches on the Voice Control System see the separate operating instructions Right control panel Left control panel Back button gt To activate the on board computer turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the ignition lock You can control the multifunction display and the
339. oning Devices Prerequisites To be classified correctly the front passenger must sit e with the seat belt fastened correctly e in an almost upright position with their back against the seat backrest e with their feet resting on the floor if possi ble If the front passenger does not observe these conditions OCS may produce a false classi fication e g because the front passenger e transfers their weight by supporting them selves on a vehicle armrest e sits in such a way that their weight is raised from the seat cushion If it is absolutely necessary to install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat be sure to observe the correct positioning of the child restraint system Never place objects under or behind the child restraint system e g cushions The entire base of the child restraint system must always rest on the seat cushion of the front passenger seat The Occupant safety ee backrest of the forwards facing child restraint system must as far as possible be resting on the backrest of the front passenger seat The child restraint system must not touch the roof or be put under strain by the head restraint Adjust the angle of the seat back rest and the head restraint position accord ingly Only then can OCS be guaranteed to function correctly Always observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instruc tions Occupant Classification System opera tion OCS PASSENGE
340. oning Devices and the air bag are deter mined by evaluating the rate of vehicle decel eration or acceleration which occurs at vari ous points in the vehicle This process is pre emptive in nature Deployment should take place in good time at the start of the collision The rate of vehicle deceleration or accelera tion and the direction of the force are essen tially determined by e the distribution of forces during the colli sion e the collision angle e the deformation characteristics of the vehi cle e the characteristics of the object with which the vehicle has collided Factors which can only be seen and measured after a collision has occurred do not play a decisive role in the deployment of an air bag nor do they provide an indication of air bag deployment The vehicle can be deformed considerably without an air bag being deployed This is the case if only parts which are relatively easily deformed are affected and the rate of decel eration is not high Conversely air bags may be deployed even though the vehicle suffers only minor deformation This is the case if for example very rigid vehicle parts such as lon gitudinal body members are hit and sufficient deceleration occurs as a result If the restraint system control unit detects a side impact or that the vehicle is rolling over the relevant restraint system components are activated independently of one another depending on the apparent type of accident If
341. or activate ESP via the on board computer fa Driving safety systems Pa E Y q N gt To deactivate gt page 183 The amp ESP OFF warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up gt To activate gt page 183 The ESP OFF warning lamp in the instrument cluster goes out Characteristics when ESP is deactivated If ESP is deactivated and one or more wheels start to spin the amp ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster flashes In such situa tions ESP will not stabilize the vehicle If you deactivate ESP e ESP no longer improves driving stability e the drive system s torque is no longer limi ted and the driven wheels are able to spin The spinning of the wheels results in a cut ting action for better traction on loose sur faces e traction control is still activated e ESP still provides support when you brake ADAPTIVE BRAKE ADAPTIVE BRAKE enhances braking safety and offers increased braking comfort In addi tion to the braking function ADAPTIVE BRAKE also has the HOLD function gt page 154 and hill start assist gt page 128 For further information see Driving tips gt page 148 General information STEER CONTROL helps you by transmitting a noticeable steering force to the steering wheel in the direction required for vehicle stabilization This steering assistance is provided in partic ular if e bo
342. or data connection The emer gency call system sends the message pro vided that e you have subscribed to the mbrace ser vice e the mbrace service has been activated properly e the necessary mobile phone network is available A Y Ge N ee ae 272 72 77 Cargo compartment 0008 79 Side WiINdOWS cssssssssssssssssseesseeeens 81 p b0 N Q cs ge 60 Q O SmartKey Opening and closing Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not fea ture all functions described here This also applies to safety relevant systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 24 SmartKey Z WARNING If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle they could e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic e operate the vehicle s equipment Additionally children could set the vehicle in motion if for example they e release the parking brake e shift the transmission out of park position P e start the vehicle s drive system There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartK
343. or from inside the vehicle even if it has been locked You can open the rear doors from inside the vehicle unless they are secured by the child proof lock gt page 62 If the vehicle has previously been locked with the SmartKey opening a door from the inside will trigger the anti theft alarm system Switch off the alarm gt page 69 If the vehicle has been locked using the lock ing button for the central locking or has been locked automatically and a door is opened from the inside e the vehicle will be fully unlocked if it had previously been fully unlocked e only the door which has been opened form the inside is unlocked if only the driver s door had been previously unlocked gt To deactivate press and hold button for about 5 seconds until a tone sounds gt To activate press and hold button for about 5 seconds until a tone sounds Ifyou press one of the two buttons and do not hear a tone the relevant setting has already been selected The vehicle is locked automatically when the ignition is switched on and the wheels are turning You could therefore lock yourself out if e the vehicle is being pushed e the vehicle is being towed e the vehicle is on a roller dynamometer You can also switch the automatic locking function on and off using the on board com puter gt page 188 If the vehicle can no longer be unlocked with the SmartKey use the mechanical key If you use the mech
344. or pedal or the brake pedal e g by a vehicle occupant e the electrical system in the engine com partment the battery or the fuses have been tampered with e the battery is disconnected There is a risk of an accident If you wish to exit the vehicle always turn off the HOLD function and secure the vehicle against rolling away H If the HOLD function is activated the vehi cle brakes automatically in certain situa tions To prevent damage to the vehicle deactivate the HOLD function in the follow ing or other similar situations e when towing the vehicle e in the car wash Deactivating the HOLD function gt page 155 General notes The HOLD function can assist the driver in the following situations e when pulling away especially on steep slopes e when maneuvering on steep slopes e when waiting in traffic The vehicle is kept stationary without the driver having to depress the brake pedal The braking effect is canceled and the HOLD function deactivated when you depress the accelerator pedal to pull away Activation conditions You can activate the HOLD function if e the vehicle is stationary e the drive system is switched on e the driver s door is closed or your seat belt is fastened e the electric parking brake is released e the transmission position D R or N is engaged Activating the HOLD function gt Make sure that the activation conditions are met gt Depress the brake pedal
345. or the first calendar week Positions three and four represent the year of manufacture For example a tire that is marked with 3208 was manufactured in week 32 in 2008 Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi ate from the data in the example This information describes the type of tire cord and the number of layers in sidewall and under tire tread Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi ate from the data in the example Definition of terms for tires and load ing Describes the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall These are made of steel nylon polyester and other materials Metric unit for tire pressure 14 5038 pounds per square inch psi and 100 kilopascals kPa are the equivalent of 1 bar DOT marked tires fulfill the requirements of the Canadian Transport Ministry The number of occupants for which the vehi cle is designed multiplied by 68 kilograms 150 Ibs Definition of terms for tires and loading A uniform standard to grade the quality of tires with regards to tread quality tire traction and temperature characteristics The quality grading assessment is made by the manufac turer following specifications from the US government The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire The recommended tire pressure applies to the tires mounted at the factory The Tire and Loading Information placard con tains the recommend
346. ored speed is resumed when the gradient evens out Cruise control maintains the stored speed on downhill gradients by automatically decelerating the vehicle Storing the current speed or calling up the last stored speed Z WARNING If you call up the stored speed and it differs from the current speed the vehicle acceler ates or decelerates If you do not know the stored speed the vehicle could accelerate or brake unexpectedly There is a risk of an acci dent Pay attention to the road and traffic condi tions before calling up the stored speed If you do not know the stored speed store the desired speed again Fi Driving and parking gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal The first time cruise control is activated it stores the current speed or regulates the speed of the vehicle to the previously stored speed Setting a speed Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has accelerated or braked to the speed set ae Driving systems Driving and parking gt Press the cruise control lever up for a higher speed or down for a lower speed gt To adjust the set speed in 1 mph incre ments 1 km h increments briefly press the cruise control lever up 4 or down to the pressure point Every time the cruise control lever is pressed up Q or down 2 the last speed stored is increased or reduced gt To adjust t
347. orrectly and that they cannot enter the driver s footwell Install the floormats securely and as specified in order to ensure sufficient clearance for the pedals Do not use loose floormats and do not place floormats on top of one another A WARNING Unsuitable footwear can hinder correct usage of the pedals e g e shoes with thick soles e shoes with high heels e slippers There is a risk of an accident Wear suitable footwear to ensure correct usage of the pedals A WARNING If you switch off the ignition while driving safety relevant functions are only available with limitations or not at all This could affect for example the power steering and the brake boosting effect You will require considerably more effort to steer and brake There is a risk of an accident Do not switch off the ignition while driving A WARNING If the parking brake has not been fully released when driving the parking brake can e overheat and cause a fire e lose its hold function There is a risk of fire and an accident Release the parking brake fully before driving off The braking performance of the electric motor using recuperative braking is in some operating modes either reduced or not effec tive e when the condition of charge of the high voltage battery increases e if the high voltage battery is not yet at a normal operating temperature e when driving at speeds close to zero e in transmission position N e dur
348. ot detect it is dark This is a particularly use ful function in the event of rain and fog gt To switch on the low beam headlamps turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 2 or switch on the ignition gt Turn the light switch to The green 2 indicator lamp in the instru ment cluster lights up Rear fog lamp The rear fog lamp improves visibility of your vehicle for the traffic behind in the event of thick fog Please take note of the country specific regulations for the use of rear fog lamps gt To switch on the rear fog lamp turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 2 or switch on the ignition gt Turn the light switch to 2 or gt Press the of button The yellow o indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up gt To switch off the rear fog lamp press the o button The yellow o indicator lamp in the instrument cluster goes out AUTO For vehicles with Bi Xenon headlamps or the Intelligent Light System if the rear fog lamp is switched on the lower 15 LEDs of the brake lamp in the tail lamp switch off For right wheel drive vehicles they only switch off in the left hand tail lamp and for left wheel drive vehicles only in the right hand tail lamp This is due to a legal require ment Parking lamps H If the battery has been excessively dis charged the parking
349. ot permitted Observe the notes in the Snow chains section ee od Useful information 0 eee 308 Information regarding technical data oes ss Gi eee eee eee seas 308 Identification plates 005 308 Service products and filling capaci ties ee recess 309 Vehicle data eee a 311 E Technical data a Technical data Identification plates Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not fea ture all functions described here This also applies to safety relevant systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 24 Information regarding technical data General information The data stated here specifically refers to a vehicle with standard equipment Consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the data for all vehicle variants and trim levels Identification plates Vehicle identification plate with vehi cle identification number VIN gt Open the driver s door You will see vehicle identification plate Q Example vehicle identification plate VIN Paint code The data shown on the vehicle identifica tion plate is used only as an example This data is different for every vehicle and can de
350. ot taken into considera tion by the ECO display The evaluation of your driving style is carried out using the following three categories e Acceleration evaluation of all accelera tion processes The bar fills up moderate acceleration especially at higher speeds The bar empties sporty acceleration e Constant assessment of driving behavior at all times The bar fills up constant speed and avoidance of unnecessary acceleration and deceleration The bar empties fluctuations in speed e Coasting assessment of all deceleration processes The bar fills up anticipatory driving keeping your distance and early release of the accelerator The vehicle can coast without use of the brakes The bar empties frequent braking To achieve a higher value in the categories Acceleration and Constant drive the vehi cle in drive program E On long journeys at a constant speed e g on the highway only the bar for Constant will change The ECO display summaries the driving characteristics from the start of the journey to its completion For this reason the bars change dynamically at the beginning of the journey On longer journeys there are fewer changes For more dynamic changes carry out a manual reset Further information on the ECO display gt page 177 Braking Important safety notes A WARNING If you increase the recuperation level on slip pery road surfaces the drive wheels may lose thei
351. oved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada The wireless devices of this vehicle comply with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 These devices may not cause interference and 2 These devices must accept any interference includ ing interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Diagnostics connection Z WARNING If you connect equipment to the diagnostics connection in the vehicle it may affect the Introduction operation of the vehicle systems As a result the operating safety of the vehicle could be affected There is a risk of an accident Do not connect any equipment to a diagnos tics connection in the vehicle Z WARNING Objects in the driver s footwell can restrict the pedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal The operating and road safety of the vehicle is jeopardized There is a risk of an accident Make sure that all objects in the vehicle are stowed correctly and that they cannot enter the driver s footwell Install the floormats securely and as specified in order to ensure sufficient clearance for the pedals Do not use loose floormats and do not place floormats on top of one another H f equipment on the diagnostics connec tion is used the starter battery may dis charge The diagnostics connection is only intended for the connection of diag
352. p in the instrument cluster lights up continuously when the drive system is run ning If the amp warning lamp and the _ amp warn ing lamp are lit continuously ESP is not available due to a malfunction Observe the information on warning lamps gt page 221 Observe the information on display messages gt page 191 OK Activating deactivating the distance warning function gt Pressthe lt or buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the DriveAssist menu gt Press A or W to select Distance Warning gt Press the OK button The current selection is displayed gt To activate deactivate press the button again If the distance warning function is activa ted the multifunction display does not dis play a symbol When the distance warning function is deactivated the lt 5 symbol appears in the multifunction display in the assistance graphics display OK Further information on the distance warning function gt page 64 Activating deactivating ATTENTION ASSIST gt Pressthe lt Jor gt buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the DriveAssist menu gt Press the A or W button to select ATTENTION ASSIST gt Press the OK button The current selection is displayed gt To activate dea
353. page 248 gt To select the zone push a round pen into opening 3 gt page 248 until the desired zone is selected If after a few seconds the display in com pass display gt page 248 changes direction the zone has been selected Calibrating the compass gt Make sure that there is sufficient space for you to drive in a circle without impeding traffic In order to calibrate the compass correctly do the following e calibrate the compass in the open and not in the vicinity of steel structures or high voltage transmission lines e switch off electrical consumers such as the climate control windshield wipers or rear window defroster e close all doors and the tailgate gt Switch on the ignition gt Push a round pen into opening gt page 248 for approximately 6 seconds until the C symbol is shown in compass dis play gt page 248 gt Drive your vehicle in a full circle at approx imately 3 mph 5 km h to 6 mph 10 km h When the calibration has successfully been completed the current direction is shown in compass display gt page 248 Z WARNING Objects in the driver s footwell can restrict the pedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal The operating and road safety of the vehicle is jeopardized There is a risk of an accident b gt N oO Sn oO oO me ce oO oO b0 z e N Ea Features Stowage and features Make sure that all objects i
354. park position P e start the vehicle s drive system There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of reach of children Z WARNING If persons particularly children are subjected to prolonged exposure to extreme heat or cold there is a risk of injury possibly even fatal Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Z WARNING If the child restraint system is subjected to direct sunlight parts may get very hot Chil dren may burn themselves on these parts particularly on the metal parts of the child restraint system There is a risk of injury If you leave the vehicle taking the child with you always ensure that the child restraint system is not exposed to direct sunlight Pro tect it with a blanket for example If the child restraint system has been exposed to direct sunlight let it cool down before securing the child in it Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Always ensure that all vehicle occupants have their seat belts fastened correctly and are sit ting properly Particular attention must be paid to children Observe the safety notes on the seat belt gt page 42 and the notes on correct use of seat belts gt page 43 A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper seat belt positioning for children over 41 lbs 18 kg o
355. park the vehicle and do not require any electrical consumers The vehicle will then use very little energy thus conserving battery power faq Breakdown Assistance 5 12 V battery vehicle io Breakdown Assistance f the power supply has been interrupted e g if the battery was discharged you will have to e set the clock see separate audio sys tem COMAND operating instructions WARNING During charging and jump starting explosive gases can escape from the battery There is a risk of an explosion Particularly avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Ensure there is sufficient ventilation while charging and jump starting Do not lean over a battery Z WARNING Battery acid is caustic There is a risk of injury Avoid contact with the skin eyes or clothing Do not inhale any battery gases Do not lean over the battery Keep children away from batteries Wash battery acid immediately with water and seek medical attention Z WARNING A discharged battery can freeze at tempera tures below freezing point When jump start ing the vehicle or charging the battery gases can escape from the battery There is a risk of an explosion Allow the frozen battery to thaw out before charging it or jump starting H Only use battery chargers with a maxi mum charging voltage of 14 8 V H Only charge the battery using the jump starting connection point The jump starting connection point is in th
356. part of the Occupant Classifica tion System OCS The indicator lamps display the status of the front passenger front air bag e PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF lights up the front passenger front air bag is deactiva ted It will then not be deployed in the event of an accident e PASSENGER AIR BAG ON lights up the front passenger front air bag is enabled If in the event of an accident all deployment criteria are met the front passenger front air bag is deployed zA Occupant safety Safety Depending on the person in the front passenger seat the front passenger front air bag must either be disabled or enabled see the following points You must make sure of this both before and during a journey e Children in a child restraint system whether the front passenger front air bag is enabled or deactivated depends on the installed child restraint system and the age and size of the child Therefore be sure to observe the notes on the Occupant Clas sification System OCS gt page 49 and on Children in the vehicle gt page 56 There you will also find instructions on rear ward and forward facing child restraint sys tems on the front passenger seat All other persons depending on the clas sification of the person in the front passenger seat the front passenger front air bag is enabled or deactivated gt page 49 Be sure to observe the notes on Seat belts gt page 42 and Air bags gt page 46
357. partially laden and fully laden are defined in the table for different numbers of occupants and amounts of luggage The actual number of seats may differ ra Tire pressure Se eb jan h Sel ee i Na Shah Es Ses Jwi Example tire pressure table with tire dimensions Some tire pressure tables show only the rim diameters instead of the full tire size e g R18 Rim diameter is part of the tire size and can be found on the tire sidewall gt page 293 Shh Ey Ses Hat If the tire pressure have been set for light loads and or low speeds set them to the higher values e if you want to drive with an increased load and or e if you want to drive at higher road speeds The tire pressures for increased loads and or higher road speeds shown in the tire pressure table may have a negative effect on driving comfort If the tire pressure is not set correctly this can lead to an excessive build up of heat and a sudden loss of pressure For more information contact a qualified spe cialist workshop Tire pressure Ea Important notes on tire pressure ing the pressure of warm tires Only correct the tire pressure if it is too low for the current Z WARNING operating conditions If you check the tire If the tire pressure drops repeatedly the pressure when the tires are warm the result wheel valve or tire may be damaged Tire ing value will be higher than if the tires were pressure that is too low may result in a tire cold
358. pen source software used in your vehicle and its electronic components is available on the fol lowing website http www mercedes benz com opensource Cockpit 2 5 ere E E oi 30 Instrument cluster 0 0 eee 31 Multifunction steering wheel 33 Center console a 34 Overhead control panel 36 Door control panel cceeeeees 37 At a glance i a 30 Cockpit At a glance S I0IOIOI OI Function Steering wheel paddle shifters Combination switch Instrument cluster Horn DIRECT SELECT lever PARKTRONIC warning dis play Overhead control panel 129 155 36 00000000 Function Climate control systems Ignition lock Adjusts the steering wheel Cruise control lever Electric parking brake Light switch Diagnostics connection Opens the hood Page 114 127 92 152 145 98 24 202 Displays and controls Olio le Function Speedometer Multifunction display Power display E CELL display Page 176 173 173 Instrument cluster UE Function Page Display for the condition of charge of the high voltage battery 174 Instrument cluster lighting 172 31 At a glance B Ee Instrument cluster At a glance _ Warning and indicator lamps OVO Glo eo Function y Low beam head lamp S 300 Parking lamps D High beam head lamp S m ee
359. perform its intended protective function A person in the front passenger seat could then for example come into contact with the vehicle s interior espe cially if the person is sitting too close to the dashboard This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury When the front passenger seat is occupied always ensure that e the classification of the person in the front passenger seat is correct and the front passenger front air bag is enabled or disa bled in accordance with the person in the front passenger seat e the front passenger seat has been moved back as far back as possible e the person is seated correctly Make sure both before and during the jour ney that the status of the front passenger front air bag is correct Z WARNING If you secure a child in a rearward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat and the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp is lit up the front passenger front air bag may deploy in an accident The child could be struck by the air bag This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Make sure that the front passenger front air bag has been disabled The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains off and or the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp lights up do not install a rearward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat You can find more information on OCS under
360. place the batteries in garage door remote control This increases the like lihood that garage door remote control will transmit a strong and precise signal to the integrated garage door opener When programming hold remote control at varying distances and angles from the button which you are programming Try var ious angles at a distance between 2and 12 inches 5to 30 cm or at the same angle but at varying distances e If another remote control is available for the same garage door drive repeat the same programming steps with this remote con trol Before performing these steps make sure that new batteries have been installed in garage door drive remote control e Note that some remote controls only trans mit for a limited amount of time the indi cator lamp on the remote control goes out Stowage and features Stowage and features Press button on remote control again before transmission ends e Align the antenna cable of the garage door opener unit This can improve signal recep tion transmission Opening closing the garage door Integrated garage door opener in the rear view mir ror After it has been programmed the integrated garage door opener performs the function of the garage door system remote control Please also read the operating instructions for the garage door system gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 127 gt Press button
361. position There is a risk of injury to persons within range of movement of the hood Open and close the hood only when no one is within its range of movement Z WARNING Opening the hood when the engine is over heated or when there is a fire in the engine compartment could expose you to hot gases or other service products There is a risk of injury Let an overheated engine cool down before opening the hood If there is a fire in the engine compartment keep the hood closed and contact the fire department Be Engine compartment Z WARNING The engine compartment contains moving components Certain components such as the radiator fan may continue to run or start again suddenly when the ignition is off There is a risk of injury If you need to do any work inside the engine compartment e switch off the ignition e never reach into the area where there is a risk of danger from moving components such as the fan rotation area e remove jewelry and watches e keep items of clothing and hair for exam ple away from moving parts Opening the hood Z WARNING Certain components on the engine may be very hot When carrying out work on the engine there is a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following Z WARNING When the hood is open and the windshield wipers are set in motion you can be injured by the wiper linkage There is a risk of injury A
362. preparation is not necessary on vehicles with MOExtended tires Information on changing mounting a wheel gt page 300 gt Stop the vehicle on solid non slippery and level ground as far away as possible from traffic gt Switch on the hazard warning lamps gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 144 gt If possible bring the front wheels into the straight ahead position gt Switch off the drive system gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt All occupants must get out of the vehicle Make sure that they are not endangered as they do so gt Make sure that no one is near the danger area while a wheel is being changed Any one who is not directly assisting in the wheel change should for example stand behind the barrier gt Get out of the vehicle Pay attention to traf fic conditions when doing so gt Close the driver s door General notes When using tires with run flat characteristics you can continue to drive your vehicle even if there is a total loss of pressure in one or more tires The affected tire must not show any clearly visible damage You can recognize tires with run flat charac teristics by the MOExtended marking which appears on the tire sidewall You will find this marking next to the tire size designation the load bearing capacity and the speed index gt page 293 Tires with run flat characteristics may only be used in conjunction with an active tire p
363. proved by Mercedes Benz Useful information 0 eee 264 Where will find 0 0 0 eee 264 Flat tire e e ees 264 12 V battery vehicle 265 Jump starting ree 269 TOWING scscscisciasteccess eetenee eerie exec oe 271 FUSES ne a A neat eees 274 m Breakdown Assistance Pa Flat tire om Breakdown Assistance Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not fea ture all functions described here This also applies to safety relevant systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 24 Where will find General notes Apart from certain country specific varia tions the vehicles are not equipped with a tire change tool kit Some tools for chang ing a wheel are specific to the vehicle For more information on which tire changing tools are required and approved to perform a wheel change on your vehicle consult a qualified specialist workshop Tools required for changing a wheel may include for example e Jack e Wheel chock e Lug wrench Your vehicle can be fitted with MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics gt page 264 Check if your vehicle is fitted with MOExtended tires Vehicle
364. ps in the instrument cluster eee 216 i On board computer and displays Displays and operation A On board computer and displays Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not fea ture all functions described here This also applies to safety relevant systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 24 Important safety notes Z WARNING If you operate information systems and com munication equipment integrated in the vehi cle while driving you will be distracted from traffic conditions You could also lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Only operate the equipment when the traffic situation permits If you are not sure that this is possible park the vehicle paying attention to traffic conditions and operate the equip ment when the vehicle is stationary Z WARNING If the instrument cluster has failed or mal functioned you may not recognize function restrictions in systems relevant to safety The operating safety of your vehicle may be impaired There is a risk of an accident Drive on carefully Have the vehicle checked at a qualified specialist workshop immedi ately You must observe the legal requirem
365. r Charge level display seeeeeceeee 31 OVENIEW stistsits a san Sani E ENE EETA Power display Settings esi Warning and indicator lamps 32 Instrument cluster lighting 172 Interior lighting 0 0 0 eects 101 Automatic Control sssi 102 Delayed switch off on board COMPUTER ceninge ens 188 Emergency lighting seee 102 Manual control sss cscccccvececatessesessvcce 102 OVEIVIEW 34rd cat e as 101 Reading lamp eseeeeesseeeseeeeeeeeees 101 Setting the brightness of the ambient lighting on board com PUTET sccscecsescestbestedst orcatesatcnddeatastteaed 188 Internet connection Via mobile service module 144 C Jack Storage loCati N siseisirieinesstertrset 264 USINE airesin ensais 300 Kickdown DIVINE CP Sicsescssclesssccdelessasessecssbsstese 131 Knee bag eer 48 Lamps see Warning and indicator lamps LATCH type ISOFIX child seat ANCHOMS iiss esiesicnananesnies 58 License plate lamp display mes SIPE areira aese annii 205 Lights Activating deactivating the inte rior lighting delayed switch off 188 Automatic headlamp mode 98 Display message scenene 204 Hazard warning lamps eseeeeeeeeee 100 High beam flasher essc 100 High beam headlamps 0 100 LISINESSWIEGIN 32 5 sasecesessceseecsateestesenee see 98 Low beam headlamps eseeee 99 Parking lamps enen 99 Rear fog lamp sirrcna 99 Setting the brightness of the
366. r inten ded protective function This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Therefore have pyrotechnic Emergency Ten sioning Devices which have been triggered immediately replaced at a qualified specialist workshop If Emergency Tensioning Devices or air bags are deployed you will hear a bang and a small amount of powder may also be released The amp restraint system warning lamp lights up Only in rare cases will the bang affect your hearing The powder that is released gener ally does not constitute a health hazard but it may cause short term breathing difficulties in Ea Occupant safety people with asthma or other respiratory prob lems To avoid this you may wish to get out of the vehicle or open the windows as soon as it is safe to do so Air bags and pyrotechnic Emergency Tension ing Devices ETDs contain perchlorate mate rial which may require special handling and regard for the environment National guide lines must be observed during disposal In California see www dtsc ca gov HazardousWaste Perchlorate index cfm Method of operation During the first stage of a collision the restraint system control unit evaluates impor tant physical data relating to vehicle deceler ation or acceleration such as e duration e direction e intensity Based on the evaluation of this data the restraint system control unit deploys the Emergency Tensioning Devices during a fron tal or
367. r of hydroplaning occurring even if e you drive at low speeds e the tires have adequate tread depth For this reason in the event of heavy rain orin conditions in which hydroplaning may occur you must drive in the following manner e lower your speed e avoid ruts PIM e brake carefully b0 x a xe b0 2 a Rear wheel E gt Bring the vehicle and wheels into a suitable Driving on flooded roads position so that you can attach test gage Bear in mind that vehicles traveling in front or in the opposite direction create gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away waves This may cause the maximum per gt page 144 missible water depth to be exceeded gt Shift the DIRECT SELECT lever to P Failure to observe these notes may result in gt Switch off the drive system damage to the engine electrical systems gt Place test gage between the wheel s and transmission spokes on brake pad lining H Do not drive through flooded areas gt Hold test gage vertically on brake Check the depth of any water before driving disc Q and slide measuring pin onto through it Drive slowly through standing brake disc Q water Otherwise water could enter the gt Check which color field the arrow on vehicle interior or the drive system measuring pin is pointing to These notes must be observed under all Green the brake pad lining thickness is circumstances Otherwise the drive sy
368. r traction There is an increased danger of skidding and accidents Do not increase the recuperation level on slip pery road surfaces The braking performance of the electric motor using recuperative braking is in some operating modes either reduced or not effec tive e when the condition of charge of the high voltage battery increases e if the high voltage battery is not yet at a normal operating temperature e when driving close to the maximum speed e when driving at speeds close to zero e in transmission position N e during and after ESP stability control If you do not make an additional effort to apply the brake yourself the braking effect may not be sufficient If necessary counter act the reduced regenerative braking effect by applying the brake yourself Downhill gradients On long steep gradients you must reduce the load on the brakes by selecting maximum recuperation This helps you to avoid over heating the brakes and wearing them out excessively Recuperation allows the vehicle to be decel erated without placing a load on the braking system Do not depress the brake pedal continuously while the vehicle is in motion e g causing the brakes to rub by constantly applying light pressure to the pedal This results in exces sive and premature wear to the brake pads Heavy and light loads Z WARNING If you rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving the braking system can overheat This inc
369. r until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt can be fastened properly without a booster seat Special seat belt retractor Z WARNING If the seat belt is released while driving the child restraint system will no longer be secured properly The special seat belt retrac tor is disabled and the inertia real draws in a portion of the seat belt The seat belt cannot be immediately refastened There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Stop the vehicle immediately paying atten tion to road and traffic conditions Reactivate the special seat belt retractor and secure the child restraint system properly All seat belts except the driver s seat belt are equipped with a special seat belt retractor When activated the special seat belt retrac tor ensures that the seat belt will not slacken once the child restraint system has been secured Installing a child restraint system gt Always comply with the child restraint sys tem manufacturer s installation instruc tions gt Pull the seat belt smoothly from the belt outlet gt Engage the seat belt tongue in the belt buckle Activating the special seat belt retractor gt Pull the seat belt out fully and let the inertia reel retract it again While the seat belt is retracting you should hear a ratcheting sound The special seat belt retractor is activated gt Push the child seat restraint system down so that the seat belt is tight and does not
370. race ser vice subscription must be completed Search amp Send is a destination entry ser vice A destination address which is found on Google Maps can be transferred via mbrace directly to your vehicle s navigation system Specifying and sending the destination address gt Go to the website http www maps google com and enter a desti nation address into the entry field gt To send the destination address to the e mail address of your mbrace account click on the corresponding button on the website Example If you select Send to vehicle and then Mercedes Benz the destination address will be sent to your vehicle gt When the Send dialog window appears Enter the e mail address you specified when setting up your mbrace account into the corresponding field gt Click Send Information on specific commands such as Address entry or Send can be found on the website Calling up destination addresses gt Switch on the ignition The destination address is loaded into the vehicle s navigation system A display message appears asking whether navigation should be started gt Select Yes by turning OJ or sliding the COMAND controller and press to confirm The system calculates the route and sub sequently starts the route guidance with the address entered If you select No the address can be saved in the address book If you have sent more than one destina tion address
371. rades are A the highest B and C They represent the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissi pate heat when tested under controlled con ditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Tire labeling Overview of tire labeling Pat SO The following markings are on the tire in addition to the tire name sales designation and the manu facturer s name Uniform tire Quality Grading Standard gt page 297 DOT tire Identification Number gt page 295 Maximum tire load gt page 291 Maximum tire pressures gt page 284 Manufacturer Tire material gt page 296 Tire size designation load bearing capa city and speed rating gt page 293 Tire labeling Load index gt page 295 Tire name Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi ate from the data in the example Tire size designation load bearing capacity and speed rating oo dl D ne a 2 o o Tire width Nominal aspect ratio in T
372. rake and tire wear depend on the following factors e operating conditions of your vehicle e your personal driving style You can influence both factors You should bear the following in mind Operating conditions e always make sure that the tire pressures are correct e do not carry any unnecessary weight e keep an eye on the vehicle s energy con sumption e remove roof racks once you no longer need them e a regularly serviced vehicle will contribute to environmental protection You should therefore adhere to the service intervals e always have service work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Personal driving style e drive carefully and maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front e avoid frequent sudden acceleration and braking Q Environmental note Have a defective high voltage battery dis posed of in an environmentally responsible Introduction pe Protection of the environment manner Contact a qualified specialist work shop which has the necessary specialist knowledge and tools to carry out the work required Mercedes Benz recommends that you use an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for this purpose Environmental concerns and recom mendations When prompted to dispose of materials by this Operator s Manual always try to re use or recycle them first Observe the relevant environmental rules and regulations when disposing of materials In this way you will help to protect
373. ration force This can reduce the force exerted on the vehi cle occupants during an accident H If the front passenger seat is unoccupied do not insert the belt tongue into the buckle of the front passenger seat This may oth erwise lead to the triggering of the Emer gency Tensioning Device in the event of an accident which will then need to be replaced Important safety notes The use of seat belts and child restraint sys tems is required by law in e all 50 states e the U S territories e the District of Columbia e all Canadian provinces Even where this is not required by law all vehicle occupants should correctly fasten their seat belts before starting the journey Z WARNING If the seat belt is incorrectly fastened it can not protect as intended Furthermore an incorrectly fastened seat belt can cause addi tional injury for example in an accident dur ing braking or when abruptly changing direc tion This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Make sure that all vehicle occupants are seated properly with a correctly fastened seat belt Z WARNING The seat belt does not offer the intended level of protection if you have not moved the back rest to an almost vertical position When brak ing or in the event of an accident you could slide underneath the seat belt and sustain abdomen or neck injuries for example This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Adjust
374. rding to the after washing the vehicle in an automatic Intensity of the rain In the position the car wash rain sensor is more sensitive than in the position causing the windshield wiper to wipe more frequently If the wiper blades are worn the windshield will no longer be wiped properly This could prevent you from observing the traffic condi tions Combination switch Switch 5 To wipe with washer fluid I To switch on intermittent wiping 0 To switch off intermittent wiping To wipe with washer fluid MI TA a a o N gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Turn switch 4 on the combination switch to the corresponding position When the rear window wiper is switched on the icon appears in the instrument cluster Important safety notes Z WARNING If the windshield wipers begin to move while you are changing the wiper blades you could be trapped by the wiper arm There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and ignition before changing the wiper blades B To avoid damaging the wiper blades make sure that you touch only the wiper arm of the wiper H Never open the hood tailgate if a wiper arm has been folded away from the wind shield rear window Never fold a windshield wiper arm without a wiper blade back onto the windshield rear window Hold th
375. rear collision An Emergency Tensioning Device can only be deployed if e the ignition is switched on e the components of the restraint system are operational see Restraint system warning lamp gt page 41 e the belt tongue is engaged in the buckle on the respective front passenger seat The Emergency Tensioning Devices in the rear compartment are deployed independ ently of the lock status of the seat belts If the restraint system control unit detects a more severe accident further components of the restraint system are activated independ ently of each other in certain frontal collision situations e Front air bags and driver s knee bag e Window curtain air bag if the system deter mines that deployment can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt The front passenger front air bag is activated or deactivated depending on the person on the front passenger seat The front passenger front air bag can only deploy in an accident if the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indi cator lamp is lit Observe the information on the PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps gt page 41 Your vehicle has two stage front air bags During the first deployment stage the front air bag is filled with propellant gas to reduce the risk of injuries The front air bag is fully deployed with the maximum amount of pro pellant gas if asecond deployment threshold is reached within a few milliseconds The deployment threshold of the Emergency Tensi
376. reases the stopping distance and can even r PEES ar cause the braking system to fail There is a risk of an accident Never use the brake pedal as a footrest Never depress the brake pedal and the accelerator pedal at the same time E Depressing the brake pedal constantly results in excessive and premature wear to the brake pads If the brakes have been subjected to a heavy load do not stop the vehicle immediately Drive on for a short while This allows the air flow to cool the brakes more quickly Wet roads If you have driven for a long time in heavy rain without braking there may be a delayed reac tion from the brakes when braking for the first time This may also occur after the vehicle has been washed or driven through deep water You have to depress the brake pedal more firmly Maintain a greater distance from the vehicle in front After driving on a wet road or having the vehi cle washed brake firmly while paying atten tion to the traffic conditions This will warm up the brake discs thereby drying them more quickly and protecting them against corro sion Limited braking performance on salt treated roads If you drive on salted roads a layer of salt residue may form on the brake discs and brake pads This can result in a significantly longer braking distance e Brake occasionally to remove any possible salt residue Make sure that you do not endanger other road users when doing so e Carefully depress
377. res sure monitor If the pressure loss warning message appears in the multifunction display e Observe the instructions in the display messages gt page 211 e Check the tire for damage e If driving on observe the following notes The maximum driving distance is approx imately 50 miles 80 km when the vehicle is partially laden and approximately 18 miles 30 km when the vehicle is fully laden In addition to the vehicle load the driving dis tance possible depends upon e Speed e Road condition e Outside temperature The driving distance possible in run flat mode may be reduced by extreme driving condi tions maneuvers or it can be increased through a moderate style of driving The maximum permissible distance which can be driven in run flat mode is counted from the moment the tire pressure loss warning appears in the multifunction display You must not exceed a maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h When replacing one or all tires make sure that you use only tires e of the size specified for the vehicle and e marked MOExtended If a tire has gone flat and cannot be replaced with an MOExtended tire a stand ard tire may be used as a temporary meas ure Make sure that you use the proper size and type summer or winter tire Vehicles featuring tires with run flat char acteristics are not equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the factory It is therefore recommen ded that you additionally equip your vehicle wi
378. rical con tacts There is a risk of fatal injury Never touch the parts or the electrical con tacts of the Xenon bulb Always have work on the Xenon bulbs carried out at a qualified spe cialist workshop You can recognize whether your vehicle is equipped with Xenon bulbs by the following the cone of light from the Xenon bulbs moves from the top to the bottom and back again when you start the drive system Before start ing the drive system you must first switch on the lights Bulbs and lamps are an important aspect of vehicle safety You must therefore make sure that these function correctly at all times Have the headlamp setting checked regularly Other bulbs Z WARNING Bulbs lamps and connectors can get very hot when operating If you change a bulb you could burn yourself on these components There is a risk of injury Allow these components to cool down before changing a bulb Do not use a bulb that has been dropped or if its glass tube has been scratched The bulb may explode if e you touch it e itis hot e you drop it e you scratch it Only operate bulbs in enclosed lamps designed for that purpose Only install spare bulbs of the same type and the specified volt age Marks on the glass tube reduce the service life of the bulbs Do not touch the glass tube with your bare hands If necessary clean the glass tube when cold with alcohol or spirit and rub it off with a lint free cloth Protect bulbs fro
379. right hand side of the vehicle Segments showing operational readiness The warning display for each side of the vehi cle is divided into five yellow and two red seg ments PARKTRONIC is operational if yellow segments showing operational readiness light up The selected transmission position and the direction in which the vehicle is rolling deter mine which warning display is active when the drive system is running Transmission position Warning display D Front area activated R Nor the vehicle Rear and front areas is rolling back activated wards P No areas activated Da Driving and parking One or more segments light up as the vehicle approaches an obstacle depending on the vehicle s distance from the obstacle From the e sixth segment onwards you will hear an intermittent warning tone for approx imately 2 seconds e seventh segment onwards you will hear a warning tone for approximately 2 seconds This indicates that you have now reached the minimum distance Deactivating activating PARKTRONIC Indicator lamp To deactivate activate PARKTRONIC If indicator lamp lights up PARKTRONIC is deactivated a Driving systems Driving and parking PARKTRONIC is automatically activated when you turn the key to position 2 in the ignition lock Driving systems fa Problems with PARKTRONIC Problem Only the red segments in the PARKTRONIC warning displays are lit You also h
380. rs 131 Stowage areas 0 0 eee ecteeeeteeeeees 228 Stowage compartments Armrest front Armrest under Center console rear e sees 230 Cup holders csssccsees ciienenievien 234 GIOVE DOK a ssccsusesass Seessseatson atetieacsanss 229 Important safety information 228 SLOWASE MOE c2syct catecsstecenrtesrlerseneeits 230 Under driver s seat front passenger seat Stowage net ee Summer tires l 280 SUNN VISON cocci ccs ceseceis sci rin rrene 235 Switching air recirculation mode 01 17 69 Leeper reer err per reece peer prerrrr 120 Switching off the alarm ATA 69 Tailgate Display Message icti 213 Emergency unlocking seese 80 Important safety notes eee 79 Opening closing from outside 80 Opening dimensions eeeeee 311 Tail lamps Display message ceecee 205 see Lights Technical data C pacitiE Siirsin eines 309 INFOFMALION sosser niiin 308 TireS WhEEIS ccccecesseceeeesneeeeeeees 303 Vehicle data sisir 311 Telephone Accepting a Call ccccccsscscseseseaeee 182 Display message ece 214 Menu on board computer 181 Number from the phone book 182 REGAINS 2s cc ssie eee a 183 Rejecting ending a call 182 Temperature Outside temperature ceeeee 173 Setting climate control 117 Theft deterrent systems ATA Anti Theft Alarm system 69 INMIMODINI ZEN vesssctssateccstesstacevessectadss
381. rt circuit and thus damage the vehicle electronics This can lead to function restrictions applying to safety relevant systems e g the lighting sys tem ABS anti lock braking system or ESP Electronic Stability Program The operating safety of your vehicle may be restricted You could lose control of the vehicle for example e braking e in the event of abrupt steering maneuver and or when the vehicle s speed is not adapted to the road conditions There is a risk of an accident In the event of a short circuit or a similar inci dent contact a qualified specialist workshop immediately Do not drive any further You should have all work involving the battery car ried out at a qualified specialist workshop For further information about ABS and ESP see gt page 63 and gt page 66 A WARNING Electrostatic build up can lead to the creation of sparks which could ignite the highly explo sive gases of a battery There is a risk of an explosion Before handling the battery touch the vehicle body to remove any existing electrostatic build up The highly flammable gas mixture forms when charging the battery as well as when jump starting Always make sure that neither you nor the battery is electrostatically charged A build up of electrostatic charge can be caused for example e by wearing clothing made from synthetic fibers e due to friction between clothing and seats e if you push or pull the batte
382. ry across the carpet or other synthetic materials e if you wipe the battery with a cloth Z WARNING During the charging process a battery produ ces hydrogen gas If a short circuit occurs or sparks are created the hydrogen gas can ignite There is a risk of an explosion e Make sure that the positive terminal of a connected battery does not come into con tact with vehicle parts e Never place metal objects or tools on a bat tery e It is important that you observe the descri bed order of the battery terminals when connecting and disconnecting a battery e When jump starting make sure that the battery poles with identical polarity are connected e It is particularly important to observe the described order when connecting and dis connecting the jumper cables e Never connect or disconnect the battery terminals while the engine is running Z WARNING Battery acid is caustic There is a risk of injury Avoid contact with the skin eyes or clothing Do not inhale any battery gases Do not lean over the battery Keep children away from batteries Wash battery acid immediately with water and seek medical attention Q Environmental note Mf Batteries contain dangerous substances It is against the law to dispose of them with the household rubbish They must be collected separately and recycled to protect the environment Dispose of batteries in an environmentally friendly manner Take discharged batteries
383. ry settings gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Factory setting submenu gt Press OK to confirm The Reset All Settings message appears gt Press the W or A button to select No or Yes gt Press OK to confirm the selection If you have selected Yes the multifunction display shows a confirmation message For safety reasons the Daytime Running Lights function in the Light submenu is only reset if the vehicle is stationary Menus and submenus ee Fj On board computer and displays i On board computer and displays Display messages Display messages Display messages appear in the multifunction display Display messages with graphic displays may be shown in simplified form in the Operator s Manual and may therefore differ from the multifunction display Please respond in accordance with the display messages and follow the additional notes in this Operator s Manual Certain display messages are accompanied by an audible warning tone or a continuous tone When the ignition is switched off all display messages are deleted apart from some high priority display messages Once the causes of the high priority display messages have been rectified the corresponding display messages are also deleted When you stop and park the vehicle please observe the
384. s sufficient tem electrical systems and transmission Red the brake pad lining thickness is not could be damaged sufficient Have the brake pads lining If you have to drive on stretches of road on checked at a qualified specialist workshop which water has collected please bear in mind that To avoid an inaccurate measurement e make sure you position the wheels suit ably e do not put the measuring pin on a recess in the brake disc e the maximum permissible fording depth in still water is 10 in 25 cm e you should drive no faster than at a walking pace aa Driving systems Led Driving and parking General notes Z WARNING If you increase the recuperation level on slip pery road surfaces the drive wheels may lose their traction There is an increased danger of skidding and accidents Do not increase the recuperation level on slip pery road surfaces At the onset of winter have your vehicle win terized at a qualified specialist workshop e g at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Drive particularly carefully on slippery road surfaces Avoid sudden acceleration steering and braking maneuvers Do not use cruise control If the vehicle threatens to skid or cannot be stopped when moving at low speed gt Shift the DIRECT SELECT lever to position N The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Changes in the outside temper
385. s a risk of an accident gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 300 gt Check the tires and if necessary follow the instructions for a flat tire gt page 264 gt Check the tire pressures and if necessary correct the tire pres sure gt The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped suddenly The wheel position is shown in the multifunction display WARNING If you drive with a flat tire there is a risk of the following hazards e a flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle e you could lose control of the vehicle e continued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire There is a risk of an accident gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 300 gt Check the tires and if necessary follow the instructions for a flat tire gt page 264 Py On board computer and displays a Display messages tl On board computer and displays Display messages Tire Press Monitor Currently Unavail able TirePress Sensor s Missing Tire Pressure Mon jtor Inoperative No Wheel Sensors Tire Press Monitor Inoperative Please Correct Tire Pressure V
386. s drive system They could also operate the vehicle s equip ment There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle The function of the electric parking brake and the parking lock is dependent on the on board voltage If the on board voltage is low or if there is a malfunction in the sys tem it may not be possible to apply the released parking brake or to shift the trans mission to the P position gt If this is the case only park the vehicle on level ground and secure it to prevent it roll ing away gt Shift the transmission to position P It may not be possible to release an applied parking brake if the on board voltage is low or there is a malfunction in the system Contact a qualified specialist workshop The electric parking brake carries out a function check at regular intervals when the drive system is switched off The sounds that can be heard while this is occurring are normal rang has bo pem a ge G bo S m oi ark _ Driving and parking Applying releasing manually Applying gt Push handle Q When the electric parking brake is applied the red park USA only or Canada only indicator lamp lights up in the instru ment cluster The electric parking brake can also be applied when the SmartKey
387. sary have the locks changed as well 08s 77 Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The drive system can The on board voltage is too low not be started using the 7 gt Switch off non essential consumers e g seat heating or interior ey lighting and try to start the drive system again If this does not work gt Check the starter battery and charge it if necessary gt page 265 or gt Jump start the vehicle gt page 269 or gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The drive system can The steering lock is mechanically blocked Nee be started usingthe Remove the SmartKey and reinsert it into the ignition lock While ey doing this turn the steering wheel in both directions Opening and closing O cold there is a risk of injury possibly even fatal Never leave children unattended in the vehicle A WARNING roe You should preferably place luggage or loads If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle in the cargo compartment Observe the load they could s ing guidelines gt page 228 e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic e operate the vehicle s equipment Additionally children could set the vehicle in motion if for example they e release the parking brake e shift the transmission out of park position P e start the vehicle s drive system There is a risk of an accident and injury W
388. sevsei AE A TEES 118 Cockpit 0 is cence cndisecsesies 30 see Instrument cluster COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST Activating deactivating the dis tance warning function seese 184 Display message eere 191 Operation notes sser 64 Combination switch ee 100 Compass Calibrating siisii 249 Calling Up seccceenesscesevscessuetecaseceess 248 SOUL sscsssccassisscasesstdsssccessesueyeestiess 249 Consumption statistics on board Computer niisiis 177 Convenience closing feature 82 Convenience opening closing air recirculation mode eee 120 Convenience opening feature 82 Coolant Service product ceeeeseeeeeeeees 309 Coolant engine Checking the level scissors 253 Cooling see Climate control COpynigint 3 6 oeren R 27 Cornering light function Display message eee 204 Crash responsive emergency light PINS a E T 102 Cruise control Activation conditions seese Cruise control lever prisssesicsiisests Deactivating oo cee eeeceseeeseeeeeeeneeees Display message Driving system sesser Important safety notes Setting a Speed siisii Storing and maintaining current Jole eo E ET 153 Cup holder Center console seiissiruin 235 Important safety notes 0 0 0 234 see Cup holder Customer Assistance Center CAC carciari ial 25 Customer Relations Department 25 tint Dashboard see Cockpit Data see Technical data Dayti
389. side window in the door The side window stops To con tinue closing the side window pull on the switch gt Convenience closing feature press and hold the 63 button until the side win dows are closed The indicator lamp in the 69 button lights up Air recirculation mode is activated If parts of the body are in the closing area during convenience closing proceed as fol lows gt Press the button for opening closing the side windows The side window stops gt To then open the side windows press the button again or gt Press and hold the 69 longer than 2 seconds The side windows move in the opposite direction Notes on the automatic reversing feature for the side windows gt page 81 button again for gt Convenience opening feature press and hold the 69 button until the side win dows are opened The side windows move back to their original positions The indicator lamp in the 69 button goes out Air recirculation mode is deactivated If you open the side windows manually after closing them with the convenience closing feature they will remain in this posi tion when opened using the convenience opening feature Pre entry clim Doy Before getting in the vehicle interior can be briefly warmed or ventilated in advance and the air from the air vents can be pre cooled
390. sis is completed the Send vehicle diagnostics data Voice con nection may be interrupted during data transfer message appears The vehicle data can now be sent to the Customer Assistance center gt Press OK to confirm the message The voice connection with the Customer Assistance Center is terminated You will see the Vehicle Diagnosis Transferring data message The vehicle data is sent to the Customer Assistance Center Depending on what the customer service rep resentative agreed with you the voice con nection is re established after the transfer is complete If necessary you will be contacted at a later time by another means e g by e mail or phone Another function of the remote fault diagno sis is the transfer of service data to the Cus tomer Assistance Center If a service is over due the COMAND display shows a message about various special offers at your work shop Information on the data stored in the vehicle gt page 26 Information on Roadside Assistance gt page 21 Downloading routes Downloading routes allows you to transfer and save predefined routes in the navigation system To do this an SD memory card must be inserted into the COMAND system If no SD memory card is inserted you must insert the card into the card slot on the COMAND system before saving A route can be prepared and sent either by a customer service representative or via the mbrace portal on the Internet Each route
391. st workshop If the ABS control unit is malfunctioning other systems may also not be available e g the navigation system Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Ea Problem RBs The yellow ABS and RBS warning lamps are on while the drive sys tem Is running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ABS is temporarily unavailable BAS COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST ESP EBD electronic brake force distribution the HOLD function and hill start assist are therefore also deactivated for example Possible causes are e Self diagnosis is not yet complete e The on board voltage may be insufficient ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING The braking performance of the electric motor using recuperative braking may be either reduced or not effective If you do not make an additional effort to apply the brake yourself the braking effect may not be sufficient If necessary counteract the reduced regen erative braking effect by applying the brake yourself The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is a risk of an accident gt Carefully driv
392. stall a child restraint system on the front passenger seat Have the Occupant Classifi cation System OCS checked and repaired immediately at a qualified specialist work shop Z WARNING Objects between the seat surface and the child restraint system could affect OCS oper ation This could result in the front passenger air bag not functioning as intended during an accident This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Do not place any objects between the seat surface and the child restraint system The entire base of the child restraint system must always rest on the seat cushion of the front passenger seat The backrest of the forwards facing child restraint system must as far as possible be resting on the backrest of the front passenger seat Always comply with the child restraint system manufacturer s instal lation instructions After the system self test the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF or PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp display the status of the front passenger front air bag gt page 49 For more information about the OCS see Problems with the Occupant Classification System gt page 53 Occupant safety ca Problems with the Occupant Classification System OCS Be sure to observe the notes on System self test gt page 51 Problem The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp lights up and remains lit even though the front passenger seat is occu pied by an adult ora person of a
393. stature cor responding to that of an adult The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp does not light up and or does not stay on The front passenger seat is e unoccupied e occupied by the weight of a child up to 12 months oldina child restraint sys tem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The classification of the person on the front passenger seat is incorrect gt Make sure the conditions for a correct classification of the per son on the front passenger seat are met gt page 49 gt f the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit the front passenger seat may not be used gt Have OCS checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Safety E OCS is malfunctioning gt Make sure there is nothing between the seat cushion and the child seat gt Make sure that the entire base of the child restraint system rests on the seat cushion of the front passenger seat The backrest of the forward facing child restraint system must lie as flat as pos sible against the backrest of the front passenger seat If nec essary adjust the position of the front passenger seat gt When installing the child restraint system make sure that the seat belt is tight Do not pull the seat belt tight using the front passenger seat adjustment This could result in the seat belt and the child restraint system being pulled too tightly gt Check for correct installation of the child restrain
394. sures that are too low in all the the tire pressure tires including the spare wheel The tire temperature and pressure increase when the vehicle is in motion This is depend ent on the driving speed and the load e wear excessively and or unevenly Therefore you should only correct tire pres have an adverse effect on energy consump o ao tS Q o Underinflated tires may sures when the tires are cold tion The tires are cold e overheat leading to tire defects e if the vehicle has been parked with the tires ei aaa effect on hanidling charag out of direct sunlight for at least 3 hours and i Overinflated tires e if the vehicle has not been driven further than 1 mile 1 6 km Z WARNING The tire temperature changes depending on Tires with excessively high pressure can burst the outside temperature the vehicle speed because they are damaged more easily by and the tire load If the tire temperature road debris potholes etc In addition they changes by 18 F 10 C the tire pressure also suffer from irregular wear which can changes by approximately 10 kPa 0 1 bar severely impair the braking properties and the 1 5 psi Take this into account when check b gt Wheels and tires driving characteristics There is a risk of an accident Avoid tire pressures that are too high in all the tires including the spare wheel Overinflated tires may e adversely affect handling e wear
395. t Charging the high voltage battery ee cluster Charge the high voltage battery as soon as possible Below a condition of charge of 5 the per formance of the vehicle is reduced The vehicle s high voltage electrical system switches off at a condition of charge of 0 Use of the pre entry climate control via key may mean that the high voltage bat tery is not fully charged Discharged battery The vehicle s high voltage electrical system switches off if the high voltage battery is com pletely discharged 30 seconds prior to this you are informed of the switch off by the Battery level too low Stop and charge immediately message This pro tects the battery from exhaustive discharge It is not possible to restart the drive sys tem until after charging Do not leave the vehicle parked for longer than 14 days with a high voltage battery con dition of charge below 20 You can check the condition of charge in the charge level display gt page 174 Further information on the Energy flow dis play can be found in the Trip menu gt page 176 High and low outside temperatures Low outside temperatures The efficiency of the high voltage battery is significantly reduced at very low outside tem peratures The high voltage battery is then no longer able to provide the normal electrical power output High outside temperatures To prevent damage to the high voltage bat tery due to very high outside tempera
396. t Hook clamps into the fuse box and close gt Close the hood Fuse box in the front passenger foot well Pd Breakdown Assistance gt To open remove the floormat from the front passenger side gt Fold out perforated floor covering Q in the direction of the arrow Mad Breakdown Assistance gt To release cover Q press retaining clamp gt Fold out cover 3 in the direction of the arrow to the catch gt Remove cover Q forwards Fuse allocation chart is located on the lower right hand side of cover gt To close insert cover on the left hand side of the fuse box into the retainer Cover 8 engages in the retainers gt Fold down cover 3 until clamps lock audibly gt Fold back perforated floor covering Useful information eee 278 Important safety notes 278 Operation ee e ae ee 278 Winter operation ceeee 280 Tire pressure o oo eese 281 Loading the vehicle 288 Maximum load rating 291 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards e 291 Tire labeling eee 293 Definition of terms for tires and loading 22eese eee eee 296 Changing a wheel 000 299 Wheel and tire combinations 303 al Wheels and tires Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your
397. t Turn housing cover Q counter clockwise and remove it gt Turn bulb holder 2 counter clockwise and pull out gt Take the bulb out of bulb holder gt Insert the new bulb into bulb niolder gt Turn bulb holder Q counter clockwise and gt Insert bulb holder 2 and turn it clockwise pull out gt Press on housing cover andturnittothe p Take the bulb out of bulb holder 1 right gt Insert the new bulb into bulb holder gt i e Replace tme coverin thenfront Wheel hous gt Insert bulb holder Q and turn it clockwise ing gt page 104 ne until it engages gt Switch off the lights gt Open the hood Lights and windshield wipers 4 Parking lamps standing lamps halo gen headlamps Opening and closing the side trim pan els You must open the side trim panel in the cargo compartment before you can change the bulbs in the tail lamps Ea Replacing bulbs Lights and windshield wipers i _ is Right hand side trim panel gt To open turn release knob Q 90 in the direction of the arrow and remove side trim panel 2 gt Toclose insert side trim panel and turn release knob 90 in the opposite direc tion to the arrow Tail lamps Turn signal tail and brake lamps gt Switch off the lights gt Open the cargo compartment gt Open the side trim panel gt page 105 3 Vehicles with LEDs turn signal brake lamps only gt Press retai
398. t air bag gt page 41 Front passenger front air bag 2 will only deploy if e the system based on the OCS weight sen sor readings detects that the front passenger seat is occupied gt page 49 The PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp is lit gt page 49 e the restraint system control unit predicts a high accident severity Driver s knee bag Driver s knee bag 4 deploys under the steer ing column The driver s knee bag is triggered together with the front air bag The driver s knee bag offers additional thigh knee and lower leg protection for the occu pant in the driver s seat Side impact air bags Z WARNING Unsuitable seat covers could restrict or even prevent the deployment of the air bags inte grated into the seats Consequently the air bags cannot protect vehicle occupants as they are designed to do In addition the func tion of the Occupant Classification System OCS could be restricted This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury You should only use seat covers that have been approved for the respective seat by Mercedes Benz Zi Side impact air bags Q deploy next to the outer bolsters of the seat backrests Fa Occupant safety When deployed the side impact air bag offers additional thorax and pelvis protection How ever it does not protect the e head e neck e arms In the event of a side impact the side impact air bag is deployed on the side on which t
399. t system gt Make sure that no objects are applying additional weight onto the seat gt f the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains off and or the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp lights up do not install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat It is recommended that you install the restraint system on a suitable rear seat gt Have OCS checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A Safet Deployment of Emergency Tensioning Devices and air bags Important safety notes Z WARNING The air bag parts are hot after an air bag has been deployed There is a risk of injury Do not touch the air bag parts Have a deployed air bag replaced at a qualified spe cialist workshop as soon as possible Z WARNING A deployed air bag no longer offers any pro tection and cannot provide the intended pro tection in an accident There is an increased risk of injury Have the vehicle towed to a qualified special ist workshop in order to have a deployed air bag replaced It is important for your safety and that of your passenger to have deployed air bags replaced and to have any malfunctioning air bags repaired This will help to make sure the air bags continue to perform their protective function for the vehicle occupants in the event of a crash Z WARNING Pyrotechnic Emergency Tensioning Devices that have been deployed are no longer opera tional and are unable to perform thei
400. t to do in the event of a flat tire in the Flat tire section page 264 Information on driving with tires with run flat characteristics in the event of a flat tire can be found under Tires with run flat characteristics gt page 264 N WARNING Interchanging the front and rear wheels may severely impair the driving characteristics if the wheels or tires have different dimensions Changing a wheel The wheel brakes or suspension components may also be damaged There is a risk of acci dent Rotate front and rear wheels only if the wheels and tires are of the same dimensions E On vehicles equipped with a tire pressure monitor electronic components are loca ted in the wheel Tire mounting tools should not be used near the valve This could damage the elec tronic components Only have tires changed at a qualified spe cialist workshop Always pay attention to the instructions and safety notes when changing a wheel gt page 299 The wear patterns on the front and rear tires differ depending on the operating conditions Rotate the wheels before a clear wear pattern has formed on the tires Front tires typically wear more on the shoulders and the rear tires in the center If your vehicle s tire configuration allows you can rotate the wheels according to the inter vals in the tire manufacturer s warranty book in your vehicle documents If no warranty book is available the tires should be rotated every 3 000 t
401. te deactivate maximum cooling gt page 119 To switch cooling with air dehumidification on off gt page 116 To reduce the airflow gt page 118 To switch the rear window defroster on off gt page 119 To switch the ZONE function on off gt page 118 Optimum use of dual zone automatic e Only use the Windshield defrosting func climate control tion briefly until the windshield is clear oo again Automati eine one gt e Only use air recirculation mode briefly e g The following contains instructions and rec if there are unpleasant outside odors or ommendations to enable you to get the most when ina tunnel The windows could oth out of your automatic climate control erwise fog up since no fresh air is drawn e Activate climate control using the auto and into the vehicle in air recirculation mode ae buttons The indicator lamps in the e Use the ZONE function to adopt the tem auto and ve buttons light up perature settings on the driver s side for e Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C the front passenger side as well The indi cator lamp in the zone button goes out f Climate control 4 Climate control laws Operating the climate control systems Operating the climate control sys tems General notes When the climate control is switched off the air supply and air circulation are also switched off The windows could fog up Therefore
402. tect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of incom patible replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate Tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly It is the driver s responsibility to set the tire pressure to that recommended for cold tires which is suitable for the operating situation page 281 Note that the correct tire pres sure for the current operating situation must first be taught in to the tire pressure monitor If there is a substantial loss of pressure the warning threshold for the warning message is aligned to the reference values taught in Restart the tire pressure monitor after adjust ing the pressure of the cold tires page 287 The current pressures are saved as new reference values As a result a warning message will appear if the tire pres sure drops significantly The tire pressure monitor does not warn you of an incorrectly set tire pressure Observe the notes on the recommended tire pressure gt page 281 The tire pressure monitor is not able to warn you of a sudden loss of pressure e g if the Py Wheels and tires Wheels and tires tire is penetrated by a foreign object In the
403. tems and com munication equipment integrated in the vehi cle while driving you will be distracted from traffic conditions You could also lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Only operate the equipment when the traffic situation permits If you are not sure that this is possible park the vehicle paying attention b gt Menus and submenus Hee i On board computer and displays ee Menus and submenus le On board computer and displays to traffic conditions and operate the equip ment when the vehicle is stationary When telephoning you must observe the legal requirements for the country in which you are currently driving gt Switch on the mobile phone and audio sys tem or COMAND see the separate operat ing instructions gt Establish a Bluetooth connection to the audio system or COMAND see the sepa rate operating instructions gt Press the lt or button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Tel menu You will see one of the following display mes sages in the multifunction display e Please Enter PIN the mobile phone has been placed in the mobile phone bracket and the PIN has not been entered When you enter your PIN via the mobile phone the Voice Control System the audio system or COMAND the mobile phone searches for a network e Phone READY or the name of the network provider the mobile phone has found a network and is ready to receive e Phon
404. tent wipe high rain sensor set to high sensitivity Windshield wipers 4 Contmugu wipe slow 5 Continuous wipe fast Single wipe To wipe the wind shield using washer fluid H Do not operate the windshield wipers gt Switch on the ignition when the windshield is dry as this could Turn the combination switch to the corre damage the wiper blades Moreover dust sponding position that has collected on the windshield can scratch the glass if wiping takes place when __ I Vehicles with a rain sensor if the wind the windshield is dry shield becomes dirty in dry weather condi tions the windshield wipers may be activa ted inadvertently This could then damage the windshield wiper blades or scratch the windshield For this reason you should always switch off the windshield wipers in dry weather Lights and windshield wip If it is necessary to switch on the windshield wipers in dry weather conditions always use washer fluid when operating the wind shield wipers H If the windshield wipers leave smears on the windshield after the vehicle has been washed in an automatic car wash wax or Vehicles with a rain sensor in the or other residues may be the reason for this _ Position the appropriate wiping fre Clean the windshield using washer fluid quency is automatically set acco
405. th a TIREFIT kit if you mount tires that do not feature run flat properties e g winter tires A TIREFIT kit can be obtained from a qualified specialist workshop Important safety notes Z WARNING When driving in emergency mode the driving characteristics deteriorate e g when corner ing accelerating quickly and when braking There is a risk of an accident Do not exceed the stated maximum speed Avoid abrupt steering and driving maneuvers and driving over obstacles curbs potholes off road This applies in particular to a laden vehicle Stop driving in emergency mode if e you hear banging noises e the vehicle starts to shake e you see smoke and smell rubber e ESP is intervening constantly e there are tears in the sidewalls of the tire After driving in emergency mode have the wheel rims checked at a qualified specialist workshop with regard to their further use The defective tire must be replaced in every case 12 V battery vehicle Work on the 12 V battery such as removal or installation requires specialist knowledge and the use of special tools You should there fore have all work involving the battery car ried out at a qualified specialist workshop 12 V battery vehicle SS oO c 2 wo lt C z pej so oO Som a zd 12 V battery vehicle A Breakdown Assistance Z WARNING Work carried out incorrectly on the battery can lead for example to a sho
406. th right wheels or both left wheels are on a wet or slippery road surface when you brake e the vehicle starts to skid Important safety notes If ESP is malfunctioning you will not receive steering support from STEER CONTROL Power steering will however continue to function Observe the Important safety notes sec tion for driving safety systems gt page 63 RBS converts the kinetic energy when braking into electrical current The electric motor is used as an alternator during braking The con verted energy is then stored in the high volt age battery If the warning light in the instrument cluster is lit up there is a motor malfunction or a brake malfunction Z WARNING In the event of malfunctions in the RBS the following may occur e the braking performance of the electric motor may be either reduced or not effec tive e brake pedal resistance may be lower than usual e pedal travel may be longer than usual If you do not make an additional effort to apply the brake yourself the braking effect may not be sufficient There is a risk of an accident In the event of this malfunction continue to depress the brake pedal The brake system is still fully functional Theft deterrent locking system The immobilizer prevents your vehicle from being started without the correct SmartKey gt To activate remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt To deactivate switch on the ignition When l
407. th the skin eyes or clothing Do not inhale any battery gases Do not lean over the battery Keep children away from batteries Wash battery acid immediately with water and seek medical attention Z WARNING During charging and jump starting explosive gases can escape from the battery There is a risk of an explosion Particularly avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Ensure there is sufficient ven tilation while charging and jump starting Do not lean over a battery Z WARNING During the charging process a battery produces hydrogen gas If a short circuit occurs or sparks are created the hydrogen gas can ignite There is a risk of an explosion e Make sure that the positive terminal of a connected battery does not come into contact with vehicle parts e Never place metal objects or tools on a battery e It is important that you observe the described order of the battery terminals when connecting and disconnecting a battery e When jump starting make sure that the battery poles with identical polarity are connected e Itis particularly important to observe the described order when connecting and disconnecting the jumper cables oO c Oo Ka on lt c z e xe oO oO aa e Never connect or disconnect the battery terminals while the engine is running A WARNING A discharged battery can freeze at temperatures below freezing point When jump starting the vehicle or charging t
408. that the drive system is feeding to the wheels is dis played e Area below 0 Here the vehicle s recuperative power in overrun mode is displayed If the needle for the power display is in the OFF position the vehicle is not ready to drive because e the drive system has not yet started e the charging cable is still connected to the vehicle socket e there is insufficient power available from the high voltage battery e the vehicle s high voltage electrical system is malfunctioning When the drive system is started the needle in the power display moves to position 0 The display Ready appears in the lower multifunc tion display The vehicle is ready to drive The boost area for maximum acceleration can be reached using kickdown gt page 131 N gt Q p TS me io oO P gt Q E Oo me fess a O Displays and operation A On board computer and displays The braking performance of the electric motor using recuperative braking is in some operating modes either reduced or not effec tive e when the condition of charge of the high voltage battery increases e if the high voltage battery is not yet at a normal operating temperature e when the vehicle is almost stationary e in transmission position N e during and after ESP stability control If necessary counteract the reduced regen erative braking effect by applying the brake yourself Charge level display 3 C
409. the arrow until it releases gt Remove wiper blade Installing a wiper blade gt Place new wiper blade onto wiper arm 1 gt Hold wiper arm Q and press wiper blade 2 in the opposite direction to the arrow until it engages gt Make sure that wiper blade is seated correctly gt Position wiper blade parallel to wiper arm gt Fold wiper arm Q back onto the rear win dow Windshield wipers a Problem The windshield wipers are jammed The windshield wipers fail completely The windshield washer fluid from the spray nozzles no longer hits the center of the wind shield Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Leaves or snow for example may be obstructing the windshield wiper movement The wiper motor has been deactivated gt For safety reasons you should remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Remove the cause of the obstruction gt Switch the windshield wipers back on The windshield wiper drive is malfunctioning gt Select another wiper speed on the combination switch gt Have the windshield wipers checked at a qualified specialist workshop The spray nozzles are misaligned gt Have the spray nozzles adjusted at a qualified specialist work shop The spray nozzles are dirty gt For safety reasons you should remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Clean the spray nozzles Lights and windshield wipers rq ET Useful infor
410. the brake pedal and the beginning and end of a journey e Maintain a greater distance to the vehicle ahead E Driving and parking 10 ving s Driving and parking Servicing the brakes H If the red brake warning lamp lights up in the instrument cluster and you hear a warn ing tone while the engine is running the brake fluid level may be too low Observe additional warning messages in the multi function display The brake fluid level may be too low due to brake pad wear or leaking brake lines Have the brake system checked immedi ately This work should be carried out at a qualified specialist workshop H A function or performance test should only be carried out on a 2 axle dynamom eter If you are planning to have the vehicle tested on such a dynamometer contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to obtain further information first Otherwise you could damage the drive train or the brake system E As the ESP system operates automati cally the engine and the ignition must be switched off the SmartKey must be in posi tion O or 1 in the ignition lock if e the electric parking brake is tested on a brake dynamometer for a maximum of ten seconds e the vehicle is towed with the front axle raised Braking triggered automatically by ESP may seriously damage the brake system All checks and maintenance work on the brake system must be carried out at a quali fied specialist workshop Consult a qualif
411. the cup holder when the vehicle is stationary Only use the cup holder for con tainers of the right size Always close the con tainer particularly if the liquid is hot Z WARNING If objects in the passenger compartment are stowed incorrectly they can slide or be thrown around and hit vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury particularly in the event of sudden braking or a sudden change in direction e Always stow objects so that they cannot be thrown around in such situations e Always make sure that objects do not pro trude from stowage spaces parcel nets or stowage nets e Close the lockable stowage spaces while driving e Stow and secure objects that are heavy hard pointy sharp edged fragile or too 8 large in the cargo compartment gt To install insert cup holder into lateral i oO B o a raed tof fee tae a curved sections in the stowage com 4 th ae pn D ene partment Insert the cup holder so that the 5 INKS COUI OUNETWISE SP15 wedge of the upper section of cup 5 The stowage compartments in the doors pro holder Q faces forwards o vide space for bottles gt Press the cup holder downwards until it a e front capacity up to 51 fl oz 1 5 I engages on the right and left hand sides 3 e rear capacity up to 17 fl oz 0 5 I FS Cup holder in the front compartment Sun visors a center console Overview The cup holder and the rubber mat under A WARNING neath can be removed for cleaning Cl
412. the environment Genuine Mercedes Benz parts Q Environmental note Daimler AG also supplies reconditioned major assemblies and parts which are of the same quality as new parts They are covered by the same Limited Warranty entitlements as new parts H Air bags and Emergency Tensioning Devi ces as well as control units and sensors for these restraint systems may be installed in the following areas of your vehicle e doors e door pillars e door sills e seats e cockpit e instrument cluster e center console Do not install accessories such as audio systems in these areas Do not carry out repairs or welding You could impair the operating efficiency of the restraint sys tems Have aftermarket accessories installed at a qualified specialist workshop You could jeopardize the operating safety of your vehicle if you use parts tires and wheels as well as accessories relevant to safety which have not been approved by Mercedes This could lead to malfunctions in safety rel evant systems e g the brake system Use only genuine Mercedes Benz parts or parts of equal quality Only use tires wheels and accessories that have been specifically approved for your vehicle Genuine Mercedes Benz parts are subject to strict quality control Every part has been spe cifically developed manufactured or selected for and adapted to Mercedes Benz vehicles Only genuine Mercedes Benz parts should therefore be used More than 300 00
413. the on board computer gt page 187 Light switch Operation 2 niur a 1 P Left hand standing lamps 2 P Right hand standing lamps 3 5002 Parking lamps license plate and instrument cluster lighting 4 avro Automatic headlamp mode control led by the light sensor 5 2 Low beam high beam headlamps L Rear fog lamp If you hear a warning tone when you leave the vehicle the lights may still be switched on gt Turn the light switch to AUTO The exterior lighting except the parking standing lamps switches off automatically if you e remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock e open the driver s door with the SmartKey in position 0 in the ignition lock Automatic headlamp mode A WARNING When the light switch is set to auto the low beam headlamps may not be switched on automatically if there is fog snow or other causes of poor visibility due to the weather conditions such as spray There is a risk of an accident In such situations turn the light switch to The automatic headlamp feature is only an aid The driver is responsible for the vehicle s lighting at all times is the favored light switch setting The light setting is automatically selected accord ing to the brightness of the ambient light exception poor visibility due to weather con ditions such as fog snow or spray e
414. the tires are cold Comply with the mainte nance recommendations of the tire manufac turer in the vehicle document wallet Notes on the vehicle equipment always equip the vehicle with e tires of the same size on a given axle left right e with tires of the same type summer tires tires with run flat characteristics winter tires Exception it is permissible to install a dif ferent type or make in the event of a flat ee Wheel and tire combinations tire Observe the Tires with run flat char acteristics section gt page 264 The following pages contain information on approved wheel rim and tire sizes for equipping your vehicle with winter tires Winter tires are not available at the factory as standard equipment or optional extras If you want to equip your vehicle with approved winter tires it may be necessary to obtain wheel rims in the corresponding size The size of the approved winter tires may differ from the standard tires This is dependent on the model and the equip ment installed at the factory The tires and wheel rims as well as further information can be obtained at a qualified specialist workshop Not all wheel and tire combinations are available at the factory for all countries Wheel and tire combinations 305 B Class Electric Drive a All weather tires BA 225 50 R17 94 H BA 225 45 R18 95 H 6 P Wheels and tires 5 Available as MOExtended tires 6 Use of snow chains n
415. the vehicle is operational Outside temperature display You should pay special attention to road con ditions when temperatures are around freez ing point Bear in mind that the outside temperature display indicates the temperature measured and does not record the road temperature The outside temperature display is in the mul tifunction display gt page 176 Changes in the outside temperature are dis played after a short delay E CELL display Z WARNING There is a risk of an accident if you accelerate or overtake when the power output of the drive system is reduced You should therefore adapt your driving style and drive particularly carefully Charge the high voltage battery at a charge station imme diately gt Start the drive system gt page 127 E CELL display shows the available power of the drive system Under normal operating conditions E CELL display Q is in the maximum range The power output available may deviate from the maximum range in the event of e very high or low outside temperatures e very high performance requirements for a longer period of time Displays and operation e very low condition of charge of the high voltage battery e a malfunction in the drive system The reduced power output can be improved by charging the high voltage battery gt page 134 Power display Power display 1 contains two areas e Area above 0 Here the current amount of power
416. the vehicle within the deploy ment area of an air bag e g to doors side windows rear side trim or side walls e no heavy sharp edged or fragile objects are in the pockets of your clothing Store such objects in a suitable place Z WARNING If you modify the air bag cover or affix objects suchas stickers to it the air bag can no longer function correctly There is an increased risk of injury Never modify an air bag cover or affix objects to it Z WARNING Sensors to control the air bags are located in the doors Modifications or work not per formed correctly to the doors or door panel ing as well as damaged doors can lead to the Occupant safety function of the sensors being impaired The air bags might therefore not function properly any more Consequently the air bags cannot protect vehicle occupants as they are designed to do There is an increased risk of injury Never modify the doors or parts of the doors Always have work on the doors or door pan eling carried out at a qualified specialist work shop Front air bags Driver s air bag deploys in front of the steering wheel front passenger front air bag deploys in front of and above the glove box When deployed the front air bags offer addi tional head and thorax protection for the occupants in the front seats The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF and PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamps inform you about the status of the front passenger fron
417. tic lenses of the mirror turn signals gt Clean the plastic lenses of the mirror turn signals in the exterior mirror housing using a wet sponge or cleaning cloth Use a mild cleaning agent e g Mercedes Benz Autoshampoo Cleaning the sensors H If you clean the sensors with a power washer make sure that you keep a dis tance of at least 11 8 in 30 cm between the vehicle and the power washer nozzle Information about the correct distance is available from the equipment manufac turer E Maintenance and care Maintenance and care gt Clean sensors of the driving systems with water car shampoo and a soft cloth Cleaning the rear view camera H Do not clean the camera lens and the area around the rear view camera with a power washer gt Use clear water and a soft cloth to clean camera lens Q Cleaning the display H For cleaning do not use any of the fol lowing e alcohol based thinner or gasoline e abrasive cleaning agents e commercially available household clean ing agents These may damage the display surface Do not put pressure on the display surface when cleaning This could lead to irrepara ble damage to the display gt Before cleaning the display make sure that it is switched off and has cooled down gt Clean the display surface using a commer cially available microfiber cloth and TFT LCD display cleaner gt Dry the display surface using a dry micro fiber cloth
418. ting system see On board computer Operator s Manual Vehicle equipment 2ec9 20 Outside temperature display Overhead control panel 36 Override feature Rear side WINdOWS cccesseeeeeeeee 62 Ss Paint code number 0000008 308 Paintwork cleaning instructions 257 Panic alarm ccccccsccccceeeeeeeeesseseeees 40 Parkin ccenn 144 Important safety notes s 144 Parking Drake c scssscosssesssvvssees 145 Position of exterior mirror front passenger SIMO 0 c 00cececvsecosacesaasesess 94 Rear view camera cceceeeeeeeeeeee 163 see Active Parking Assist see PARKTRONIC Parking aid Active Parking Assist eee 159 see Exterior mirrors see PARKTRONIC Parking assistance see PARKTRONIC Parking brake Display Message seeeeseeeeeeeees 196 Electric parking brake nesses 145 Warning lamp sesers 223 see Parking brake Parking lamps Switching on off sissies 99 Parking lamps changing bulbs 105 PARKTRONIC Deactivating activating 0 0 0 157 Driving System ceeeeceeseeeeeenteeees 155 FUNCtION NOTES ceeesseceeeeeseeees 155 Important safety notes s 155 Problem malfunction s s s 159 Range of the sensors s s s 156 Warning display eceeeeeseeseeeeees 157 PASSENGER AIR BAG Indicator lamps 2 2 c0cndenacnan 41 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF Problems malfunction 06 203
419. tion is activated from fogging up General notes e after approximately 5 minutes if the cool ing with air dehumidification function is deactivated Activating deactivating Convenience opening closing using gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni the air recirculation button tion lock A WARNING gt To activate press the 69 button When using the convenience closing feature The indicator lamp in the amp 9 button lights parts of the body could be trapped in the clos up ing area when a side window is being closed Air recirculation mode is activated auto Tinere is es EOIN i matically at high outside temperatures Observe the complete closing procedure When air recirculation mode is activated when the convenience closing feature is oper automatically the indicator lamp in the ating Mee Sure that no body paris are In Z button is not lit close proximity during the closing procedure Outside air is added after about 30 minutes gt To deactivate press the amp button The indicator lamp in the 69 button goes out Z WARNING During convenience opening parts of the body could be drawn in or become trapped between the side window and window frame There is a risk of injury Make sure that nobody touches the side win dow during the opening procedure If some one becomes trapped press the switch immediately to open close the
420. to that seat e the seat belt is tight across your body Avoid wearing bulky clothing e g a winter coat e the seat belt is not twisted Only then can the forces which occur be distributed over the area of the belt e the shoulder section of the belt is always routed across the center of your shoulder The shoulder section of the belt must not come into contact with your neck or be routed under your arm Where possible adjust the seat belt to the appropriate height the lap belt passes tightly and as low down as possible across your lap The lap belt must always be routed across your hip joints and not across your abdo men This applies particularly to pregnant women If necessary push the lap belt down to your hip joint and pull it tight using the shoulder section of the belt the seat belt is not routed across sharp pointed or fragile objects If you have such items located on or in your clothing e g pens keys or eyeglasses store these in a suitable place only one person is using a seat belt at a time Infants and children must never travel sit ting on the lap of a vehicle occupant In the event of an accident they could be crushed between the vehicle occupant and seat belt objects are never secured with a seat belt if the seat belt is also being used by one of the vehicle s occupants Seat belts are only intended to secure and restrain vehicle occupants Always observe the Loading guidelines for securing objects
421. tory settings E CELL menu Departure time In the E CELL menu you can choose to cool down or heat the vehicle interior for a prede fined departure time If you have selected Park P the on board computer displays the expected battery charge time or the RANGE PLUS condition of charge for the departure time set Changing the departure time gt Press the lt q or button on the steer ing wheel to select the Settings menu gt Pressthe A or W button on the steer ing wheel to select the E CELL menu gt Press A or W to select Departure Time gt Press OK to confirm You will see the selected setting gt Press W or A to select A B or C Change gt Press lt or gt to select Departure Time Hours gt Press the A or W button to set the hour gt Press lt q or gt Time Minutes gt Press A or W to set the minutes gt Press OK to confirm After changing from one menu to another the departure time setting is stored to select Departure Selecting the departure time gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Settings menu gt Pressthe A or W button onthe steer ing wheel to select the E CELL menu gt Press A or W to select Departure Time gt Press OK to confirm gt
422. ture range e the on board voltage is too low When the causes stated above no longer apply the display mes sage disappears Adaptive Brake Assist is operational again If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 144 gt Clean the front bumper gt page 259 gt Start the drive system again Adaptive Brake Assist is faulty The distance warning signal may also have failed gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The restraint system is faulty The amp warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster Z WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig gered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Further information on occupant safety gt page 40 Display messages cca Display messages Front Left Mal func tion Service Required or Front Right Malfunction Service Required P Rear Left Malfunc tion Service Required or Rear Right Malfunction Service Required La Rear Center Mal function Service Required P Left Side Curtain Airbag Malfunction Service Required or Right Side Cur tain Airbag Mal function Service Required Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions
423. tures e the style of driving e activated electrical consumers
424. tures the maximum power output of the high volt age battery is reduced automatically The E CELL display indicates the maximum amount of power available gt page 173 Driving and parking _ Driving and parking Energy consumption and range This range is reduced by e high and low outside temperatures e the use of air conditioning or heating e switching on consumers The battery s physical characteristics are such that leaving the vehicle parked for an extended period at low outdoor temperatures without charging it can lead to e areduction in battery performance e longer charge times In extreme cases this could mean that the vehicle cannot be started For this reason connect the charging cable when leaving the vehicle parked for long periods at low outdoor temperatures As a result of its basic characteristics the amount of energy available from the high voltage battery decreases over the course of its life This reduces e the maximum range that can be achieved by the vehicle e the maximum output acceleration of the vehicle You can actively reduce the energy consump tion of your vehicle in a number of ways for example by e an anticipatory driving style e reducing the use of electrical consumers e having the vehicle regularly maintained The charging time of the high voltage battery may change over the course of its life RANGE PLUS Using RANGE PLUS shortens the service life
425. u gt Press A or W toselect Assistance graphic gt Press the OK button The assistance graphic can display the status of and information from other driving systems or driving safety systems The assistance graphic shows e the NI symbol when the rear window wiper gt page 109 is activated e the swore symbol when ATTENTION ASSIST gt page 166 is deactivated Deactivating activating ESP Observe the Important safety notes sec tion in the description of ESP gt page 67 A WARNING If you deactivate ESP ESP no longer sta bilizes the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident Only deactivate ESP in the situations descri bed in the following It may be best to deactivate ESP in the fol lowing situations e when using snow chains e in deep snow e on sand or gravel For further information about ESP see gt page 66 gt Start the drive system gt Press the lt or button onthe steer ing wheel to select the DriveAssist menu gt Press the A or W button to select ESP ia On board computer and displays Menus and submenus 2 On board computer and displays gt Press the OK button The current selection is displayed gt To activate deactivate press the button again ESP is deactivated if the warning lam
426. ulbs sssr 105 Display Message ssinsiriicssirssiss 205 Switching On Off essees 100 High voltage see Safety notes High voltage battery Battery Cane s ccevscevcesscedvessstvescessve 136 Charging charging station 140 Charging mains socket 4 137 Charging cable warming 4 137 ChuiSO TAN SE nnno eei 136 Discharged battery eee 135 Display message seeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 208 Energy CONSUMPTION seese 136 General NOLES c seccssseascssadsssccaseteaets 135 Method of operation cce 135 Outside temperatures ceee 135 Overvoltage protection 0 0 eee 137 Problems with the charging proc OSS secs sense caceswustadncesveunce sovecneressvaveress 142 Reserve warning lamp s 224 TEMS OF USE seierrik 137 High voltage disconnect device 23 Hill start assist a eeeeeeeeee 128 HOLD function Activating ieina 155 Deactivating ssie etii 155 Display message esce 209 FUNCTION NOLES ssssssstissrsisisisesise 154 Hood COSINE erine sh vie excveventvet 253 Display message ssec 214 Important safety notes s 252 OPENING 05sd cn cacsecsesceecces 252 HOM osesncciasscedsscoctecsceatecndesbeccoedeuecevetecss 30 Hydroplaning ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 151 Ignition lock see Key positions Immobilizer noonnnooeonoeooeoesese10es0e 69 Indicator lamps see Warning and indicator lamps Indicators see Turn signals Instrument cluste
427. und in such situations e Always make sure that objects do not pro trude from stowage spaces parcel nets or stowage nets e Close the lockable stowage spaces while driving e Stow and secure objects that are heavy hard pointy sharp edged fragile or too large in the cargo compartment Observe the loading guidelines gt page 228 Stowage compartments in the front Glove box gt To open pull handle Q and open glove box flap gt To close fold glove box flap 2 upwards until it engages There is a pen holder at the top of the glove box flap Stowage compartment in front of the arm rest Vehicles with DIRECT SELECT lever gt To open press the marking on cover Q You can remove the non slip mat and the insert for cleaning When removing the insert you will have to overcome some slight resistance Stowage compartment telephone com partment under the armrest Re LS gt To open on vehicles with moveable armr ests make sure that the armrest is in the rearmost position gt Press button and fold the armrest up Depending on the vehicle s equipment a USB connection and an AUX IN connection or a Media Interface are installed in the stowage compartment A Media Interface is a universal interface for portable audio equipment e g for an iPod or MP3 player see the separate Audio or COMAND Oper ating Instructions E Stowage and features Stowage compartment under t
428. until it engages If you remove the ashtray insert you can use the resulting compartment for stow age Rear compartment ashtray gt To open pull cover 3 out by its top edge gt To remove pull insert by recess Q in the direction of arrow until it audibly releases gt Lift insert up and out gt To install the insert install insert from above into the holder and press down until it engages Z WARNING You can burn yourself if you touch the hot heating element or the socket of the cigarette lighter In addition flammable materials can ignite if e the hot cigarette lighter falls e a child holds the hot cigarette lighter to objects for example There is a risk of fire and injury Always hold the cigarette lighter by the knob Always make sure that the cigarette lighter is out of reach of children Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle Your attention must always be focused on the traffic conditions Only use the cigarette lighter when road and traffic conditions per mit Example vehicles with a cover over the stowage compartment gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 127 gt To open push the lower section of cover 1 The stowage compartment opens gt Press in cigarette lighter Cigarette lighter will pop out automati cally when the heating element is red hot 12 V sockets General notes gt Turn the SmartKey t
429. ur vehicle s functions using remote query and remote configuration For example climate control can be activated using remote configuration which means that it need not be set in the vehicle Power for the climate control is pri marily supplied via the charging cable con nected to the mains supply In this way the range of the vehicle in most cases is not reduced If climate control is activated the battery charge level and thus the range may be reduced The Vehicle Homepage pro vides you with information all about how to use your vehicle If the vehicle is entered in your personal area of the Vehicle Homepage you can also access the following functions e request the current condition of charge e program the departure time e order and activate the Pre entry climate control at departure time function If the vehicle is charging the predicted charg ing time and the predicted range will also be shown This data is estimated and may be influenced by the following factors e outside temperature e switched on consumers e g climate con trol and seat heating e personal driving style e road and traffic conditions e route characteristics Therefore allow for a sufficient reserve Connecting the vehicle to the Internet Via a radio module This function is not available in all coun tries and requires an activated mbrace access You can use the Vehicle Homepage if the vehicle has a connection to the Inter
430. urations and different numbers of occupants The following examples use a maximum load of 1 500 Ibs 680 kg This is for illustration purposes only Make sure you are using the actual load limit for your vehicle stated on your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard gt page 289 The greater the combined weight of the occupants the lower the maximum luggage load Step 1 Step 2 Combined maximum weight of occupants and load data from the Tire and Loading Information placard Number of people in the vehicle driver and occupants Distribution of the occupants Weight of the occu pants Gross weight of all occupants Example 1 1500 Ibs 680 kg Example 1 5 Front 2 Rear 3 Occupant 1 150 Ibs 68 kg Occupant 2 180 Ibs 82 kg Occupant 3 160 Ibs 73 kg Occupant 4 140 Ibs 63 kg Occupant 5 120 Ibs 54 kg 750 Ibs 340 kg Example 2 Example 3 1500 Ibs 1500 Ibs 680 kg 680 kg Example 2 Example 3 3 il Front 1 Front 1 Rear 2 Occupant 1 Occupant 1 200 Ibs 91 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg Occupant 2 190 Ibs 86 kg Occupant 3 150 Ibs 68 kg 540 Ibs 245 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards ee Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Step 3 Permissible load 1500 Ibs 1500 Ibs 1500 Ibs maximum gross 680 kg 680 kg 680 kg vehicle weight rating 750 lbs 340 kg 540 Ibs 245 kg 150lbs 68kg from the Tire and 750 lbs 960 Ibs 1350 Ibs Load
431. ure is oper ating Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the closing procedure When you lock the vehicle you can simulta neously e close the side windows The SmartKey must be close to the driv er s door handle gt Point the tip of the SmartKey at the driver s door handle gt Press and hold the button until the side windows are fully closed sce wincows os gt Make sure that all the side windows are closed gt To interrupt convenience closing release the button You must reset each side window if e the side window opens again slightly after being closed fully e the side window can no longer be fully opened or closed gt Close all the doors gt Turn the key to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Pull the corresponding switch on the door control panel until the side window is com pletely closed gt page 81 gt Hold the switch for an additional second Opening and closing r If the side window opens again slightly gt Immediately pull the corresponding switch on the door control panel until the side win dow is completely closed gt page 81 gt Hold the switch for an additional second gt If the respective side window remains closed after the button is released then it has been set correctly If this is not the case repeat the steps above again 124 side windows Opening and closing bed A WARNING
432. uter and displays High voltage battery Display messages Battery Reserve Level Battery Level Too Low Stop Charge Immediately Malfunction Visit Workshop Without starting engine again con sult workshop Stop Switch Engine Off Driving systems Display messages Attention Assist Take a Break Attention Assist Inoperative Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The charge level of the high voltage battery has dropped into the reserve range gt Charge the high voltage battery The charge level of the high voltage battery is so low that it is no longer possible to drive the vehicle gt Park the vehicle and charge the high voltage battery There are malfunctions in the drive system and or the cooling system gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center There is a malfunction in the high voltage electrical system A warning tone also sounds gt Do not switch off the drive system gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately There is a serious malfunction in the drive system A warning tone also sounds gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circumstances gt Do not tow the vehicle gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Based on certain criteria ATTENTION ASSIST has detected fatigue or a l
433. vate or deactivate If pre entry climate control via SmartKey is activated pre entry climate control via SmartKey is switched on temporarily when you unlock the vehicle Setting the maximum charge current Before charging the high voltage battery check the maximum permissible charge cur rent for the relevant power socket You can set a maximum charge current in the E CELL menu It is only necessary to select the maximum charge current if there are no charge current settings on the charging cable The maximum charge current values in the on board computer may deviate from the charging cable values Example changing the charge current Setting the maximum charge current This menu is not available in some coun tries In this case the maximum charge current for the power socket is limited to a fixed level depending on the country con cerned gt Press the lt or button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Use A or W to select the E CELL submenu gt Press the A jor V Max Charge Current gt Press OK to confirm gt Press A or W in the submenu to select desired maximum charge cur rent gt Press the OK button on the multifunction steering wheel to confirm The high voltage battery is charged with the selected maximum charge current button to select
434. vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not fea ture all functions described here This also applies to safety relevant systems and functions Tires with run flat characteristics e pay attention to the information and warn ing notices on MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics Accessories that are not approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz or are not being used correctly can impair the operating safety Before purchasing and using non approved accessories visit a qualified specialist work Read the information on qualified special Shop and ask about ist workshops gt page 24 e suitability e legal stipulations e factory recommendations Information on dimensions and types of wheels and tires for your vehicle can be found gt page 303 Information on air pressure for the tires on your vehicle can be found Important safety notes Z WARNING If wheels and tires of the wrong size are used the wheel brakes or suspension components may be damaged There is a risk of an acci dent Always replace wheels and tires with those that fulfill the specifications of the original e on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Informa tion placard on the B pillar e on the tire pressure label on the charge part socket flap gt page 281 When replacing wheels make sure to use the e under Tire
435. very service for you in the Service and Warranty Booklet Roadside Assistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program offers technical help in the event of a breakdown Calls to the toll free Roadside Assistance Hotline are answered by our agents 24 hours a day 365 days a year 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 USA 1 800 387 0100 Canada For additional information refer to the Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Pro gram brochure USA or the Roadside Assis tance section in the Service and Warranty Booklet Canada You will find both in the vehicle document wallet Change of address or change of own ership In the event of a change of address please send us the Notification of Address Change in the Service and Warranty Booklet or simply call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center USA at the hotline number 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or Customer Service Center Canada at 1 800 387 0100 This will assist us in con Introduction ae tacting you in a timely manner should the need arise If you sell your Mercedes please leave all lit erature in the vehicle so that it is available to the next owner If you have purchased a used car please send us the Notification of Used Car Purchase in the Service and Warranty Booklet or simply call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center USA at the hotline number 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or Customer Service Canada at 1 800 387 0100
436. viate from the data shown here You can find the data applicable to your vehicle on the vehicle identification plate gt Slide the right hand front seat to its rear most position gt Fold up floor covering Q in front of the right hand front seat You will see VIN The VIN can also be found on the vehicle identification plate gt page 308 Electric motor number The electric motor number can be found at the bottom of the electric motor More infor mation can be obtained from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Service products and filling capaci ties Z WARNING Service products may be poisonous and haz ardous to health There is a risk of injury Comply with instructions on the use storage and disposal of service products on the labels of the respective original containers Always store service products sealed in their original containers Always keep service products out of the reach of children Q Environmental note Dispose of service products in an environ mentally responsible manner Service products include the following e Lubricants e g engine oil transmission oil e Coolant e Brake fluid e Windshield washer fluid e Climate control system refrigerant Components and service products must be matched You should therefore only use prod ucts that have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz Information about tested and approved prod ucts can be obtained from an authorized
437. ving and or taking drugs and driving are very dangerous combinations Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs can affect your reflexes perceptions and judg ment The possibility of a serious or even fatal acci dent is greatly increased when you drink or take drugs and drive b gt E Driving and parking si ving s Driving and parking Do not drink or take drugs and drive or allow anyone to drive who has been drinking or tak ing drugs ECO display The ECO display gives you information on how economical your driving style is The ECO dis play assists you in achieving the optimum driving style in terms of consumption taking the actual and selected conditions into con sideration Your driving style can significantly influence the vehicle s consumption ECO display example multifunction display The ECO display consists of three bars e Acceleration e Constant e Coasting The percent value is the average value of the three bars The three bars and the mean value begin at the value of 50 A higher percent age indicates a more economical driving style The ECO display does not indicate the actual fuel consumption and a fixed percentage count in the ECO display does not indicate a fixed consumption figure Apart from driving style consumption is dependent on many factors such as e g e load e tire pressure e cold start e choice of route e electrical consumers switched on These factors are n
438. wer capacity than the discharged battery e Use jumper cables with a sufficient cross section and insulated terminal clamps from a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Make sure that the two vehicles do not touch e Route the jumper cables so that they cannot be caught by rotating components in the engine compartment e Do not disconnect the discharged battery from the vehicle s electrical system gt Switch off the engine of both vehicles gt Shift the transmission to position P gt Switch off all electrical consumers gt Remove the battery cover gt Connect positive terminal on the vehicle with the flat battery to positive terminal of the donor vehicle using the red jumper cable Begin with the flat battery gt Connect negative terminal of the donor vehicle to negative terminal of the vehicle with the flat battery using the black jumper cable beginning with donor vehicle s battery gt Start the engine of the donor vehicle and run it at idling speed gt Switch on the ignition in the vehicle with the flat battery gt If the traction drive cannot be activated immediately wait for approximately 60 seconds between starting attempts If the drive system does not start call a breakdown service Jumper cables and further information regarding jump starting can be obtained at any qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING Functions relevant to safet
439. y If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above the system may not operate as expec ted In the event of an emergency help will have to be summoned by other means Have the system checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call the following telephone assistance service Customer Service at 1 888 923 8367 Emergency call Important safety notes Z WARNING It can be dangerous to remain in the vehicle even if you have pressed the SOS button in an emergency if e you see smoke inside or outside of the vehi cle e g if there is a fire after an accident e the vehicle is on a dangerous section of road e the vehicle is not visible or cannot easily be seen by other road users particularly when dark or in poor visibility conditions There is a risk of an accident and injury Leave the vehicle immediately in this or simi lar situations as soon as it is safe to do so Move to a safe location along with other vehi cle occupants In such situations secure the vehicle in accordance with national regula tions e g with a warning triangle You must have a license agreement to acti vate the mbrace service Make sure that your system is activated and operational To reg ister press the i MB Info call button If any of the steps mentioned are not carried out the system may not be activated If you have questions about the activation contact the following telephone assistanc
440. y are restricted or no longer available if e the ignition is switched off e the brake system or the power steering is malfunctioning e there is a malfunction in the power supply or the vehicle s electrical system If your vehicle is being towed much more force may be necessary to steer or brake There is a risk of an accident In such cases use a tow bar Before towing make sure that the steering moves freely A WARNING When towing or tow starting another vehicle and its weight is greater than the permissible gross weight of your vehicle the e the towing eye could detach itself e the vehicle trailer combination could roll over There is a risk of an accident When towing or tow starting another vehicle its weight should not be greater than the per missible gross weight of your vehicle Information on your vehicle s gross vehicle mass rating can be found in the Dimensions and weights section gt page 311 Make sure that no charging cable is plugged in The parking lock cannot be released if a charging cable is plugged in H Observe the following points when towing with a tow rope e Secure the tow rope on the same side on both vehicles e Ensure that the tow cable is not longer than legally permitted Mark the tow cable in the middle e g with a white cloth 30 x 30 cm This will make other road users aware that the vehicle is being towed e Only secure the tow cable to the towing eye
441. y locked above a speed of approximately 9 mph 15 km h For further information on the automatic lock ing feature see gt page 78 Activating deactivating the acoustic locking verification signal If you switch on the Acoustic Lock Feed back function an acoustic signal sounds when you lock the vehicle gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Vehicle submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Acoustic Lock function If the Acoustic Lock function is activated the symbol in the multifunction dis play lights up orange gt Press the OK button to save the setting Activating deactivating the radar sensor system gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Vehicle submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the A or W button to select Radar Sensor See Oper Manual You will see the selected setting Enabled or Disabled gt Press the OK button to save the setting If the radar sensor system is switched off Blind Spot Assist is deactivated gt page 167 Restoring the facto
442. y rubbing gently with a cloth soaked in petroleum ether or lighter fluid gt Use tar remover to remove tar stains gt Use silicone remover to remove wax gt Use a suitable touch up stick e g MB Touch Up Stick to repair slight damage to the paintwork quickly and provisionally E Maintenance and care The following cannot always be completely repaired e scratches e corrosive deposits e areas affected by corrosion e damage caused by inadequate care In such cases visit a qualified specialist work shop If water no longer forms beads on the paint surface use the paint care products recom mended and approved by Mercedes Benz This is the case approximately every three to IE Maintenance and care five months depending on the climate con ditions and the care product used If the dirt has penetrated the paint surface or if the paintwork has become dull then the paintwork should be cleaned Use the clean ing product Paint Cleaner which has been approved by Mercedes Benz Do not use these care products in the sun or on the hood while the hood is hot Matte finish care H Never polish the vehicle or the light alloy wheels Polishing causes the finish to shine H The following may cause the paint to become shiny and thus reduce the matte effect e Vigorous rubbing with unsuitable mate rials e Frequent use of car washes e Washing the vehicle in direct sunlight H Never use paint cleaner buffing
443. ystem transfers data to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center for example e current location of the vehicle e vehicle identification number The audio system or COMAND display indicates that a call is active During the call you can change to the navigation menu by pressing the NAVI button on COMAND for example Voice output is not available A voice connection is established between the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center and the vehicle occupants From the remote fault diagnosis the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center can ascertain the nature of the problem gt page 243 The Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center either sends a qualified Mercedes Benz technician or makes arrangements for your vehicle to be transported to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center You may be charged for services such as repair work and or towing Further details are available in your mbrace manual If the system has not been able to initiate a Roadside Assistance call e the indicator lamp in Roadside Assis tance call button Q flashes continuously e it was not possible to establish a voice connection to the Mercedes Benz Cus tomer Assistance Center This can occur if the relevant mobile phone network is not available for example The Call Failed message appears in the multifunction display gt To end a call press the G button on the multifunction steering wheel or gt Press the
444. ystem warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up when the igni tion is switched on It goes out no later than a few seconds after the drive system is started The components of the restraint system are in operational readiness A malfunction has occurred if the 8 restraint system warning lamp e does not light up after the ignition is switched on e does not go out after a few seconds with the drive system running e lights up again while the drive system is running Z DANGER If the restraint system is malfunctioning indi vidual restraint system components may be triggered unintentionally or might not be trig gered at all in the event of an accident with a high rate of vehicle deceleration This could affect Emergency Tensioning Devices or air bags for example The vehicle s high voltage electrical system may also not be deactivated as intended in the event of an accident You could suffer an electric shock if you touch the damaged components of the vehicle s high voltage electrical system This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Have the restraint system checked and repaired immediately at a qualified specialist workshop Immediately switch off the ignition and remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock after an accident PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamp F J PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp and PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp are

2015 B-Class Electric Drive User Manual - Mercedes-Benz B

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents